February 24, 2012

OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

FURNISH ANSI BUTTERFLY VALVES
CITRUS PUMP STATION, CRAFTON HILLS PUMP STATION,
AND CHERRY VALLEY PUMP STATION
EAST BRANCH EXTENSION PHASE II
CONTRACTOR
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
435 BOULDER COURT, SUITE 200
PLEASANTON, CA 94566
925-249-0011
MANUFACTURER
DeZURIK
250 RIVERSIDE AVE NORTH
SARTELL, MN 56377
320-259-2000
LOCAL SUPPLIER
FRANK A OLSEN COMPANY
PO BOX 2009
LIVERMORE, CA 94551-2009
925-961-8888
CONTRACTOR PO: 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER: WO 770266 & 770548, SO 611812, 611813, Rotork B43422
Specification No.
10-16
Contract No.
C51422
DWR File No.
V116-119B
Project Name & Location:
Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and
Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Contractors Name Pacific Infrastructure Corporation
Description/Loc./Application Furnish ANSI Butterfly Valves
Ref:
Section 11283 ANSI Valve Actuators
Bid Item No.
1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7

TABLE OF CONTENTS
Document No.

J49192
J49181
J49201
J49186
J49191
PUB-IW5R WL
B4342201-04
IW5A672
IW8A502
DOC1522
DOC755-2

43824-10

3010-000-08
RWS300
B43422-1

DP00038
DP00091

E110E

RG-IW-002
CA15

Title Page
Table of Contents
Data Sheets
Bid item 1 - Electric Actuator for use with 54" ANSI Butterfly Valve
Bid item 2 - Manual Gear for use with 20" ANSI Butterfly Valve
Bid item 3 - Manual Gear for use with 18" ANSI Butterfly Valve
Bid item 4 - Manual Gear for use with 16" ANSI Butterfly Valve
Bid item 5 - Manual Gear for use with 14" ANSI Butterfly Valve
Bid item 7 - Spare Parts for Manual Actuator
- Spare Parts for Electric Motor & Gearbox
Drawings
54" ANSI Butterfly Valve with Electric Actuator
18 & 20" ANSI Butterfly Valve with Manual Actuator
16 ANSI Butterfly Valve with Manual Actuator
14 ANSI Butterfly Valve with Manual Actuator
Connecting Parts FUW BHP Butterfly Valves
Rotork IW5R Manual Actuator Outline
Rotork IQ12 Electric actuator with IW8 Worm Gear
Rotork IW5R Manual Actuator Assembly
Rotork IW5R Manual Actuator Assembly
IQ Terminal Block
Rotork IQ Electric Actuator Assembly
British Standards Cross Referenced to ASTM
Lubrication Drawing
Nameplate Drawing
Disconnect Drawing
Actuator Wiring Diagram
Remote Wiring Diagram
Motor Data
Motor Data Sheet
Electrical Motor Data
Relay Data
Operations & Maintenance Manuals
Rotork Gearboxes
Rotork IQ Actuators
Additional Data
Catalog Cuts
IQ Brochure
IW Brochure
Disconnect Brochure
Disconnect Cut Sheet
Switch Cut Sheet
Worm Gear Instructions
Limit Switch Mounting Details
MSDS Sheets
IQ Actuator Recommended Spare Parts
IW Gearbox Recommended Spare Parts
Safety Precautions

Page
1
2
3
7
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
43

91
123
125
126
127
129
135
136
147
148
149

Submittal Data Sheet

Date: 10/05/11
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
2134-C RHEEM DRIVE
PLEASANTON, CA 94588

P.O. 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER NO 770548
FACTORY SALES ORDER NO 611813

Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Fact.
ITEM
1

BID
ITEM
1

QTY
2

DESCRIPTION
PART NO. 9612529
ROTORK ELECTRIC ACTUATOR WITH WORM GEAR
FOR USE WITH 54 BHP BUTTERFLY VALVE

ROTORK ELECTRIC ACTUATOR MODEL IQ12FA10B4, THROTTLING SERVICE, PART NO. 1394663
ROTORK IW8R-720:1 WORM GEAR OPERATOR
LOCKING DEVICE FOR OPEN AND CLOSED POSITION

Fact.
ITEM
2

BID
ITEM
1

QTY
2

DESCRIPTION
DISCONNECT SWITCH

ROTORK DISCONNECT SWITCH

UNFUSED
NEMA 4X
FIBERGLASS
16 AMP

TAGS
CS-BFV-9
CS-BFV-10
WEIGHT (LBS)
MOTOR
WORM GEAR
TOTAL

70
489
559

PART NO. 1394665

Submittal Data Sheet

Date: 10/05/11
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
2134-C RHEEM DRIVE
PLEASANTON, CA 94588

P.O. 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER NO 770266
FACTORY SALES ORDER NO 611812

Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Fact.
ITEM
1

BID
ITEM
2

QTY
7

DESCRIPTION
PART NO. 9612523
ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR
FOR USE WITH 20 BHP BUTTERFLY VALVE

ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR

120:1 GEAR RATIO
FA16 BASE
24" HANDWHEEL WITH 2" SQUARE NUT
WESTLOCK 2007X LIMIT SWITCH
TAGS
CS-BFV-3
CS-BFV-4
CS-BFV-5
CS-BFV-6
CH-BFV-33
CH-BFV-35
CH-BFV-37
WEIGHT (LBS)
WORM GEAR

185

Submittal Data Sheet

Date: 10/05/11
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
2134-C RHEEM DRIVE
PLEASANTON, CA 94588

P.O. 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER NO 770266
FACTORY SALES ORDER NO 611812

Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Fact.
ITEM
2

BID
ITEM
3

QTY
2

DESCRIPTION
PART NO. 9612524
ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR
FOR USE WITH 18 BHP BUTTERFLY VALVE

ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR

120:1 GEAR RATIO
FA16 BASE
24" HANDWHEEL WITH 2" SQUARE NUT
WESTLOCK 2007X LIMIT SWITCH
TAGS
CS-BFV-7
CS-BFV-8
WEIGHT (LBS)
WORM GEAR

128

Submittal Data Sheet

Date: 10/05/11
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
2134-C RHEEM DRIVE
PLEASANTON, CA 94588

P.O. 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER NO 770266
FACTORY SALES ORDER NO 611812

Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Fact.
ITEM
3

BID
ITEM
4

QTY
1

DESCRIPTION
PART NO. 9612525
ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR
FOR USE WITH 16 BHP BUTTERFLY VALVE

ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR

120:1 GEAR RATIO
FA16 BASE
24" HANDWHEEL WITH 2" SQUARE NUT
WESTLOCK 2007X LIMIT SWITCH

TAGS
CV-BFV-21
WEIGHT (LBS)
WORM GEAR

128

Submittal Data Sheet

Date: 10/05/11
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
2134-C RHEEM DRIVE
PLEASANTON, CA 94588

P.O. 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER NO 770266
FACTORY SALES ORDER NO 611812

Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Fact.
ITEM
4

BID
ITEM
5

QTY
2

DESCRIPTION
PART NO. 9612526
ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR
FOR USE WITH 14 BHP BUTTERFLY VALVE

ROTORK IW5 MANUAL GEAR OPERATOR

120:1 GEAR RATIO
FA16 BASE
24" HANDWHEEL WITH 2" SQUARE NUT
WESTLOCK 2007X LIMIT SWITCH
TAGS
CS-BFV-1
CS-BFV-2
WEIGHT (LBS)
WORM GEAR

128

Submittal Data Sheet

Date: 10/05/11
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
2134-C RHEEM DRIVE
PLEASANTON, CA 94588

P.O. 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER NO 770266
FACTORY SALES ORDER NO 611812

Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Fact.
ITEM
6

BID
ITEM
7
PART NO.

QTY
12

DESCRIPTION
PART NO. 1394674
SPARE PARTS SET FOR ROTORK IW5A672 WORM GEAR ACTUATORS
DESCRIPTION

QUANTITY

SPARE PARTS FOR ROTORK IW5A672 WORM GEARS SEE DRAWING NO. IW5A672
0096-24N
O-RING
8
0245-30N
O-RING
1
0295-30N
O-RING
1
0595-30N
O-RING
2
0795-30N
O-RING
1
0995-30N
O-RING
1
1395-30N
O-RING
1
2395-30N
O-RING
1
HSM10X25SS-P
HEXAGON SET SCREW
8
HSM16X35SS
HEXAGON SET SCREW
4
HSM20X80EHTZP
HEXAGON SET SCREW
2
NL10
NORDLOCK WASHER
8
NM20ZP
HEX NUT
2
SCM10X25SS17/4PH
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
12
SCM10X45ZP
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
8
SEALANT
SILICONE SEALANT
0.10 L

NOTE: NO SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED

ITEM

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
14
15
16
32
33
35
36
37

Submittal Data Sheet

Date: 10/05/11
PACIFIC INFRASTRUCTURE CORPORATION
2134-C RHEEM DRIVE
PLEASANTON, CA 94588

P.O. 1073-5693
FACTORY ORDER NO 770548
FACTORY SALES ORDER NO 611813

Citrus Pump Station, Crafton Hills Pump Station, and Cherry Valley Pump Station East Branch Extension Phase II
Fact.
ITEM
3

BID
ITEM
7
PART NO.

71-130
71-659
71-656
Mod. 11A
Mod. 1H
Mod. 6G
Mod. 2C
Mod. 6D

QTY
2

DESCRIPTION
PART NO. 1394666
SPARE PARTS SET FOR ROTORK ELECTRIC ACTUATOR
DESCRIPTION

QUANTITY

SPARES FOR ROTORK IQ12FA10 B4

ELECTRIC ACTUATOR SEE DRAWING NO. DOC755
Fuses
Fuses
Fuses
Maintenance Kit
Resolver PCB
Main PCB
(B4) - Drive Bushing
Contactor Assembly

ITEM

2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
69
82
56
78

8
1
1
2
1
1
1
1
8
8
1
2
4
16
8
8
2
0.10L

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
14
15
16
32
33
35
36
42
43
44

SPARE PARTS FOR ROTORK IQ8R720

WORM GEAR SEE DRAWING IW8A502R
0195-30N
0395-30N
0495-30N
0845-30N
0995-30N
1895-30N
1943-57N
2593-57N
HSM16X35SS-P
HSM20X100EHTZP
IBIB63
NNM30ZP-T
NL12SS
NL16SS
NL20SS
SCM20X80ZP
SCM30X100SPFT
SILICON

O-RING
O-RING
O-RING
O-RING
O-RING
O-RING
O-RING
O-RING
HEXAGON SET SCREW
HEXAGON HEAD SET SCREW
NAMEPLATE
LOCK NUT
NORDLOCK WASHER
NORDLOCK WASHER
NORDLOCK WASHER
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW
SILICON SEALANT
NOTE: NO SPECIAL TOOLS REQUIRED

10

TAGS FOR
-18" VALVES:
CS-BFV-7, CS-BFV-8
-20 VALVES:
CS-BFV-3, CS-BFV-4, CS-BFV-5, CS-BFV-6,
CH-BFV-33, CH-BFV-35, CH-BFV-37

11

TAG: CV-BFV-21

12

TAG: CS-BFV-1, CS-BFV-2

13

TAGS:
18 VALVES
CS-BFV-7
CS-BFV-8
20 VALVES
CS-BFV-3
CS-BFV-4
CS-BFV-5
CS-BFV-6
CH-BFV-33
CH-BFV-35
CH-BFV-37
54 VALVES
CS-BFV-9
CS-BFV-10

14

51
2.02"

64
2.50"
CRS

170
6.70"

137
5.40"

O30 [1.18"]
INPUT SHAFT
FA14
INPUT

178
7.01"

136
5.35"

190
7.48"

50
1.97"

143
5.64"

28
11. 5
22"

65
2.57"

120
4.72"

112
4.42"
MAX STEM ENTRY
WESTLOCK 2007X

FA14 OUTPUT
4 HOLES X 5/8-11UNC
EQUALLY SPACED AS
SHOWN ON O5.50" P.C.

MAX BORE
O76 [3"]

176
6.94"
335
13.20"
TAGS:
CS-BFV-1
CS-BFV-2
CS-BFV-3
CS-BFV-4
CH-BFV-33
CH-BFV-35
CH-BFV-37
CS-BFV-5
CS-BFV-6
CV-BFV-21
CS-BFV-7
CS-BFV-8

2" SQUARE NUT

(WELDED TO HUB)

O24" HANDWHEEL

IW5R 120:1 FA14 INPUT, FA14 OUTPUT, 24" HANDWHEEL WITH 2" NUT
WITH WESTLOCK 2007X SWITCHBOX
DETAILS SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT PRIOR NOTICE

FOR UP TO DATE DETAILS VISIT www.rotork.com

15

DRAWING No.
DRAWN

PUB-IW5R WL
RJONES

DATE

08/03/2011

ISSUE

Rotork Gears Americas

1811 Brittmoore
Houston
Texas
77043
U.S.A.

CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

16

IW5A672
ISSUE

ALTERATIONS

ORIGINAL ISSUE

ITEM

PART NUMBER

DESCRIPTION

DO NOT SCALE

32
24
MATERIAL

QTY

0096-24N

O RING

NITRILE

0245-30N

O-RING

NITRILE

0295-30N

O-RING

NITRILE

0595-30N

O-RING

NITRILE

0795-30N

O-RING

NITRILE

0995-30N

O-RING

NITRILE

1395-30N

O-RING

NITRILE

2395-30N

O-RING

NITRILE

6005

DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARING

STEEL

10

6206

DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARING

STEEL

11

7205B

ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARING

STEEL

12*

CLX2

GREASE

RENOLIT CLX2

13

FL17

INPUT FLANGE

SG IRON BS EN 1563 EN-GJS-450-10

14

HSM10X25SS-P

HEXAGON SET SCREW

STAINLESS STEEL GRADE A4/80

15

HSM16X35SS

HEXAGON SET SCREW

STAINLESS STEEL GRADE A4/80

16

HSM20X80EHTZP

HEXAGON SET SCREW SCREW

STEEL 12.9 STRENGTH GRADE

17

IB1B64

NAMEPLATE

ALUMINIUM TO BS1470 GRADE H4A

18

IR1A129

INPUT SHAFT & GEAR 3:1

STAINLESS STEEL BS970 431S29T

19

IR1B12/2

OUTPUT GEAR

STEEL BS970 605M36T

20

IR1D05

GEARCASE

CAST IRON TO BS 1452 GRADE 250

21

IW3A188

LABEL - SHCS/NORDLOCK WASHER

SELF ADHESIVE PAPER

22

IW5A546

FA14 INPUT FLANGE

SG IRON BS EN 1563 EN-GJS-400-15

23

IW5A565

OUTPUT SLEEVE

STEEL TO BS 970 GRADE 080M40 (EN8) or

GB699-88 GRADE 45

24

IW5A567

INDICATOR PLATE

MILD STEEL

25

IW5A581/1/2

WORM QUADRANT

BS1400 HTB3 / BS EN 1982 CC7625/ASTM

B584 UNS C86300 (MANGANESE BRONZE)

26

IW5A665

GEARCASE

SG IRON BS EN 1563 EN-GJS-450-10

27

IW5C102/2

WORM SHAFT LH

STEEL BS970 605M36T

28

IW5C12/1

END CAP

CAST IRON TO BS1452 GRADE 17 OR STEEL

TO BS970 GRADE 070M20

29

IW5D06/3

BASEPLATE

CAST IRON BS EN 1561 EN-GJL-250

30

K8X7X40

KEY 8 X 7 X 40

KEY STEEL TO BS 4325 PART 1

31

K8X7X40SS

KEY 8X7X40 SS

STAINLESS STEEL GRADE A4

32

NL10

NORDLOCK WASHER

STEEL ZINC PLATED

33

NM20ZP

HEX NUT

STEEL BS3692 GRADE 8 (ZINC PLATED)

34*

PA24

PAINT PE3

PRIMER PAINT PE3

35

SCM10X25SS17/4PH

SS SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW 17/4PH

STAINLESS STEEL TO BS970 GRADE 17/4 PH

12

36

SCM10X45ZP

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW

STEEL GRADE 12.9 ZINC PLATED

37*

SEALANT

SILICONE SEALANT

SILICONE

38

T0A11

SPACER

STEEL BS970 070M20

REGINA HOUSE
RING ROAD
BRAMLEY
LEEDS
WEST YORKSHIRE

ISOMETRIC

36

ROTORK GEARS

EXEECO LTD C 2010

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

TAGS:
CS-BFV-1
CS-BFV-2
CS-BFV-3
CS-BFV-4
CH-BFV-33
CH-BFV-35
CH-BFV-37
CS-BFV-5
CS-BFV-6
CS-BFV-7
CS-BFV-8
CV-BFV-21

2
1.2 kg

0.20 L

35

21
23
4

11
29.98

O 29.95
1.180"

1.179"

28

4 HOLES O16.50[0.650"]+0.50[0.020"]
THROUGH
EQUISPACED AS SHOWN
FA14 OFF CENTRES

15

26
17

O 140.00
5.512" PC

11

95.32

O 95.27
3.753"

22

3.751"
SPIGOT RECESS

2
9
33

16

19

27

SCRAP VIEW INPUT

1:5

31

30
25

35

38

8
35

20

18
10

29

10
5

0.10 L

13

14

NOTES:
1. ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM

MATERIAL:-

WEIGHT: 53.92 kg

DRAWN:-

J. PRIESTLEY 07/04/2010
C.F. 09/04/2010

CHECKED:-

SCALE

1 : 10 (A3)

AWWA C504-06-IW5

PROJECT:- 2010 AWWA C504-06 120:1 IW5ABOVE GROUND SERVICE GEARBOX.

17

HEAT
TREATMENT

PROTECTIVE
TREATMENT

SUITABLY PROTECT
FOR STORAGE

IW5A672

IW8A502
ISSUE

EXEECO LTD C 2010

THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION

ALTERATIONS

42

ORIGINAL ISSUE

TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

35

28
REF

DESCRIPTION

MATERIAL

QTY

O RING

NITRILE

O-RING

NITRILE

O-RING

NITRILE

O-RING

NITRILE

O-RING

NITRILE

O-RING

NITRILE

O-RING

NITRILE

O-RING

NITRILE

DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARING

STEEL

10

DEEP GROOVE BALL BEARING

STEEL

11

ANGULAR CONTACT BEARING - WESTERN

STEEL

12*

GREASE

RENOLIT CLX2

13

INPUT FLANGE

CAST IRON BS EN 1561 EN-GJL-250

14

HEXAGON SET SCREW

STAINLESS STEELGRADE A4/80

15

HEXAGON HEAD SET SCREW

STAINLESS STEELGRADE A4/80

16

NAMEPLATE

STAINLESS STEEL304

17

SPACER

MILD STEEL TUBE 2.25" OD x 14 SWG

18

INPUT SHAFT& GEAR 12:1

STAINLESS STEELBS970 431S29T

19

OUTPUT GEAR

SG IRON BS EN 1563 EN-GJS-700-2

20

GEARCASE

CAST IRON TOBS1452 GRADE 250

21

LABEL - SHCS/NORDLOCK WASHER

SELF ADHESIVE PAPER

22

BASEPLATE

CAST IRON BS EN 1561 EN-GJL-250 (CASTING

E-IW8A199)

23

AWWA WORM SHAFT

STEEL BS970 817M40V

24

GEARCASE

SG IRON BS EN 1563 EN-GJS-400-15

25

END CAP

SG IRON BS EN 1563 EN-GJS-400-15

26

INPUT FLANGE

SG IRON BS EN 1563 EN-GJS-450-10

27

OUTPUT SLEEVE

STEEL TO BS 970 GRADE 080M40(EN8) or GB699-88

GRADE 45

INDICATOR PLATE

MILD STEEL PLATE

29

WORM QUADRANT

BS1400 HTB3/BS EN 1982CC7625/ASTMB584 UNS

C86300 (MANGANESE BRONZE)

30

KEY 12X8X55

KEY STEELTO BS 4325 PART 1

31

KEY 8X7X55 SS

STAINLESS STEEL

32

LOCKNUT

STEEL BS3692 GRADE 8ZINC PLATED

33

NORDLOCK WASHER

STAINLESS STEELGRADE 316

34

NORD-LOCK WASHER

STAINLESS STEEL316

16

35

NORDLOCK WASHER

STEEL ZINC PLATED

36

NORDLOCK WASHER

STAINLESS STEEL

37

OLITE BUSH

OIL IMPREGNATED BRONZE

38*

PAINT PE3

PRIMER PAINT PE3

39

RIVET 4 X 3/16"

STAINLESS STEELGRADE A2

40

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW

STAINLESS STEELGRADE A4/80

41

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW

STAINLESS STEELGRADE A4-80

42

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW

STEEL GRADE 12.9ZINC PLATED

43

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW

STEEL GRADE 12.9ZINC PLATED

44*

SILICONE SEALANT

SILICONE

REGINA HOUSE
RING ROAD
BRAMLEY
LEEDS
WEST YORKSHIRE

1
27

ISOMETRIC
41
7
39

6.5 kg

28

ROTORK GEARS

21

16

36
25

24
4

11

4 HOLES O16.50[0.650"]+0.50[0.020"]
THROUGH
EQUISPACED AS SHOWN
FA14 OFF-CENTRES

23
34

O 140.00
5.512" PC

36
95.32

41

O 95.27
3.753"

3.751"
SPIGOT RECESS

32
43

11

30.00

14
29

O 29.95
1.181"

19
4
2

SCRAP VIEW INPUT

1:6

20

1.179"

8
26
6

30
37

33

18
22

5
40

0.40 L

13

10

34

17

15

31

0.10 L

UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED:

1. ALL DIMENSIONS IN MM

WEIGHT: 241.86 kg

DRAWN:-

J DODD 09/04/2010
C FLESHER 09/04/2010

CHECKED:-

SCALE

1 : 14 (A3)

AWWA C504-06 IW85

PROJECT:- AWWA C504-06 720:1 IW85GEARBOX.

18

HEAT
TREATMENT

PROTECTIVE
TREATMENT

SUITABLY PROTECT
FOR STORAGE

IW8A502

POWER TERMINALS
M5 x 0.8p x 6.5mm FULL THREAD
B

CONTROL TERMINALS
M4 x 0.7p x 6mm FULL THREAD

01 012204 RAR First Issue.

Issue

Date

Modification Details

Initials
Title

R.RIOCH

Rotork Controls Inc

Rochester, NY 14624

Drawn

Telephone (585) 328-1550

Fax
(585) 328-5848

Material & Spec.

http://www.rotork.com

Projection

CUSTOMER SIDE OF IQ TERMINAL BLOCK

Treatment

Checked

TLW

Date

01/22/2004
B

N/A

Scale

Do Not
1:1 Scale

PRE-PRODUCTION ISSUE
INDICATED WITH LETTER.
PRODUCTION ISSUE
INDICATED WITH NUMERAL

Part Number

Issue No Sheet No

DOC1522 01

N/A

19

of

RotorkIQMKIISize2Actuator

PublicationNumber
DOC755 2
DateofIssue12/08

2
3

39

6
37

35

8
9

33

31

38
36

29
22

34
30

21

23

65

14

15

27

20

12

13

28

32

10

11

16

17

60

64

24
25
43

26
42

19

60

18

61
66

62
67

63

68

69
70

72

48
41

47
44
45

76
77

49

49

50

52

51

71

73

78
74

81
82

53

46
54

83

55

56

PleasecontactRotorkwhenorderingparts.
Somepartsmayonlybesuppliedinmodules,
containingagroupofparts.

75

57

79
80

58

20

59
TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

Sheet

1 of 2

IQMKIISize2Actuator

PublicationNumber
DOC755 2
DateofIssue12/08

ItemNumber

Description

ItemNumber

Description

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48

Handwheel
Oilseal
BallBearing
ORing
HandwheelRetainer
ORing
SpringRetainingRing
ClutchSpring
CentreColumn
SlidingCoupling
DowelPin
Wormwheel
Yoke
BevelGear
BatteryPlug
ORing
BatteryRetainer/RemovalStrap
Plug
SpringHandAuto
Jack/FingerHandAuto
ORing
HandAutoLever
Screw
TransferBushSleeve
PiezoSensor
ORing
ThrustPlate
Shim
SiliconePad
BearingThrustPlate
RetainerMotorLoom
ScrewHex
BallBearing
OilSeal
LocknutFuji
Wormshaft
ShroudWormshaft
BallBearing
MotorShaft
ORing
Rotor&Stator
MotorCover
CapScrew
TerminalBung
TerminalBungRetainer
PowerScreen
ORing
TerminalCover

49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83

ORing
BallBearing
BearingRetainer
BearingRing
ThrustBase
Washer
SetScrew
DriveBush
ScrewedRing
BaseRing
CapScrew
Plug
SpringHandAuto
Jack/FingerHandAutoFinger
ORing
HandAutoLever
Screw
ShroudBevelShaft
OilSeal
ResolverShaft
PCBResolver
Washer
PanScrew
MouldedMagneticRing
BevelShaftSpring
PoziPanScrew
Transformer&PCB
Nut
Chassis
ABBContactor
CapScrew
CapScrew
RelayBoard
MainPCB&OptionBoards
ElectronicsCover

PleasecontactRotorkwhenorderingparts.
Somepartsmayonlybesuppliedinmodules,
containingagroupofparts.

21

TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

Sheet

2 of 2

BritishStandardsforMaterial
CrossReferencedtoASTM

22

Capacity is .63 pints

SEE LUBRICATION SCHEDULE

TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

2.C.3 - 98

23

5.00
TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

2.00

7.50

47.00

41.00

32.00

22.50

28.00

START LINE FOR SERIAL

NUMBER BARCODE

55.70
20.00

43824-10

APPROVED
Service
585 247 2304

PRODUCT OF
THE USA

5.00

39.50

35.00

30.50

SPACE FOR SERIAL

NUMBER BARCODE

26.00

21.50

BRITISH PATENT No.GB 2327763

Foreign Patents pending

FM

15.00

4.50
13.50

4.50

Temp.code
Lubrication
Motor rating
min.
kW
Motor supply
Nominal motor
Amp
current
Indication Amps Vac Vdc
contacts
5 120 30
Actuator weight
kg
Year of manufacture

9.00

9.00

675 MILE CROSSING BLVD.

ROCHESTER, NY 14624, USA
Serial No.
Wiring
diagram
size
base coupling
Actuator
type
Model
IQFM
Speed
rpm
Nm
Torque max.
NEMA/Enclosure 6/WT

18.00

www.
.com
ROTORK CONTROLS INC.

10.50

13.50

Certified Product
No modifications permitted
without the approval of the
Certification Engineer

10 041110 PMJ EC3677 BARCODE SPACE ADDED.TEXT REARRANGED

9

Issue

290410 PMJ EC3539

Initials Eng.Chg No

Date

Title
Rotork Controls Limited
Bath, England BA1 3JQ.
Telephone 01225 -733200
Telefax
01225 -333467
mail @ rotork.co.uk
http://www.rotork.com

CERT STAMP ADDED

Modification Details

NAMEPLATE FM ROCHESTER (USA MANF)

Drawn

M WILLIAMS

Checked

PGC

Refer to Rotork Spec: _

Material & Spec.

Job No. _
Make from Part No: 43756

ALUMINIUM BS1470 NS4

MANUFACTURING DIMENSIONS SPECIFIED IN MILLIMETRES.

UNSPECIFIED DIMENSIONAL TOLERANCES:MACHINED = 0.25mm, CAST = 0.8mm, MOULDED = 0.25mm, ANGULAR = 1/2
UNSPECIFIED MACHINED RADII = 0.8mm MAXIMUM.
SURFACE FINISH INDICATED IN MICROMETRES.
ISO GEOMETRICAL TOLERANCING SYSTEM TO BS308 PART 3.
THREAD TOLERANCES- METRIC TO BS3643 CLASS 6H+6g, UNIFIED TO BS1580 CLASS 2A+2B.
PART NUMBER TO BE PERMANENTLY MARKED ONTO COMPONENT AT POSITION MARKED THUS:REMOVE ALL BURRS AND SHARP EDGES.

24

Scale

1:1
A3

Projection

Do Not
Scale

Ref for 1:1 Scale

10
20

Part Number

30mm
1"

Issue No Sheet No

43824 10
8

1 of 1

Di
s
s co
No witc nne
h c
n
En -fus es t
clo ib
se le
d

eOT Enclosed switches

Approximate dimensions
eOT16_ - eOT45U
eOT16_, eOT32_

(enclosure size 1)
0,18
4,5

in
mm

0,79
20
0,29
7,40

2,99
76

5,98
152

1,18
30

I ON

O OFF

5,98
152

5,51
140

0,09
R2,25

6,35
161,4
1,97
50

3,94
100

1/2 "
3/4 "
M25

4,55
115,5

EOT32U_ , EOT45U_

eOT45U_

1,36
34,5

3,19
81

Knock-outs M20

Handle OHB 2AJ

Knock-outs on top and bottom

(enclosure size 2 with selector handle)

mm
in

30.5
1.20

146
5.75

188
7.40

20
0.79
40.3
1.59

88
3.46

200
7.87
188
7.40
176
6.93

3/4 " 1 "

4.5
0.18

73
2.87

103.5
4.07
138
5.43

3/4 " 1 "

34.5
1.36

EOT32U_ , EOT45U_

eOT45U_

(enclosure size 2 with pistol grip handle)

mm
in

30.5
1.20

146
5.75

188
7.40

20
0.79
40.3
1.59

88
3.46

200
7.87
188
7.40
176
6.93

3/4 " 1 "

3/4 " 1 "

18
73
2.87

4.5
0.18

103.5
4.07
148.5
5.84

45
1.77

TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

Low Voltage Products & Systems

ABB Inc. 888-385-1221 www.abb.us/lowvoltage

25

18.39
1SXU000023C0202

TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

26

Document Title:

STANDARD IQ/IQT REMOTE CONTROL CIRCUITRY (24VDC)

THE INFRA RED SETTING TOOL ENABLES ALL CONFIGURABLE

ACTUATOR SETTINGS TO BE MADE.

NOTE:
ACTUATOR REMOTE CONTROL SIGNALS MAY BE INTERNALLY OR
EXTERNALLY SUPPLIED.

BEFORE PUTTING THE ACTUATOR INTO SERVICE, IT MUST BE

INSTALLED AND COMMISSIONED IN ACCORDANCE WITH
PUBLICATION E170E (IQ) or E175E (IQT) INSTALLATION AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS.
UNLESS SPECIFIED WITH ORDER, THE ACTUATOR IS
DESPATCHED WITH DEFAULT SETTINGS AS LISTED IN
PUBLICATION E170E (IQ) or E175E (IQT).

INTERNALLY SUPPLIED:

LINK '#' AS SHOWN AND CONNECT REMOTE CONTROL

# FIT
CONTACTS TO INTERNAL SUPPLY ON TERMINAL 5.

EXTERNALLY SUPPLIED:
CONNECT CONTROL CONTACTS TO EXTERNAL SUPPLY LIVE/+VE.
CONNECT SUPPLY ZERO/-VE AS FOLLOWS:TO TERMINAL 36 & 31 FOR SUPPLIES UP TO 60VAC or DC
TO TERMINAL 40 & 32 FOR SUPPLIES UP TO 120VAC

FOR IQ/IQT CONTROL AND MONITORING FACILITIES, REFER TO

PUBLICATION E120E.

FORM A

36

40

34

35

OPEN/CLOSE PUSH TO RUN CONTROL

(LOCAL CONTROL REMAINS SELF MAINTAINED)

EM
ER
GE
NC
YS
HU
TD
OW

33

INT
E
24V RNA
DC L SU
+V PPL
E
Y

OP
EN

MA
INT
AIN

CL
OS
E

INT
E
-VE RNA
L

SU
PP
LY

CUSTOMER CONNECTION FOR

REMOTE CONTROL

CO
M
CO MON
N
F
60V TRO OR R
AC LS U EM
OR P T OTE
CO
DC O
MM
CO ON
N
F
120 TRO OR R
V A LS 6 EM
C
0V
O
TO TE

FOR CONTROL FORMS D & E, LINK '#' MUST BE FITTED.

CONNECT ZERO/-VE AS INDICATED ABOVE.

25

Open

Close

To external supply or terminal 5

(see 'Note:' above)

FORM B

36

40

33

OPEN/CLOSE MAINTAINED CONTROL

WITH MID TRAVEL REVERSAL

36

40

33

Open

34

36

40

33

25

34

Stop

35

25

Open
To external supply or terminal 5
(see 'Note:' above)

36

40

33

Open

34

35

25

Close
To external supply or terminal 5
(see 'Note:' above)

31

32

33

EMERGENCY SHUT-DOWN CIRCUIT.

THE ESD CIRCUIT CAN BE ADDED TO ANY OF THE CONTROL
CIRCUITS SHOWN ABOVE.
AN ESD SIGNAL APPLIED TO THE ACTUATOR WILL OVERRIDE
ANY EXISTING OPEN OR CLOSE CONTROL SIGNAL.
THE DEFAULT ESD CONFIGURATION IS "STAY PUT", DERIVED
FROM A N/O CONTACT (SIGNAL APPLIED).
FOR OTHER CONFIGURABLE ESD SETTING OPTIONS, REFER TO
PUBLICATION E170E (IQ) or E175E (IQT) INSTALLATION AND
MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS.
ROTORK CONTROLS LTD ROTORK CONTROLS INC
ROCHESTER
ENGLAND
NY 14624, USA

.com BATH, BA1 3JQ

Open

Close

TWO WIRE CONTROL, ENERGISE TO CLOSE

DE-ENERGIZE TO OPEN
(CONFIGURE FOR CLOSE PRIORITY)
CUSTOMER TO LINK 5 - 35
4

35

Close

TWO WIRE CONTROL, ENERGISE TO OPEN

DE-ENERGIZE TO CLOSE.
(CONFIGURE FOR OPEN PRIORITY)
CUSTOMER TO LINK 5 - 33

www.

25

To external supply or terminal 5

(see 'Note:' above)

OPEN/STOP/CLOSE MAINTAINED CONTROL

FORM F

To external supply or terminal 5

(see Note:' above)

FORM C

FORM E

35

Close

FORM D

34

34

35

25
ESD
switch
(stayput)

To external supply or terminal 5

(see 'Note:' above)

TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

This is an Associative Document that needs to be read in

conjunction with the appropriate Rotork Wiring Diagram.

27

Document No

Issue No

RWS300 2

A4

IQ Electric Motor Actuator Data Sheet

Job Number

B43422

Line:

Contract Eng.:
Project:

Date:

10/04/2011

CITRUS PS SACRAMENTO, CA

Consultant:
MOV Tag No.'s:

1394663

Shop Drawing:

B4342201

CUSTOMER DATA
Name:

VALVE DATA
DEZURIK INC.

Make:

P.O. No.:

770548

Size:

P.O. Item:

1394663

Type:

Cust. Part Number:

Class:

db 3111794

ACTUATOR DATA
Model No.:
Base:
Actuator/Gear Weight:
Enclosure:
Rated Torque:
Stall Torque Range:

Handwheel Type:

IQ12FA10B4

Paint Spec.:

FA10
559 lbs

12:1 SIDE
**MI0R00208

Conduit 1 & 3:

ASA 1.0''

NEMA 4/6

Conduit 2:

ASA 1.5''

60 lbft

Conduit 4:

None

84 - 144 lbft

Wiring Diagram:

3010-000

Operating Time:

251 sec

Lubrication:
Operating Temp.:

HYDRA GB
-30C TO +70C

** Beige paint to be Federal Standard 595 Color

(January 2008) No. 26521

MOTOR DATA
Locked Rotor Amps:

5.35

Supply V/Ph/Hz:

Rated Load Amps:

1.7

Insulation Class/Duty:

480V / 3Ph / 60Hz

F / 15 min

*Nominal Load Amps:

1.2 A

Service Factor

*Nom. Motor HP:

0.34

Type:

Totally Enclosed Non-Ventilated

Rotork Gears

*Nominal HP and Run Load Amps are at 1/3 full rated torque output.

SECONDARY GEARBOX DATA

Model Number/Size:

IW8R

Make:

Ratio:

720:1'

Lubrication:

Combined Torque:

Gearbox Base:

17100 lbft

TAG: CS-BFV-9, CS-BFV-10

28

Grease
FA25

Rotork Controls, Inc.

675 Mile Crossing Blvd.
Rochester, New York
14624

Motor Data B43422

Voltage
Phases
Frequency
NominalPowerrunningtorque
NominalPowerlockedrotortorque
Currentrunningtorque
Currentlockedrotortorque
Speed

29

480
3
60
.26Kw
3.8Kw
1.16Amps
5.35Amps
43RPM

Rotork Controls, Inc.

675 Mile Crossing Blvd.
Rochester, New York
14624

Relay Data B43422

RelayOperationTime
RelayPickupVoltage
RelayDropoutVoltage
RelayCurrentofControls
AuxiliaryDeviceCoils

30

300milliseconds
24vdc
3vdc
5mA
N/A

DeZURIK VENDOR
INSTRUCTIONS
ROTORK IW, MOW, AND MTW RANGE
WORM GEARBOXES

Instruction DP00038
June 2011

31

Gearbox Installation Manual

Rotork Gears IW, MOW, and MTW ranges

This manual contains important safety information. Please ensure it is thoroughly read
and understood before installing the gearbox.

This manual is produced to enable a competent person to install the gearbox. Only
persons competent by virtue of their training or experience should install, maintain and
repair the supplied gearbox.

! The gearbox weight is recorded on the packaging and on a label attached to the gearbox.
!

WARNING Gearbox may present an unbalanced load.

WARNING With respect to handwheel operation of Rotork gearboxes, under no

circumstances should any additional lever device such as a wheel-key or wrench be
applied to the handwheel in order to develop more force when closing or opening the
valve as this may cause damage to the valve and/or gearbox or may cause the valve to
become stuck in the seated/backseated position.

WARNING Damage to protective coatings should be correctly rectified and may

invalidate warranty.
Contents
1. Introduction
2. Health and safety
3. Storage
4. Unpacking
5. Handling
6. Installation & maintenance Worm Combinations
7. Installation & maintenance- multi-turn IB & IS range combinations
8. Reference
1. Introduction
Unless otherwise specified the gearbox is supplied assembled. In the case of turn gearboxes,
the gearbox stops have been set to a nominal 90 open and close position.

! The IW gearbox stops must be re-set for the stroke of the valve after combination
installation.

2. Health and safety

This manual is produced to enable a competent user to install, operate, adjust and inspect Rotork
gearboxes. Only persons competent by virtue of their training or experience should install,
maintain and repair Rotork gearboxes.
Work undertaken must be carried out in accordance with the instructions in this and any other
relevant manuals. The user and those persons working on this equipment should be familiar with
their responsibilities under any statutory provisions relating to the Health and Safety of their
workplace. Due consideration of additional hazards should be taken when using the gearbox with
other equipment. Should further information and guidance relating to the safe use of the Rotork
products be required, it will be provided on request.

RG-INSTALL-003
Date 27/08/2009

Page 1

32

The mechanical installation should be carried out as outlined in this manual and also in
accordance with relevant standards such as British Standard Codes of Practice. No inspection or
repair should be undertaken unless it conforms to the specific hazardous area certification
requirements.
For maintenance of the actuator, refer to the actuator installation and maintenance manual.
! WARNING: Enclosure Materials. The gearbox enclosure may include cast iron, SG iron,
carbon steel or stainless steel.

3. Storage
If your gearbox cannot be installed immediately store it in a clean dry place until you are ready to
install in situ. Recommended storage temperature range: 0C to 40C (32F 104F).

4. Unpacking
Gearboxes are packed in a variety of configurations depending on size, type and quantity of the
consignment.
It is the responsibility of the individual unpacking and handling the combination to carry out a risk
assessment for the supplied arrangement to ensure safe working. Refer to Section 5 Handling.
Packaging material used may include wood, cardboard, polyethylene and steel. Packaging
should be recycled according to local regulations.

5. Handling

Individual weights for gearboxes are recorded on their respective nameplates

Only trained and experienced personnel should carry out handling. At all times, safe
handling must be ensured.

Each combination must be assessed to identify all risks associated with handling.

Gearboxes may present an unbalanced load.

The gearboxes must be fully supported until full valve shaft/stem engagement is
achieved and the gearbox is secured to the valve flange.

Once connected to the valve, each assembly must be assessed on an individual basis
for safe handling/lifting. Never lift the complete combination-valve assembly via the
gearbox.

If it is necessary to lift the gearbox using lifting equipment, certified soft slings are
recommended. Damage to protective coatings should be correctly rectified and may
invalidate warranty.

RG-INSTALL-003
Date 27/08/2009

Page 2

33

6. INSTALLATION OF WORM COMBINATIONS

6.1 Output sleeve removal, machining and refitting
Gearbox sizes IW12 to IW16 have an output which will be directly machined as specified with
order. All other worm gearbox combinations have a removable output sleeve (1) See Fig. 1.
Unless specifically requested at the ordering stage, the output sleeve will be supplied blank and
must be machined to suit the valve shaft.
The sleeve can be easily removed from the top of the gearbox by first removing the
indicator/cover plate (3) and output sleeve retaining screws (5). These screws are either serrated
under their heads or are fitted with serrated washers (4)
! WARNING: Removing retaining screws will result in loss of control of the valve.
O rings (2) are used to seal the indicator plate, output sleeve and retaining screws. Upon final
installation on the valve, these screws must be tightened to the correct torque figures as shown
on the label on the underside of the indicator or cover plate.
Retaining
Screws
Serrated
Washers
Indicator cover
O-rings
Output Sleeve

Fig.1 shows the removal of the output sleeve from the gearbox. See Fig.2 for removing the output
sleeve without damaging the sealing faces.
Before refitting the output sleeve after machining, check that the surfaces marked A in
Fig.2 are not damaged. Damaged surfaces can break the gearbox seals and cause water ingress
or grease leakage. Applying a thin layer of grease to the faces marked A will make refitting of the
sleeve easier.
As detailed in Fig. 1 and Fig. 2, it is recommended that silicon sealant is used to seal the
indicator/cover plate to the output sleeve by applying sealant to the face marked D. Taking care
not to apply sealant to the o rings (2) or the sealing faces of the o rings.
Before re-assembly, clean and de-grease the top face of the output sleeve, underside of
the indicator/cover plate, and the socket head cap screws. Make a note of the tightening torque
required for the output sleeve screws on the label on the underside of the indicator plate. Insert
the screws and washers into the holes in the indicator/cover plate.

RG-INSTALL-003
Date 27/08/2009

Page 3

34

It is essential to fit the two part washers the correct way round with the cam faces of the
washers joining. Place the o rings over the screw threads and against the indicator plate.

2 Part Washer

Indicator Plate

O-ring

Apply a thin coat of silicon sealant to the top face of the output sleeve. Place the indicator
on the output sleeve, with the indictor pointer in the correct orientation if applicable. Engage each
screw through the indicator and output sleeve into the tappings in the gear quadrant. Fasten the
screws evenly. As the screws start to tighten, press down on the indicator plate to extrude any
excess sealant. Wipe away the excess. Tighten each screw to the recommended torque
previously noted.
! WARNING It is absolutely essential to assemble and torque tighten the screws
immediately after the sealant is applied to the indicator/cover plate and screws. Any delay
will allow the sealant to start to cure. This will result in a flexible joint being formed
between the output sleeve and indicator/cover plate. This joint would relax over time,
allowing the screws to loosen.
6.2 Mounting to the valve

! WARNING - Ensure the valve is fully supported and capable of accepting increased
weight and change of centre of gravity resulting from the addition of the gearbox
combination.
If the gearbox has been supplied with a handwheel, it is recommended that this be fitted to the
gearbox before mounting onto the valve. This will make it easier to rotate the gearing to pick up
on the valve stem, either key, flats or square.
1) Ensure gearbox output is in the same relative position as the valve shaft (open or
closed). Gearbox output position can be moved by rotating the input shaft or turning the
actuator handwheel.

RG-INSTALL-003
Date 27/08/2009

Page 4

35

2) Align gearbox baseplate flange square and parallel to valve flange. As shown in Fig. 3, It
is recommended that flanges be sealed on assembly with silicon sealant. Grease the
output sleeve and the valve shaft.
3) Engage gearbox output sleeve on to valve shaft ensuring valve shaft keyway, square etc
is in alignment (if necessary rotate output sleeve refer to 1)
4) It is essential that the gearbox baseplate is flush with the valve bonnet flange before the
mounting screws are tightened. Mounting screws or studs/nuts must be high tensile steel
(grade 8.8 or higher). Firmly tighten down fixings onto the valve flange to the torque
required. See Table B on page 9.

6.3 Setting the gearbox stops to suit the valve (IW and MOW Only)
This procedure should be carried out by the valvemaker/supplier and should be done when the
valve opening and closing operations can be visibly checked. Once installed within the pipe the
stops should not be altered without the authorisation of the valvemaker/supplier.
The gearbox stops are factory set but require adjusting for optimum valve performance.

If an actuator is to be used to operate the gearbox then the actuator limit and torque switch
settings should be set up according to the actuator manufacturer's recommendations. The
gearbox open and closed stop screws should then be set. See Fig. 4. Close the valve, using the
actuator where applicable. Use the indicator plate (2) pointer as an indication of position. Loosen
the lock nuts (6) and wind the gearbox closed position stop screw (7) into the gearbox quadrant
(5). Back the screw off one turn, then tighten the lock-nut (6) to secure the stop screw. Open the
valve with the actuator, and then repeat the process with the open position stop screw.
Note movement between baseplate (9) and gearcase (8) can occur when operating at near
rated torques. It is recommended that regular maintenance occurs to verify baseplate screws (10)
are correctly torqued.

RG-INSTALL-003
Date 27/08/2009

Page 5

36

6.4 Worm combination maintenance

Under normal operating conditions, no maintenance is required for the gearbox. Should the valve
be taken out of service for overhaul, the gearbox baseplate may be removed and the lubricant
changed using one of the following greases. The baseplate must be sealed using silicone
sealant on re-assembly, unless fitted with o-rings. All o rings should be renewed.
IW RANGE
Manufacturer
Fuchs

Name
Renolit CL-X2

Temperature Range
-60C to +120C

MOW RANGE
Manufacturer
Fuchs

Name
Renolit LST 0

Temperature Range
-20C to +120C

MTW RANGE
Manufacturer
Fuchs

Name
Renolit EPLITH 00

Temperature Range
-10C to +120C

An equivalent extreme pressure lubricant may be used.

For extreme temperature applications, please consult Rotork Gears

RG-INSTALL-003
Date 27/08/2009

Page 6

37

ROTORK GEARS WORM RANGE SPECIFICATION

Component

Material Specification

Gearcase

Cast Iron or SG Iron, optional Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel.

Baseplate

Cast iron as standard, optional SG Iron, Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel.

Input Housing

Cast Iron as standard, optional SG Iron, Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel.

End cap

Cast Iron or Carbon Steel, optional SG Iron, Stainless Steel.

Worm Gear

SG Iron or Aluminium Bronze.

Worm Shaft

Carbon Steel as standard, optional Stainless Steel.

Indicator plate

Carbon steel, optional Stainless Steel.

Screws

High Tensile Steel Metric Standard to BS3692 & 4168 as standard, optional Stainless Steel.

Bearings

Angular contact bearings.

Output Sleeve

Steel or Cast Iron, optional Stainless Steel or Aluminium Bronze.

Finish

PA 24 Grey Primer (Standard).

Primer and Enamel Gloss (Optional).
Other finishes available on request.

Lubricant

CL-X2 (Standard) max temp 120 C:

LX-EP2 (High temp) max temp 160 C:
NO-TOX EP2 (Food) max temp 204 C:
MO2 (Graphite) max temp 120 C:
G110 (Nuclear) max temp 150 C:
G130 (Nuclear) max temp 150 C:
LST 0 (Oil for MTW,MOW) max temp 135 C:
EPLITH 00 (MTW) max temp 120 C:

Ignition temperature > 250

Ignition temperature > 250
Ignition temperature > 250
Flash point > 200 C
Flash point > 200 C
Flash point > 200 C
Ignition temperature > 250
Ignition temperature > 250

C
C
C

Nitrile (Standard) max temp 150 C:

Viton (High temp/ Nuclear) max temp 200 C:
Fluorosilicone (Low temp) max temp 225 C:
Silicone sealant max temp 200 C:

Ignition temperature > 300

Ignition temperature > 315
Ignition temperature > 300
Ignition temperature > 450

C
C
C
C

Seals

Gearbox Detail

C
C

Gearbox Specification

Gearbox design Life

IW:
MTW:
MOW:

10000 cycles at one third maximum torque

10000 output revolutions at one third maximum torque
2 years or 17,520 hours continuous operation

Gears

Designed basically to BS721

Gearbox type

Indicated on the nameplate

Gearbox ratio

Indicated on the nameplate

Maximum output torque

Indicated in the Rotork Gears catalogue

Gearbox duty specification

Indicated on the nameplate

Nameplate Explosion Marking and Category

According to 94/9/EC and indicated on the nameplate

Maximum speed for the input shaft

350 rpm. (IW and MOW must have input reducers fitted and combined ratios
greater than 720:1 to operate at this speed)

Maximum bending moment on the input flange

F10:
F14:
F16:
F25:
F30:

Maximum operating temperature

Indicated on the nameplate

Gearbox weight

Indicated on the nameplate

200Nm
340Nm
520Nm
1450Nm
1580Nm

C.F. 07.07.06 issue 3

F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\UPDATE-08-06\Worm Specificationr3.doc

38

INSTALLATION, OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

FOR EXEECO WORM GEAR OPERATORS
The Rotork Gears Worm Range Specification sheets indicate the materials of construction and information for putting the equipment into
service. The gearbox is marked according to 94/9/EC with the temperature class and explosion group on the equipment and this shall be observed
when installing and operating the equipment. The user alone is responsible for the appropriate use of the gearbox in consideration of the basic
conditions existing at the plant.
This range of gearboxes is supplied to suit the order requirements but, unless specifically requested at the ordering stage, the output sleeve will
be supplied blank and must be machined to suit the equipment to be operated. IW12 & IW13 gearboxes do not have removable output sleeves
and are supplied machined to the customers specification.
The sleeve can be easily removed from the top of the gearbox by first removing the indicator plate retaining bolts. These bolts are either serrated
under head or are fitted with serrated washers. When refitting the bolts, they must be tightened to the correct torque figures as shown under the
indicator plate. The recommended tightening torque of screws is also shown in the table below.

NOTES FOR MOUNTING TO THE VALVE

The following are basic instructions for mounting the gearbox. For detailed information see the Gearbox Installation Manual RG-INSTALL
and RG-IW-OS1
1.
2.
3.

The valve spindle must be greased before assembly of the gearbox to the valve.
Flanges to be sealed on assembly with silicone sealant.
It is essential that the gearbox baseplate is flush with the valve bonnet flange before the mounting screws are tightened.

If the gearbox has been supplied with a handwheel, it is recommended that this be fitted to the gearbox before mounting on the valve. This will
make it easier to rotate the gearing to pick up the start of a thread or key location.
On a keyed valve shaft, once the key and keyway are lined up, the gearbox can be lowered onto the mounting flange and bolted down.
On a screwed valve shaft, rotating the handwheel will cause the gearbox to screw itself down the spindle. Once in the correct position it can be
bolted down.
When bolting the valve to the gearbox we recommend using at least grade 8.8 fasteners, and these MUST be torque tightened dependent upon
the grade and size used.
If an electric actuator is fitted to the gearbox, a suitable input adaptor will have been supplied. After mounting the actuator to the gearbox, the
limit and torque switch settings must be made in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The maximum permitted bending moment on
the input adaptor of the gearbox is indicated on the gearbox specification sheet.

HANDLING

Combined valve, actuator and gearbox must NOT be slung from the gearbox.

MAINTENANCE

All gear cavities are lubricated and sealed for life and the type of grease and seals used within the gearbox is indicated on the nameplate and
shown in the material specification. The required maintenance intervals depend on the respective application and will therefore have to be
determined by the user dependent on the conditions of use. Annual inspection of the gearbox is recommended, but under normal operating
conditions no maintenance is required for the gearbox, but should the valve be taken out of service for overhaul, the gearbox baseplate may be
removed and the grease renewed. The baseplate must be sealed using silicone sealant on re-assembly, unless fitted with an O ring. Below is a
table for the recommended tightening of screws.
HEXAGON HEAD GRADE 8.8
SCREW
SIZE

M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)

2
5
9
21
41
71
177
346
598

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(lbsft)

2
4
6
15
30
53
131
255
441

HEXAGON HEAD GRADE 8.8

WITH NORDLOCK WASHER
TORQUE
TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)
(lbsft)

3
6
10
25
49
86
213
415
718

2
4
8
18
36
63
157
306
529

SOCKET HEAD GRADE 12.9

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)

4
8
14
35
69
121
299
584
1009
2006
3508

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(lbsft)

3
6
11
26
51
89
221
431
744
1480
2587

SOCKET HEAD GRADE 12.9

WITH NORDLOCK WASHER
TORQUE
TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)
(lbsft)

5
10
17
42
83
145
359
701
1211

4
7
13
31
61
107
265
517
893

DURLOK GRADE 12.9

SCREW GRADE 12 NUT
TORQUE
TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)
(lbsft)

11
19
45
86
152
372
717

Note: Once fully torque tightened

Durlok fasteners must not be re used on
Nuclear gearboxes

NB. All internal cavities within the gearbox must be packed with grease.
SPARES

Spare parts must be selected from the spare parts lists and a recommended spares holding for 5 years is shown on the spare parts list.
C.F. 27.07.10 issue 2
F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\Installation Instructions For WormR2.doc

39

8
14
33
64
112
274
529

Copy of QC 40-2

PROCEDURE FOR
DISMANTLING / RE-ASSEMBLY OF WORM GEAR OPERATORS
1. PURPOSE: To provide dismantling / re-assembly instructions.
2. SCOPE: Rotork Gears range of worm gearboxes
3. DEFINITION: Sequence of instructions to dismantle and re-assemble Rotork Gears worm gearboxes.
4. PROCEDURE: Refer to spare parts list for item numbers. For additional information see Documentation.
4.1 Dismantling
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.1.7
4.1.8
4.1.9
4.1.10
4.1.11
4.1.12
4.1.13
4.1.14
4.1.15
4.1.16

If the worm gearbox is fitted with an input reducer see the dismantling instructions for the input
reducer to first remove the input reducer.
For output sleeve with o rings, to prevent damage to the o rings (28), slightly loosen ALL the socket
head cap screws/Durlok (11) before fully removing the screws.
Fully remove the output sleeve screws (11) from indicator plate (8).
Remove the indicator plate (8) and o rings (28).
Remove the output sleeve (5) where applicable.
Remove the key (20) from the worm shaft (4).
Remove the screwed fasteners (17), which secure the input housing (7) to the gearcase (1).
Remove the input housing from the gearcase.
The worm shaft can sometimes be removed at this stage by unscrewing the worm from the wormwheel
(3).
Remove the screwed fasteners (27) that secure the baseplate (2) to the gearcase.
Remove the baseplate from the gearcase.
Remove the wormwheel (3) from the gearcase.
Remove the screwed fasteners (18) that secure the end cap (6) to the gearcase and remove the end cap.
If the worm shaft was not removed in 4.1.6 then remove the worm shaft complete with the angular
contact bearings (9) and shim (10) where applicable.
Remove bearings from the input housing, end cap or gearcase.
Loosen the lock nuts (16) and remove the stop bolts (15) from the gearcase where applicable.

4.2 Re-assembly
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.2.7
4.2.8
4.2.9
4.2.10
4.2.11
4.2.12
4.2.13
4.2.14
4.2.15
4.2.16
4.2.17
4.2.18

Ensure all parts are free from dirt and bruising

On re assembly, all moving parts should be lightly lubricated with grease before refitting.
Ft the o ring (14) to the gearcase.
Fit the bearing(s) in the end cap or within the gearcase, making sure that the bearing is orientated
correctly and packed with grease.
Fit the o ring or apply sealant (25) to the end cap and secure to the gearcase with the screwed
fasteners.
Re-fit the worm shaft into the gearcase and locate with the bearing contained by the end cap.
Fit the bearing(s) in the input housing or within the gearcase, making sure that the bearing is orientated
correctly and packed with grease.
Fit the o ring (12) to the input housing.
Fit the o ring or apply sealant (25) to the input housing and secure to the gearcase with the screwed
fasteners.
Grease the worm shaft and gearcase before refitting the worm wheel.
Re-fit the wormwheel, locating the worm wheel spigot into the bore of the gearcase and ensuring the
gear teeth mesh with the worm shaft.
Fit the lock nuts to the stop bolts and apply sealant to the stop bolts and refit into the gearcase where
applicable. Do not tighten.
Re-pack the gearcase with grease.
Fit the o ring or apply sealant (26) to the baseplate and re-fit the baseplate into the gearcase.
Re-secure the gearcase to the baseplate using the existing screws (27) using a diagonal tightening
movement.
Fit the o ring (13) into the baseplate.
Fit the output sleeve into the gearcase where applicable.
If o rings (28) are used with the output sleeve, position the o rings in the countersink holes of the
output sleeve.

C.F. 30.07.10 Issue 3

F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\Dismantle & Reassemble WormR3.doc

40

4.2.19 Fit the indicator plate.

4.2.20 Loosely fit all of the existing cap screws or Durlok bolts to prevent trapping the o rings (28). Once all
screws have been loosely fit, then torque tighten all screws sequentially.
4.2.21 Re-fit the key to the worm shaft and test the gearbox for free rotation.
4.2.22 For gearboxes with stop bolts rotate the output sleeve to the required position. Adjust the stop bolt and
lock with the lock nut. Repeat for the remaining stop bolt.
5. DOCUMENTATION
Spare parts list for range of worm gear actuators:
Torque tightening figures.
Procedure for replacing old style output sleeves
Gearbox Installation Manual

IWSPARES.
Document No QC 40-2
IW-OS1
RG-INSTALL

C.F. 30.07.10 Issue 3

F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\Dismantle & Reassemble WormR3.doc

41

SPARE PARTS LIST FOR IW RANGE OF WORM GEAR ACTUATORS

21

18

25

10

17

22

12
6

20

11
23

13

FITTED TO
UNDERSIDE OF
INDICATOR PLATE

27

14
26

16

19

28

SECTION

ITEM

15

PART SECTION

DESCRIPTION

11
QTY

19

SPARES

1
2
3
4
5

GEARCASE
BASEPLATE
WORM QUADRANT
WORMSHAFT
OUTPUT SLEEVE

1
1
1
1 (IW3 -11 ONLY)

ENDCAP

7
8

INPUT FLANGE
INDICATOR PLATE

1
1

9
10

ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARING

SHIM

2 (IW3-8), 6 (IW9 -11), 4 (IW12-13)

1 (WHERE APPLICABLE)

11

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW/ DURLOCK

4 (IW3, IW12-13), 8 (IW4 -11)

12
13
14
15

O-RING
O-RING
O-RING
STOP BOLT

1
1
1
2 (IW & MOW ONLY)

16

HEX NUT

2 (IW & MOW ONLY)

17
18
19
20

SCREWED FASTENER *
SCREWED FASTENER *
NORDLOCK WASHER
KEY

4 (IW3 - 8), 8 (IW9 - IW13)

4 (IW3 -8), 8 (IW9 - IW13)
4(IW3), 8( IW4 TO 11)
1 (IW3 - IW11), 2 (IW12-13)

21

NAMEPLATE

22
23

RIVET 4 X 3/16"
LABEL - SHCS/NORDLOCK WASHER

2 FOR METAL NAMEPLATE ONLY

1

24*
25

GREASE
O-RING OR SEALANT

TO FILL GEARBOX
2

26
27

O-RING OR SEALANT
SCREWED FASTENER *

1
4 (IW3), 8 (IW4-10), 16 (IW11-13)

YES

28

O RING

4 (IW3), 8 (IW4 - IW11)

YES

28
18

8
23

22

14

21

YES
YES
YES
YES
YES

25
16

1
10

15

13

YES

26

* : NOTE THAT NORDLOCK FASTENERS ARE OCCASIONALLY USED WITH THESE FASTENERS
SPARES ARE RECOMMENDED FOR 5 YEARS OPERATION
SPECIAL SOLID WORM WHEELS DO NOT HAVE OUTPUT SLEEVES & SCREWS, BUT DO HAVE
THE SAME GEARBOX RATING

Rotork Gears
Regina House
Ring Road
Bramley
Leeds
England
LS13 4ET

17

20

27

TYPICAL WORM EXPLODED VIEW

C.F. 27.07.10 ISSUE 3

Ref: F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\IWSPARES.dft

42

25
7

12

DeZURIK VENDOR
INSTRUCTIONS
ROTORK IQ RANGE ACTUATORS

Instruction DP00091
June 2011

43

This page intentionally blank.

44

IQ Range
Installation and
Maintenance Instructions

This manual contains important safety

information. Please ensure it is thoroughly
read and understood before installing,
operating or maintaining the equipment.

Publication number E170-3E

Date of issue 04/09

Including Addendeum 03-10

Addendum to:
E170-3E IQ Range Installation and Maintenance Instructions
Date of issue 04/09

page 14

Addition to Section 6.3

page 80

Replacement Approvals and additional

Flamepath Information

Addendum to E170-3E (date of issue 04/09)

Addendum date of issue 03/10

45

page 14

page 80

12
6.3 Cable Entry
The cable entries on the actuator
terminal housing are tapped either
1 NPT or 1 NPT

IQ Approvals

Refer to actuator nameplate for unit specific approval details

European Hazardous area

Conditions of Safe Use

ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2 GD c
Ex d IIB T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T120C Db IP68
Temperature -20 to +70C (-4 to +158F)
*Option -30 to +70C (-22 to +158F)
*Option -40 to +70C (-40 to +158F)
*Option -50 to +40C (-58 to +104F)

t
5IF
GPMMPXJOH
BSF
UIF
NBYJNVN
DPOTUSVDUJPOBM
GMBNFQBUI
HBQT



GPS
"5&9
BOE
*&$&Y
"QQSPWFE
BDUVBUPST

Ex d IIC T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T120C Db IP68

Temperature -20 to +70C (-4 to +158F)
*Option -30 to +70C (-22 to +158F)
*Option -40 to +70C (-40 to +158F)
*Option -50 to +40C (-58 to +104F)

Ex de IIB T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T120C Db IP68

Temperature -20 to +70C (-4 to +158F)
*Option -30 to +70C (-22 to +158F)
*Option -40 to +70C (-40 to +158F)
*Option -50 to +40C (-58 to +104F)

Ex de IIC T4 Gb, Ex tb IIIC T120C Db IP68

Temperature -20 to +70C (-4 to +158F)
*Option -30 to +70C (-22 to +158F)
*Option -40 to +70C (-40 to +158F)
*Option -50 to +40C (-58 to +104F)

4
IQ MAXIMUM FLAMEPATH GAPS
Flamepath

.PUPS
$PWFS(FBSDBTF








8PSNTIBGU
4ISPVE(FBSDBTF





8PSNTIBGU
4ISPVE(FBSDBTF





8PSNTIBGU8PSNTIBGU
4ISPVE





8PSNTIBGU8PSNTIBGU
4ISPVE

5FSNJOBM
#VOH
(FBSDBTF
**#


5FSNJOBM
#VOH
(FBSDBTF
**$


5FSNJOBM
$PWFS(FBSDBTF

&MFDUSJDBM
$PWFS(FBSDBTF

3FTPMWFS
4IBGU3FTPMWFS
4IBGU
#VTI

3FTPMWFS
4IBGU
#VTI(FBSDBTF

.PUPS
-PPN
#VTI(FBSDBTF











4UBUPS
MPDLJOH
1JO.PUPS
$PWFS







%$
.PUPS
"EBQUPS(FBSDBTF


%$
.PUPS
$07&3%$
.PUPS
$PWFS
"EBQUPS

Max. Gap (mm)

























































Min Length (mm)



























































/PUF
/FHBUJWF
4JHO
EFOPUFT
BO
JOUFSGFSFODF
GJU
t

5IF
BDUVBUPS
NVTU
POMZ
CF
MPDBUFE
XIFSF
UIF
SJTL
PG
JNQBDU
VQPO
UIF
XJOEPX
JT
MPX

46

Actuator Type and Size

*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2.
*2.
*2.
*2.
*24
*24
*24
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2.
*2.
*24
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2
*2
*2.
*2.
*24
*2%
*2%
*2)
*2)
*2
*24
*2)
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2)
*2
*2
*2
*2.
*2.
*24
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2
*2
*2.
*2.
*24
*2%
*2%
*2)
*2)
*2
*24
*2)
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2
*2)
"MM
5ZQFT
BOE
4J[FT
"MM
5ZQFT
BOE
4J[FT
"MM
5ZQFT
BOE
4J[FT
"MM
5ZQFT
BOE
4J[FT
"MM
5ZQFT
BOE
4J[FT
"MM
5ZQFT
BOE
4J[FT
"MM
5ZQFT
BOE
4J[FT
*2
*2
*2
*2.
*2.
*24
*2
*2
*2.
*2.
*24
*2
*24
*2)
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2%
*2%

4IPVME
ZPV
SFRVJSF
UFDIOJDBM
BTTJTUBODF
PS
TQBSFT
3PUPSL
HVBSBOUFFT
UIF
CFTU
TFSWJDF
JO
UIF
XPSME
$POUBDU
ZPVS
MPDBM

3PUPSL
SFQSFTFOUBUJWF
PS
UIF
GBDUPSZ
EJSFDU
BU
UIF
BEESFTT
PO
UIF
OBNFQMBUF
RVPUJOH
UIF
BDUVBUPS
UZQF
BOE
TFSJBM
OVNCFS

UK
Rotork plc
tel
+44 (0)1225 733200
fax
+44 (0)1225 333467
email
mail@rotork.com

"
GVMM
MJTUJOH
PG
PVS
XPSMEXJEF
TBMFT

BOE
TFSWJDF
OFUXPSL
JT
BWBJMBCMF
PO

PVS
XFCTJUF
BU
www.rotork.com

USA
Rotork Controls Inc.
tel
+1 (585) 247 2304
fax
+1 (585) 247 2308
email
info@rotork.com

As part of a process of on-going product

EFWFMPQNFOU
3PUPSL
SFTFSWFT
UIF
SJHIU
to amend and change specifications
XJUIPVU
QSJPS
OPUJDF

5IF
OBNF
3PUPSL
JT
B
SFHJTUFSFE
USBEFNBSL

3PUPSL
SFDPHOJ[FT
BMM
SFHJTUFSFE
USBEFNBSLT

1VCMJTIFE
BOE
QSPEVDFE
JO
UIF
6,
CZ
3PUPSL
$POUSPMT
-JNJUFE

1VCMJTIFE
EBUB
NBZ
CF
TVCKFDU
UP
DIBOHF

1084)

'PS
UIF
WFSZ
MBUFTU
WFSTJPO
SFMFBTF
WJTJU
PVS
XFCTJUF
BU
XXXSPUPSLDPN

Published and produced in the U.K. by Rotork Controls Ltd.

The Rotork Setting Tool allows actuator control, indication and

protection functions to be configured to suit site requirements.
In addition, the new Setting Tool Pro also allows downloading
of datalogger and uploading/downloading of configuration
files. Files are transferred to and from the Setting Tool Pro via
Rotork Insight.
It is essential that all the actuator settings are checked for
compatibility with the valve, process and control system
requirements before the actuator is put into service. Please read
this publication.
Rotork Setting Tool Pro

When Rotork personnel or nominated agents are contracted to

carry out site commissioning and/or acceptance, documentation
of commissioned actuator configuration can be made available
for customer records.

Rotork Setting Tool

47

II

This manual provides instruction on:

* Manual and electrical (local and remote) operation.

THE ROTORK IQ RANGE THE FIRST VALVE ACTUATOR THAT YOU

CAN COMMISSION AND INTERROGATE WITHOUT REMOVING
ELECTRICAL COVERS.
Using the supplied infra-red Setting Tool to access the actuator set up
procedures, non-intrusive setting of torque levels, position limits and all
other control and indication functions can be made safely, quickly and
conveniently, even in hazardous locations. The IQ allows commissioning
and adjustment to be carried out with the main power supply to the
actuator switched on or off.

* Preparation and installation of the actuator onto

the valve.
* Subsequent commissioning and adjustment of the
Basic Settings for correct valve operation.
* Commissioning and adjustment of the Configuration
Settings to suit site-specific control and indication
requirements.
* Maintenance Troubleshooting.

Standard diagnostics access information about the control system, valve

and actuator status is in the form of display text and help screens.
Setup, Alarm and Status text is available in English (default), Spanish, French
and German.
Instantaneous valve torque and position can be monitored on the actuator
with a single key press of the Setting Tool.

* Sales and Service.

Refer to Publication E180E2 for repair, overhaul and

spare part instructions.

The on board Datalogger captures operational and valve torque data

enabling informed maintenance choices to be made. IQ Insight software
for PC and PDA allows the Datalogger to be interrogated, as well as the
complete actuator set up to be configured and recorded.
The actuator containing the Setting Tool will be identified with a yellow
label on the terminal cover.
Visit our web site at www.rotork.com for more information on the IQ,
IQ Insight and other Rotork actuator ranges.

III

Identifying Actuator Parts

Battery sealing plug

Metal (8mm Allen key required)
Plastic (10mm Allen key required)
as appropriate.

Name plate

Display window

Side hand wheel

Grease nipple (if fitted)

Hand wheel
Oil plug
Hand / Auto
lever

Control Cover

Oil plug

Motor

Base

Terminal Cover

Local / Remote / Stop

selector

Conduit entries

Open / Close selector

48

Oil plug

CONTENTS

1
Page

1 Health and Safety

2 Storage

3 Operating your IQ Actuator

3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6

Operating by Hand
Operating Electrically
Display Local Indication
Display Status Indication Travel
Display Status Indication Control
Display Alarm Indication

4 Preparing Drive Bush

4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4

IQ10 to IQ35
Thrust Base Types A and Z
IQ10 to IQ35
Non-Thrust Base Type B
IQ40 to IQ95
Thrust Base Types A and Z
IQ40 to IQ95
Non-Thrust Base Type B

7
8
8
9

5 Mounting the Actuator

5.1
5.2
5.3
5.4

3
3
4
5
5
5

10

Rising Stem Valves Top Mounting

Valve with Gearbox Side Mounting
Non-Rising Stem Valves Top Mounting
Handwheel Sealing

11
12
12
12

Page
5.5
5.6
5.7

IQM Modulating Actuators

IQML Linear Drive Unit
IQML Adjusting Linear Stroke

6 Cable Connections
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5

14

Earth/Ground Connections
Removing Terminal Cover
Cable Entry
Connecting to Terminals
Replacing Terminal Cover

7 Commissioning
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
7.8
7.9

12
12
13

14
14
14
15
15

16

The Setting Procedure

The Rotork Setting Tools
Entering the Actuator
Setting Procedure
Setting Mode Password
New Password
Checking Mode
Crossroad
The Actuator Display
Setting/Checking Mode
Returning to Valve Position Display

8 Commissioning
Basic Settings

16
17
20
20
20
20
21
21

Page

9 Commissioning
Configuration Settings
Configuration Settings Contents
Default Options

10 Maintenance, Monitoring
and Troubleshooting
10.1
10.2
10.3
10.4

Setting Tool Pro Download & Upload

Help Screens
IQ Infrared Diagnostic & Configuration
Environmental

11 Weights and Measures

Binary, Hexadecimal and Decimal
Conversion Table

31
33
63

65
68
71
76
77

78
79

12 IQ Approvals

80

Approved Fuses

81

Appendix A

82

21

22

Basic Settings Contents

23

Health and Safety

This manual is produced to enable a

DPNQFUFOU
VTFS
UP
JOTUBMM
PQFSBUF

BEKVTU
BOE
JOTQFDU
3PUPSL
*2
SBOHF
WBMWF

BDUVBUPST
0OMZ
QFSTPOT
DPNQFUFOU
CZ
WJSUVF

PG
UIFJS
USBJOJOH
PS
FYQFSJFODF
TIPVME
JOTUBMM

NBJOUBJO
BOE
SFQBJS
3PUPSL
BDUVBUPST

Work undertaken must be carried out in
BDDPSEBODF
XJUI
UIF
JOTUSVDUJPOT
JO
UIJT
BOE

BOZ
PUIFS
SFMFWBOU
NBOVBMT
5IF
VTFS
BOE

UIPTF
QFSTPOT
XPSLJOH
PO
UIJT
FRVJQNFOU

TIPVME
CF
GBNJMJBS
XJUI
UIFJS
SFTQPOTJCJMJUJFT

VOEFS
BOZ
TUBUVUPSZ
QSPWJTJPOT
SFMBUJOH
UP

UIF
)FBMUI
BOE
4BGFUZ
PG
UIFJS
XPSLQMBDF

%VF
DPOTJEFSBUJPO
PG
BEEJUJPOBM
IB[BSET

TIPVME
CF
UBLFO
XIFO
VTJOH
UIF
*2
SBOHF

PG
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
PUIFS
FRVJQNFOU
4IPVME

further information and guidance relating
UP
UIF
TBGF
VTF
PG
UIF
3PUPSL
*2
SBOHF
PG

BDUVBUPST
CF
SFRVJSFE
JU
XJMM
CF
QSPWJEFE

PO
SFRVFTU
5IF
FMFDUSJDBM
JOTUBMMBUJPO
NBJOUFOBODF

and use of these actuators should be
DBSSJFE
PVU
JO
BDDPSEBODF
XJUI
UIF

/BUJPOBM
-FHJTMBUJPO
BOE
4UBUVUPSZ

1SPWJTJPOT
SFMBUJOH
UP
UIF
TBGF
VTF
PG

UIJT
FRVJQNFOU
BQQMJDBCMF
UP
UIF
TJUF

PG
JOTUBMMBUJPO
'PS
UIF
6,
&MFDUSJDJUZ
BU
8PSL
|3FHVMBUJPOT


BOE
UIF
HVJEBODF
HJWFO
JO
UIF

applicable edition of the IEE Wiring
3FHVMBUJPOT
TIPVME
CF
BQQMJFE
"MTP
UIF

VTFS
TIPVME
CF
GVMMZ
BXBSF
PG
IJT
EVUJFT

VOEFS
UIF
)FBMUI
BOE
4BGFUZ
"DU

'PS
UIF
64"
/'1"
/BUJPOBM
&MFDUSJDBM

$PEF

JT
BQQMJDBCMF
The mechanical installation should be
carried out as outlined in this manual
BOE
BMTP
JO
BDDPSEBODF
XJUI
SFMFWBOU

standards such as British Standard Codes
PG
1SBDUJDF
*G
UIF
BDUVBUPS
IBT
OBNFQMBUFT

indicating that it is suitable for installation
JO
IB[BSEPVT
BSFBT
UIFO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
NBZ

CF
JOTUBMMFE
JO
;POF

;POF

;POF


BOE
;POF

PS
%JW

PS
%JW

DMBTT
*

PS
$MBTT
**

DMBTTJGJFE
IB[BSEPVT
BSFB

MPDBUJPOT
POMZ
*U
TIPVME
OPU
CF
JOTUBMMFE

JO
IB[BSEPVT
BSFB
MPDBUJPOT
XJUI
BO

JHOJUJPO
UFNQFSBUVSF
MFTT
UIBO
$

VOMFTT
TVJUBCJMJUZ
GPS
MPXFS
JHOJUJPO

temperatures has been indicated on the
BDUVBUPS
OBNFQMBUF
*U
TIPVME
POMZ
CF
JOTUBMMFE
JO
IB[BSEPVT

BSFB
MPDBUJPOT
DPNQBUJCMF
XJUI
UIF
HBT

HSPVQT
TUBUFE
PO
UIF
OBNFQMBUF
5IF
FMFDUSJDBM
JOTUBMMBUJPO
NBJOUFOBODF

and the use of the actuator should be
DBSSJFE
PVU
JO
BDDPSEBODF
XJUI
UIF
DPEF

PG
QSBDUJDF
SFMFWBOU
GPS
UIBU
QBSUJDVMBS

)B[BSEPVT
"SFB
DFSUJGJDBUJPO
No inspection or repair should be
undertaken unless it conforms to the
TQFDJGJD
IB[BSEPVT
BSFB
DFSUJGJDBUJPO

SFRVJSFNFOUT
6OEFS
OP
DJSDVNTUBODFT

TIPVME
BOZ
NPEJGJDBUJPO
PS
BMUFSBUJPO

be carried out on the actuator as this

DPVME
JOWBMJEBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPST
IB[BSEPVT

BSFB
BQQSPWBM
DFSUJGJDBUJPO
"DDFTT
UP

MJWF
FMFDUSJDBM
DPOEVDUPST
JT
GPSCJEEFO
JO

UIF
IB[BSEPVT
BSFB
VOMFTT
UIJT
JT
EPOF

VOEFS
B
TQFDJBM
QFSNJU
UP
XPSL
PUIFSXJTF

BMM
QPXFS
TIPVME
CF
JTPMBUFE
BOE
UIF

BDUVBUPS
NPWFE
UP
B
OPOIB[BSEPVT
BSFB

GPS
SFQBJS
PS
BUUFOUJPO

WARNING: Motor Temperature

Under normal operation the temperature
PG
BDUVBUPST
NPUPS
DPWFS
TVSGBDFT
DBO

FYDFFE
$
BCPWF
BNCJFOU
WARNING: Thermostat Bypass
*G
UIF
BDUVBUPS
JT
DPOGJHVSFE
UP
CZQBTT

UIF
NPUPS
UIFSNPTUBU
UIFO
UIF
IB[BSEPVT

BSFB
DFSUJGJDBUJPO
XJMM
CF
JOWBMJEBUFE

"EEJUJPOBM
FMFDUSJDBM
IB[BSET
NBZ
PDDVS

XIFO
VTJOH
UIJT
DPOGJHVSBUJPO
5IF

VTFS
TIPVME
FOTVSF
UIBU
BOZ
OFDFTTBSZ

BEEJUJPOBM
TBGFUZ
NFBTVSFT
BSF
DPOTJEFSFE
WARNING: Control and Indication
8IFSF
UIF
BDUVBUPS
CVJME
BMMPXT
SFNPUF

control and indication supplies higher
UIBO
7
"$
CVU
CFMPX
7
"$
SFGFS

UP
BDUVBUPS
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN

UIF
BDUVBUPS

installation altitude must be restricted
UP
MFTT
UIBO
N
BT
EFGJOFE
CZ
#4&/


PS
*&$

4BGFUZ
3FRVJSFNFOUT

'PS
&MFDUSJDBM
&RVJQNFOU
GPS
NFBTVSFNFOU

49

DPOUSPM
BOE
MBCPSBUPSZ
VTF


WARNING: Enclosure Materials

*2
UP
*2
BSF
NBOVGBDUVSFE
GSPN

BMVNJOJVN
BMMPZ
XJUI
TUBJOMFTT
TUFFM

fasteners and the thrust bases are
NBOVGBDUVSFE
JO
DBTU
JSPO

*2
UP
*2
FODMPTVSFT
BSF
NBOVGBDUVSFE

JO
BMVNJOJVN
BMMPZ
BOE
DBTU
JSPO
XJUI

stainless steel fasteners and the thrust
CBTFT
BSF
NBOVGBDUVSFE
JO
DBTU
JSPO

The user must ensure that the operating
FOWJSPONFOU
BOE
BOZ
NBUFSJBMT

surrounding the actuator cannot lead
UP
B
SFEVDUJPO
JO
UIF
TBGF
VTF
PG
PS
UIF

QSPUFDUJPO
BGGPSEFE
CZ
UIF
BDUVBUPS

Where appropriate the user must ensure
UIF
BDUVBUPS
JT
TVJUBCMZ
QSPUFDUFE
BHBJOTU

JUT
PQFSBUJOH
FOWJSPONFOU

WARNING: Operating by Hand

8JUI
SFTQFDU
UP
IBOEXIFFM
PQFSBUJPO
PG

3PUPSL
FMFDUSJD
BDUVBUPST
TFF
XBSOJOH
PO
Q
This actuator must only be
located in areas where the risk of
impact to the viewing window is low.
WARNING: "DUVBUPS
NBZ
TUBSU
BOE

PQFSBUF
XIFO
SFNPUF
JT
TFMFDUFE
5IJT
XJMM

be dependent on remote control signal
TUBUVT
BOE
BDUVBUPS
DPOGJHVSBUJPO

Storage

Operating your
IQ Actuator

*G
ZPVS
BDUVBUPS
DBOOPU
CF
JOTUBMMFE

JNNFEJBUFMZ
TUPSF
JU
JO
B
ESZ
QMBDF
VOUJM

ZPV
BSF
SFBEZ
UP
DPOOFDU
JODPNJOH

DBCMFT

3.1 Operating by Hand

If the actuator has to be installed but

cannot be cabled it is recommended
UIBU
UIF
QMBTUJD
USBOTJU
DBCMF
FOUSZ
QMVHT

BSF
SFQMBDFE
XJUI
NFUBM
QMVHT
XIJDI
BSF

TFBMFE
XJUI
15'&
UBQF

With respect to handwheel

operation of Rotork electric
actuators, under no circumstances
should any additional lever
device such as a wheel-key
or wrench be applied to the
handwheel in order to develop
more force when closing or
opening the valve as this may
cause damage to the valve and/or
actuator or may cause the valve
to become stuck in the seated/
backseated position.

The Rotork double-sealed construction

XJMM
QSFTFSWF
JOUFSOBM
FMFDUSJDBM

DPNQPOFOUT
QFSGFDUMZ
JG
MFGU

VOEJTUVSCFE
*U
JT
OPU
OFDFTTBSZ
UP
SFNPWF
BOZ

FMFDUSJDBM
DPNQBSUNFOU
DPWFST
JO
PSEFS

UP
DPNNJTTJPO
UIF
*2
BDUVBUPS
3PUPSL
DBOOPU
BDDFQU
SFTQPOTJCJMJUZ
GPS

deterioration caused on-site once the
DPWFST
BSF
SFNPWFE
&WFSZ
3PUPSL
BDUVBUPS
IBT
CFFO
GVMMZ

UFTUFE
CFGPSF
MFBWJOH
UIF
GBDUPSZ
UP

HJWF
ZFBST
PG
USPVCMF
GSFF
PQFSBUJPO

QSPWJEJOH
JU
JT
DPSSFDUMZ
DPNNJTTJPOFE

JOTUBMMFE
BOE
TFBMFE

WARNING

Keep clear of the handwheel

when engaging hand operation.
Actuators driving valves via
extension shafts may be subject
to retained shaft torsion which
can cause the handwheel to
rotate when hand operation
is engaged.

5P
FOHBHF
IBOEXIFFM
ESJWF
EFQSFTT
UIF

)BOE"VUP
MFWFS
JOUP
i)BOEw
QPTJUJPO

BOE
UVSO
UIF
IBOEXIFFM
UP
FOHBHF
UIF

DMVUDI
5IF
MFWFS
DBO
OPX
CF
SFMFBTFE

XIFSF
JU
XJMM
SFUVSO
UP
JUT
PSJHJOBM

QPTJUJPO
5IF
IBOEXIFFM
XJMM
SFNBJO

engaged until the actuator is operated
FMFDUSJDBMMZ
XIFO
JU
XJMM
BVUPNBUJDBMMZ

EJTFOHBHF
BOE
SFUVSO
UP
NPUPS
ESJWF

*G
SFRVJSFE
UIF
)BOE"VUP
MFWFS
DBO

be locked in either position using a
QBEMPDL
XJUI
B
NN
IBTQ

When the selector is locked in the Local

PS
3FNPUF
QPTJUJPOT
UIF
4UPQ
GBDJMJUZ
JT
TUJMM

BWBJMBCMF
5IF
TFMFDUPS
DBO
BMTP
CF
MPDLFE

JO
UIF
4UPQ
QPTJUJPO
UP
QSFWFOU
FMFDUSJDBM

PQFSBUJPO
CZ
-PDBM
PS
3FNPUF
DPOUSPM

3.2 Operating Electrically

$IFDL
UIBU
QPXFS
TVQQMZ
WPMUBHF
BHSFFT

XJUI
UIBU
PO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
OBNFQMBUF

4XJUDI
PO
QPXFS
TVQQMZ
*U
JT
OPU

OFDFTTBSZ
UP
DIFDL
QIBTF
SPUBUJPO

Do not operate the actuator

electrically without first checking,
using the infra-red Setting Tool,
that at least the Basic Settings
have been made (refer to Section
8 page 22


Selecting Local/Stop/Remote
Operation
The red selector enables either Local or
3FNPUF
DPOUSPM
MPDLBCMF
JO
FBDI
QPTJUJPO
VTJOH
B
QBEMPDL
XJUI
B
NN
IBTQ

Fig. 3.1

Local Control
With the red selector positioned at Local
BOUJDMPDLXJTF

UIF
BEKBDFOU
CMBDL
LOPC

DBO
CF
UVSOFE
UP
TFMFDU
0QFO
PS
$MPTF

'PS
4UPQ
UVSO
SFE
LOPC
DMPDLXJTF

Remote Control
Rotate the red selector to the Remote
QPTJUJPO
DMPDLXJTF

UIJT
BMMPXT
SFNPUF

DPOUSPM
TJHOBMT
UP
PQFSBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS

-PDBM
4UPQ
DBO
TUJMM
CF
VTFE
CZ
UVSOJOH

UIF
SFE
LOPC
BOUJDMPDLXJTF

3.3 DisplayLocal Indication

"MBSN
JOEJDBUJPO
JT
TVQQPSUFE
CZ
GBVMU

EFTDSJQUJPO
UFYU
JO
UIF
MPXFS
EJTQMBZ
6.
#BUUFSZ
"MBSN
*DPO

5IJT
JDPO
XJMM
CF

EJTQMBZFE
XIFO
B
CBUUFSZ
JT
EFUFDUFE
BT

MPX
PS
GMBU
#BUUFSZ
MPX
PS
GMBU
XJMM

BMTP
CF
EJTQMBZFE
JO
UIF
MPXFS
EJTQMBZ

Open

Closed

5IF
UXP
USJDPMPVS
-&%hT
XJMM
CF
3FE

UIF
PQFO
TZNCPM
BOE
0QFO
-JNJU
XJMM

CF
EJTQMBZFE

5IF
UXP
USJDPMPVS
-&%hT
XJMM
CF
(SFFO

DMPTFE
TZNCPM
BOE
$MPTFE
-JNJU
XJMM

CF
EJTQMBZFE

Open Limit

Closed Limit

7. IR Icon - This icon flashes during infra

SFE
DPNNVOJDBUJPO
BDUJWJUZ
8.
1FSDFOUBHF
0QFO
*DPO

5IJT
JDPO
XJMM

CF
EJTQMBZFE
XIFO
B
QFSDFOUBHF
0QFO

WBMVF
JT
JO
UIF
VQQFS
EJTQMBZ

Fig. 3.2 The Actuator Display

5IF
EJTQMBZ
DPOTJTUT
PG
1.
1PTJUJPO
%JTQMBZ

5IJT
JT
UIF
NBJO

TFHNFOU
QPTJUJPO
EJTQMBZ
XJUI
JDPOT
2.
5FYU
%JTQMBZ

5IJT
JT
B

MJOF


DIBSBDUFST
EPU
NBUSJY
EJTQMBZ
XIJDI

BMMPXT
UFYU
UP
CF
VTFE
UP
DPNQMJNFOU

UIF
QPTJUJPO
EJTQMBZ
BOE
JDPOT
3.
*OGSB
3FE
-&%hT
4.
Y
5SJDPMPVS
-&%hT
GPS
QPTJUJPO

JOEJDBUJPO
5.
"MBSN
*DPO

5IJT
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE

GPS
7BMWF
$POUSPM
BOE
"DUVBUPS
BMBSNT

5IF
MJRVJE
DSZTUBM
EJTQMBZ
TDSFFO
IBT


modes of position indication:

7BMWF
QPTJUJPO
o
QPXFS
PO

7BMWF
QPTJUJPO
o
QPXFS
PGG
0O
QPXFS
VQ
UIF
BDUVBUPST
MJRVJE

DSZTUBM
EJTQMBZ
TDSFFO
JT
CBDLMJU
XJUI
BO

amber light and one of the indicator
MBNQT
XJMM
CF
PO
EFQFOEFOU
PO

QPTJUJPO
5IF
EJTQMBZ
TDSFFO
XJMM
TIPX

QFSDFOUBHF
PQFO
PS
BO
FOE
PG
USBWFM

TZNCPM
(See Figs 3.3, 3.4 and 3.5)
"T
TUBOEBSE
SFE
MBNQ
TJHOJGJFT
WBMWF

PQFO
BNCFS
JOUFSNFEJBUF
BOE
HSFFO

MBNQ
TJHOJGJFT
WBMWF
DMPTFE
0QFO
BOE

DMPTFE
DPMPVS
GVODUJPOT
DBO
CF
SFWFSTFE

PO
SFRVFTU

Fig. 3.3

Fig. 3.5

Mid Travel

8JUI
UIF
NBJO
QPXFS
TVQQMZ
TXJUDIFE

PGG
UIF
EJTQMBZ
TDSFFO
JT
QPXFSFE
CZ

B
CBUUFSZ
BOE
DPOUJOVFT
UP
EJTQMBZ

BDUVBUPS
QPTJUJPO
)PXFWFS
UIF
CBUUFSZ

EPFT
OPU
TVQQPSU
TDSFFO
CBDLMJHIUJOH

QPTJUJPO
JOEJDBUPS
MBNQT
PS
EPU
NBUSJY

EJTQMBZ

5IF
UXP
USJDPMPVS
-&%hT
XJMM
CF
"NCFS

QFSDFOUBHF
PQFO
WBMVF
XJMM
CF
TIPXO

BOE
4UPQQFE
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
XIFO

UIFSF
JT
OP
BDUVBUPS
NPWFNFOU

LED Indicators

Stopped

Fig. 3.4

50

WARNING: Mid Travel LED

colour may be affected by viewing
angle and lighting level.
5IF
$MPTF
-&%
DPMPVS
DBO
CF
DIBOHFE

UP
SFE
JG
SFRVJSFE
5IF
.JE
5SBWFM
BNCFS

-&%
DBO
CF
TXJUDIFE
PGG
JG
SFRVJSFE
3FGFS
UP
4FDUJPO

QBHF


3.4 Display Status Indication

Travel
5IF
*2
EJTQMBZ
QSPWJEFT
SFBM
UJNF
TUBUVT

JOEJDBUJPO

5IF
UPQ
MJOF
PG
UIF
UFYU

EJTQMBZ
JT
SFTFSWFE
GPS
USBWFM
TUBUVT

JOEJDBUJPO

'JH

TIPXT
UIF
USBWFM

TUBUVT
FYBNQMF
Closed Limit 

Closed Limit

t
Timer Active Interrupter Timer option

FOBCMFE
POMZ

*OUFSSVQUFS
5JNFS
IBT


TUPQQFE
UIF
BDUVBUPS
NJE
USBWFM
GPS
B


QFSJPE
FRVBM
UP
UIF
TFU
5JNFS
0GG


UJNF
Refer to 9.13 page 59.

t
Remote Control Remote control

TFMFDUFE
o
SFE
TFMFDUPS

3.5 Display Status Indication

Control

t
Remote Close Remote close IBSEXJSFE

PS
BOBMPHVF

TJHOBM
BQQMJFE

General Alarm:

t
Remote Open Remote open IBSEXJSFE

PS
BOBMPHVF

TJHOBM
BQQMJFE

Battery Alarm:

5IF
CPUUPN
MJOF
PG
UIF
UFYU
EJTQMBZ
JT

SFTFSWFE
GPS
DPOUSPM
TUBUVT
JOEJDBUJPO

BOE
JT
EJTQMBZFE
GPS
BQQSPYJNBUFMZ


seconds after the control mode or
TJHOBM
JT
BQQMJFE

'JH

TIPXT
UIF

DPOUSPM
TUBUVT
FYBNQMF
Remote Control 

t
Local Close Local close signal applied

o
CMBDL
TFMFDUPS
t
Local Open Local open signal applied

o
CMBDL
TFMFDUPS

Fig. 3.6
"WBJMBCMF
USBWFM
TUBUVT
DPOEJUJPOT
EJTQMBZFE

t
Remote Bus Close Remote Bus* close

TJHOBM
BQQMJFE
t
Remote Bus ESD Remote Bus*

FNFSHFODZ
TIVU
EPXO
TJHOBM
BQQMJFE

Closed Limit
Remote Control

t
Open Limit Actuator has reached the

TFU
PQFO
MJNJU
QPTJUJPO
t
Moving Open
"DUVBUPS
JT
USBWFMJOH
JO


UIF
PQFO
EJSFDUJPO

Fig. 3.7

t
Moving Closed
"DUVBUPS
JT
USBWFMJOH
JO

UIF
DMPTFE
EJSFDUJPO

t
Local Control Local control selected
SFE
TFMFDUPS

t
Stopped Actuator has stopped in a

NJE
USBWFM
QPTJUJPO
JOEJDBUFE
JO
UIF


UPQ
EJTQMBZ
PQFO


t
Local Stop
-PDBM
TUPQ
TFMFDUFE
o
SFE

TFMFDUPS

5IF
*2
EJTQMBZ
QSPWJEFT
BMBSN
JOEJDBUJPO

JO
UIF
GPSN
PG
UFYU
BOE
BMBSN
JDPOT

There are 2 alarm icons:

t
Remote ESD
3FNPUF
IBSEXJSFE

FNFSHFODZ
TIVU
EPXO
TJHOBM
BQQMJFE
t
Remote Bus Open Remote Bus * open

TJHOBM
BQQMJFE

t
Closed Limit Actuator has reached the

TFU
DMPTFE
MJNJU
QPTJUJPO

3.6 Display Alarm Indication

"WBJMBCMF
DPOUSPM
TUBUVT
DPOEJUJPOT
EJTQMBZFE

* Bus Control option fitted may be

Pakscan, Profibus, Modbus,
DeviceNet or Foundation Fieldbus.
Refer to actuator wiring diagram.

General Alarm
5IF
HFOFSBM
BMBSN
JDPO
XJMM
CF

TVQQPSUFE
XJUI
UFYU
JO
UIF
CPUUPN
MJOF

JOEJDBUJOH
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BMBSN
PS
JG

NPSF
UIBO
POF
JT
QSFTFOU
FBDI
BMBSN

XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
JO
TFRVFODF
'JH

TIPXT
UIF
TUBUVT
FYBNQMF

TORQUE TRIP CL 

Stopped
TORQUE TRIP CL
Fig. 3.8

"WBJMBCMF
BMBSN
DPOEJUJPOT
EJTQMBZFE

Actuator Alarms

Valve Alarms

t
THERMOSTAT TRIP Motor thermostat

has tripped due to the motor

PWFSIFBUJOH

0QFSBUJPO
JT
JOIJCJUFE

until the thermostat resets

BVUPNBUJDBMMZ
XIFO
UIF
NPUPS
DPPMT



$IFDL
BDUVBUPS
EVUZ
DZDMF
BHBJOTU


QSPDFTT
SFRVJSFNFOUT
SVOOJOH
UJNF


UPSRVF
BNCJFOU
UFNQFSBUVSF


t
TORQUE TRIP CL
USJQQFE
PGG
PO
UPSRVF

XIJMF
NPWJOH
JO
UIF
DMPTF
EJSFDUJPO
t
TORQUE TRIP OP
USJQQFE
PGG
PO
UPSRVF


XIJMF
NPWJOH
JO
UIF
PQFO
EJSFDUJPO
t
MOTOR STALLED
OP
NPWFNFOU


EFUFDUFE
BGUFS
B
TJHOBM
UP
NPWF
Control Alarms
t

ESD ACTIVE &4%
TJHOBM
BQQMJFE

8IFO

QSFTFOU
UIF
&4%
TJHOBM
PWFSSJEFT
BMM

MPDBM
BOE
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
TJHOBMT


0ODF
UIF
&4%
BDUJPO
JT
DBSSJFE
PVU

PQFSBUJPO
JT
JOIJCJUFE
XIJMF
UIF
&4%

TJHOBM
JT
NBJOUBJOFE
Refer to 9.3
ESD Action page 36

t
INTERLOCK ACTIVE
0QFO
BOEPS
DMPTF

interlocks are configured on and are

BDUJWF
Refer to 9.3 Interlockpage 38


Operation in the direction of an

BDUJWF
JOUFSMPDL T

JT
JOIJCJUFE



/PUF
UIBU
XIFO
DPOEJUJPOBM
DPOUSPM
JT


DPOGJHVSFE
BO
BDUJWF
JOUFSMPDL
XJMM


OPU
JOIJCJU
MPDBM
DPOUSPM
PQFSBUJPO

t

PHASE LOST
QIBTF
NPEFMT
POMZ



t

24V LOST
5IF

WPMU
DVTUPNFS

t
TORQ SENSOR FAIL
%FUFDUFE
GBJMVSF

JO
UIF
UPSRVF
TFOTJOH
TZTUFN


o
DPOUBDU
3PUPSL
t
EEPROM MISSING Contact Rotork

Battery Alarm

5IF
QIBTF
TVQQMZ
UIF
BDUVBUPS

DPOOFDUFE
UP
UFSNJOBM

JT
MPTU


0QFSBUJPO
JT
JOIJCJUFE
TVQQMZ
UFSNJOBMT




IBT
USJQQFE


$IFDL
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
XJSJOH

4VQQMZ

JT
QSPUFDUFE
XJUI
B
SFTFUUBCMF
GVTF

t
LOCAL CONTROL FAIL Check operation

PG
DPOUSPM
TFMFDUPST
CMBDL
BOE
SFE

t
CONFIG ERROR
5IFSF
NBZ
CF
BO
FSSPS

in the configuration (set up) of the

BDUVBUPS

$IFDL
BOE
SFTFU
CBTJD

setting and check configuration

TFUUJOHT
t
POS SENSOR FAIL
%FUFDUFE
GBJMVSF
JO


UIF
QPTJUJPO
TFOTJOH
TZTUFN
o
DPOUBDU


3PUPSL

Open Limit
BATTERY LOW
Fig. 3.7
5IF
BDUVBUPS
DIFDLT
UIF
CBUUFSZ
MFWFM

BU
BQQSPYJNBUFMZ

IPVS
JOUFSWBMT
5IF

CBUUFSZ
BMBSN
JDPO
JT
EJTQMBZFE
XIFO

UIF
BDUVBUPS
EFUFDUT
JUT
CBUUFSZ
BT
CFJOH

MPX
BOE
UIF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
JOEJDBUF
BATTERY
LOW 


*G
UIF
CBUUFSZ
JT
GMBU
PS
NJTTJOH
UIF

EJTQMBZ
XJMM
JOEJDBUF
BATTERY FLAT 

51

When a low or flat battery

alarm is displayed the battery
should be replaced immediately. It
is essential that the correct battery
type is fitted to maintain actuator
certification. Refer to page 65
After replacing a battery the
alarm icon will continue to be
displayed until the next check and
may take up to 1 hour. Cycling the
power will force a battery check
and clear the alarm.

PWR LOSS INHIBIT

*G
PO
QPXFS
VQ
UIF
BDUVBUPS
EFUFDUT
B

EJTDIBSHFE
CBUUFSZ
BOE
BDUVBUPS
QPXFS

loss inhibit feature [OS] is enabled
(refer to page 61

CPUI
CBUUFSZ
BOE

HFOFSBM
BMBSN
JDPOT
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE

BOE
UIF
CPUUPN
MJOF
XJMM
JOEJDBUF

BMUFSOBUFMZ
PWR LOSS INHIBIT and BATTERY
FLAT 

&MFDUSJDBM
PQFSBUJPO
XJMM
CF

JOIJCJUFE

5IF
CBUUFSZ
NVTU
CF
SFQMBDFE

BOE
UIF
MJNJUT
NVTU
CF
SFTFU
3FGFS
UP

4FDUJPO

QBHF

BOE
4FDUJPO


QBHF


Preparing Drive Bush

4.1 IQ10 to IQ35

Thrust Base Types A and Z


6OTDSFX
UIF
CFBSJOH
TUPQ
GSPN
UIF


ESJWF
CVTI

4MJEF
UIF
CFBSJOH
PGG
UIF


ESJWF
CVTI

,FFQ
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
BOE


TUPQ
SJOH
JO
B
TBGF
DMFBO
QMBDF

Removal of Drive Bush for

Machining


'PS
BMM
TJ[FT
FOTVSF
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI

male thread (stop ring) is not
EBNBHFE
EVSJOH
NBDIJOJOH
'PS
TJ[FT
*2
*2

*2
FOTVSF
UIF
0SJOH

MPDBUFE
JO
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
JT
OPU

EBNBHFE
EVSJOH
NBDIJOJOH
.BDIJOF

ESJWF
CVTI
UP
TVJU
UIF
WBMWF
TUFN


BMMPXJOH
HFOFSPVT
DMFBSBODF
PO
UIF


TDSFX
UISFBE
GPS
SJTJOH
TUFN
WBMWFT

Fig. 4.1 Components of Type A

Thrust Base

5VSO
BDUVBUPS
POUP
JUT
TJEF
SFNPWF
UIF

UXP
DBQIFBEFE
TDSFXT
IPMEJOH
CBTF

QMBUF
POUP
UISVTU
CBTF
QVMM
PVU
UIF

ESJWF
CVTI
DPNQMFUF
XJUI
JUT
CFBSJOH

BTTFNCMZ
#FGPSF
NBDIJOJOH
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
UIF

UISVTU
CFBSJOH
NVTU
CF
SFNPWFE


*2
*2
BOE
*2
BDUVBUPST
IBWF
B

sealed thrust bearing located on the
ESJWF
CVTI
BOE
SFUBJOFE
CZ
UIF
TUFFM

BTTFNCMZ
XPSLJOH
MPPTF
BT
TIPXO
JO

'JH


3FGFS
UP
UIF
UBCMF
CFMPX
GPS

SFRVJSFE
UJHIUFOJOH
UPSRVFT

Socket set Allen key Torque Torque

screw size bit size
Nm
lbs/ft

.

.





.

.





Re-assembly

CFBSJOH
TUPQ
SJOH
5IF
CFBSJOH
TUPQ
SJOH

JT
MPDLFE
XJUI
POF
TPDLFU
TFU
TDSFX
Fig. 4 Bronze Drive Bush Fitted into
Thrust Taking Base

*2
*2
BOE
*2
IBWF
B
UISVTU
SBDF

CBMM
CFBSJOH
XJUIJO
UIF
TUFFM
CFBSJOH

IPVTJOH
MPDBUFE
PO
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI

BOE
SFUBJOFE
CZ
UIF
TUFFM
CFBSJOH
TUPQ

SJOH

5IF
CFBSJOH
JT
TFBMFE
XJUIJO
JUT

IPVTJOH
CZ
0SJOHT
MPDBUFE
PO
UIF
ESJWF

CVTI
BOE
PO
UIF
CFBSJOH
TUPQ
SJOH

5IF

CFBSJOH
TUPQ
SJOH
JT
MPDLFE
XJUI
UXP

TPDLFU
TFU
TDSFXT

-PDBUF
BOE
MPPTFO
UIF
MPDLJOH
TPDLFU


TFU
TDSFX T

JO
UIF
CFBSJOH
TUPQ
SJOH


3FNPWF
BMM
TXBSG
GSPN
UIF
ESJWF


CVTI
FOTVSJOH
UIF
0
SJOHT
PO
UIF


ESJWF
CVTI
BOE
CFBSJOH
TUPQ
SJOH


XIFSF
GJUUFE

BSF
VOEBNBHFE
DMFBO


BOE
HSFBTFE

4MJEF
UIF
CFBSJOH
BTTFNCMZ
POUP
UIF


ESJWF
CVTI
BOE
FOTVSF
JU
JT
GJUUFE


EPXO
UP
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
TIPVMEFS

4DSFX
UIF
TUPQ
SJOH
XJUI
UIF
MPDLJOH


TPDLFU
TFU
TDSFX T

VQQFSNPTU
PO
UP


UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
VOUJM
JU
DPNFT
UP
B


TUPQ
o
IBOE
UJHIU
BOE
MPDL
XJUI
UIF


MPDLJOH
TPDLFU
TFU
TDSFXT
5IF


MPDLJOH
TPDLFU
TFU
TDSFXT
NVTU
CF


EPOF
VQ
UJHIU
UP
QSFWFOU
UIF

Fig. 4.2

3FGJU
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
BTTFNCMZ
JOUP


UIF
CBTF
DBTUJOH
PO
UIF
BDUVBUPS


FOTVSJOH
UIBU
UIF
TMPUT
JO
UIF
ESJWF


CVTI
BSF
MPDBUFE
JOUP
UIF
ESJWF
EPHT


PG
UIF
IPMMPX
PVUQVU
TIBGU

3FGJU
UIF
CBTF
QMBUF
BOE
TFDVSF
XJUI


DBQIFBEFE
TDSFXT

4.2 IQ10 to IQ35

Non-Thrust Base Type B
6OEP
UIF
GPVS
TFU
TDSFXT
TFDVSJOH
UIF

CBTF
QMBUF
UP
UIF
HFBSDBTF
BOE
SFNPWF

UIF
CBTF
QMBUF
5IF
ESJWF
CVTI
BOE
JUT
SFUBJOJOH
DMJQ
DBO

OPX
CF
TFFO

Types B3 and B4 removal:

SFGFS
UP
'JH


6TJOH
FYUFSOBM
DJSDMJQ
QMJFST
FYQBOE
UIF

DJSDMJQ
XIJMF
QVMMJOH
PO
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI

5IF
ESJWF
CVTI
XJMM
EFUBDI
GSPN
UIF

BDUVBUPS
DFOUSF
DPMVNO
XJUI
UIF
DJSDMJQ

SFUBJOFE
JO
JUT
HSPPWF

Fig. 4.4

Type B1

Fig. 4.5 Locating Set Screw

3FGFS
UP
'JH


5IF
QSPDFEVSF
GPS
SFNPWBM
BOE
SFGJUUJOH

PG
UIF
#
ESJWF
CVTI
JT
UIF
BOE
TBNF

BT
GPS
#
BOE
#
)PXFWFS
UIF
DJSDMJQ
JT

SFQMBDFE
XJUI
B
DVTUPN
TQSJOH
DMJQ
5IF

spring clip operates in the same manner
BT
UIF
##
DJSDMJQ
CVU
JT
FYQBOEFE

VTJOH
MPOHOPTF
QMJFST

-PPTFO
TFU
TDSFX
BOE
VOTDSFX
SFUBJOFS

VTJOH
IBNNFS
BOE
QVODI
3FNPWF

ESJWF
CVTI
BOE
NBDIJOF
UP
TVJU
WBMWF

TUFN
PS
HFBSCPY
JOQVU
TIBGU

Fig. 4.7 Type A Drive Bush

*G
UIF
BDUVBUPS
IBT
B
UZQF
"
ESJWF
CVTI

'JH


UIJT
DBO
CF
GJUUFE
JO
QPTJUJPO


PS

UP
TVJU
UIF
QPTJUJPO
PG
UIF
WBMWF

NPVOUJOH
GMBOHF

"MMPX
HFOFSPVT
DMFBSBODF
PO
TDSFX

UISFBE
GPS
SJTJOH
TUFN
WBMWFT

4.3 IQ40 to IQ95

Thrust Base Types A and Z
Removal of Drive Bush for
Machining
&OHBHF
iIBOEw
BOE
UVSO
IBOEXIFFM

VOUJM
SFUBJOFS
TFU
TDSFX
JT
WJTJCMF
UISPVHI

IPMF
JO
BDUVBUPS
CBTF

Fig. 4.8 Type A Drive Bush in

Position 1

Fig. 4.3
Fig. 4.6 Removal of Retainer

52

Fig. 4.9 Type A Drive Bush in

Position 2
*G
UIF
BDUVBUPS
IBT
B
UZQF
;
ESJWF
CVTI

'JH


UIJT
DBO
POMZ
CF
GJUUFE
CFMPX

UIF
BDUVBUPS
CBTF
'JH



Fig. 4.11 Type Z3 Drive Bush in

Position 3
Fig. 4.13 B3/B4 Drive Bush

Re-Assembly
)BWJOH
DPOGJSNFE
UIF
QPTJUJPO
SFRVJSFE

JOTFSU
UIF
NBDIJOFE
ESJWF
CVTI
FOTVSJOH

that the actuator output shaft dogs
BSF
JO
GVMM
FOHBHFNFOU
XJUI
UIF
CVTI

'JU
ESJWF
CVTI
SFUBJOFS
TFDVSFMZ
UVSOJOH

DMPDLXJTF
VOUJM
GVMMZ
UJHIUFOFE
VTJOH

IBNNFS
BOE
QVODI
3PUBUF
CZ
IBOE

XIFFM
UP
BMJHO
SFUBJOFS
TFU
TDSFX
XJUI

hole in the side of base and tighten to

/N


MCTGU

4.4 IQ40 to IQ95

Non-Thrust Base Type B

Types B3 and B4
*EFOUJDBM
ESJWF
CVTIFT
TFDVSFE
CZ
DBQ

IFBEFE
TDSFXT
B3 is supplied pre-machined to ISO

TUBOEBSE
B4 is supplied blank and must be
machined to suit the input shaft of the
HFBSCPY
PS
WBMWF
UIBU
JU
XJMM
ESJWF

Type B1
Fig. 4.10 Type Z3 Drive Bush

Fig. 4.12 Tightening Retainer Set

Screw

0VUQVU
TIBGU
CPSFE
BOE
LFZFE
UP
*40


TUBOEBSE
5IFSF
JT
OP
ESJWF
CVTI

UP
NBDIJOF

Fig. 4.14 B3/B4 Drive Bush in Situ

10

Mounting the Actuator

Refer to Weights and Measures page 78 for actuator weight.

&OTVSF
UIF
WBMWF
JT
TFDVSF
CFGPSF
GJUUJOH
UIF
BDUVBUPS
BT
UIF
DPNCJOBUJPO
NBZ
CF
UPQ

IFBWZ
BOE
UIFSFGPSF
VOTUBCMF
*G
JU
JT
OFDFTTBSZ
UP
MJGU
UIF
BDUVBUPS
VTJOH
NFDIBOJDBM
MJGUJOH
FRVJQNFOU
DFSUJGJFE

TMJOHT
TIPVME
CF
BUUBDIFE
BT
JOEJDBUFE
JO
'JH
GPS
WFSUJDBM
WBMWF
TIBGUT
BOE
'JH

GPS
IPSJ[POUBM
TIBGUT
"U
BMM
UJNFT
USBJOFE
BOE
FYQFSJFODFE
QFSTPOOFM
TIPVME
FOTVSF
TBGF
MJGUJOH

QBSUJDVMBSMZ
XIFO
NPVOUJOH
BDUVBUPST

WARNING:
The actuator should be fully supported until full valve shaft
engagement is achieved and the actuator is secured to the valve
flange.
A suitable mounting flange conforming to ISO 5210 or USA Standard MSS SP101
NVTU
CF
GJUUFE
UP
UIF
WBMWF

Fig. 5

"DUVBUPS
UP
WBMWF
GJYJOH
NVTU
DPOGPSN
UP
.BUFSJBM
4QFDJGJDBUJPO
*40
$MBTT

ZJFME

TUSFOHUI

/TR
NN

WARNING:
Do not lift the actuator and valve combination via the actuator. Always
lift the valve/actuator assembly via the valve.
&BDI
BTTFNCMZ
NVTU
CF
BTTFTTFE
PO
BO
JOEJWJEVBM
CBTJT
GPS
TBGF
MJGUJOH

Fig. 5.1

53

11

5.1 Rising Stem Valves

Top Mounting
a) Fitting the Actuator and
Base-as a Combined Unit
All Actuator Sizes

'JU
UIF
NBDIJOFE
ESJWF
CVTI
JOUP
UIF

UISVTU
CBTF
BT
QSFWJPVTMZ
EFTDSJCFE

MPXFS
UIF
BDUVBUPS
POUP
UIF
UISFBEFE

WBMWF
TUFN
FOHBHF
iIBOEw
BOE
XJOE

UIF
IBOEXIFFM
JO
UIF
PQFOJOH
EJSFDUJPO

UP
FOHBHF
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
POUP
UIF

TUFN
$POUJOVF
XJOEJOH
VOUJM
UIF

BDUVBUPS
JT
GJSNMZ
EPXO
PO
UIF
WBMWF

GMBOHF
8JOE
UXP
GVSUIFS
UVSOT
GJU

TFDVSJOH
CPMUT
BOE
UJHIUFO
GVMMZ

b) Fitting Thrust Base to Valve

Actuator Sizes 10 to 35 only

Fig. 5.2

'JU
UIF
NBDIJOFE
ESJWF
CVTI
JOUP
UIF

UISVTU
CBTF
BT
QSFWJPVTMZ
EFTDSJCFE

3FNPWF
UIF
UISVTU
CBTF
GSPN
UIF

BDUVBUPS
QMBDF
JU
PO
UIF
UISFBEFE

WBMWF
TUFN
XJUI
UIF
TMPUUFE
FOE
PG
UIF

ESJWF
CVTI
VQQFSNPTU
BOE
UVSO
JU
JO

the opening direction to engage the
UISFBE
$POUJOVF
UVSOJOH
VOUJM
UIF
CBTF

JT
QPTJUJPOFE
POUP
UIF
WBMWF
GMBOHF
'JU

securing bolts but do not tighten at
UIJT
TUBHF
-PXFS
UIF
BDUVBUPS
POUP
UIF

thrust base and rotate the complete
BDUVBUPS
VOUJM
UIF
ESJWF
EPHT
PO
UIF

actuator output shaft engage into the
ESJWF
CVTI
"DUVBUPS
GMBOHF
TIPVME
OPX

CF
GMVTI
XJUI
CBTF
GMBOHF

Torque
lbs/ft

Imperial Size

Nm


)FY




)FY






)FY






)FY







)FY




)FY






)FY





Fig. 5.3


)FY





$POUJOVF
UP
UVSO
BDUVBUPS
VOUJM
GJYJOH

IPMFT
BMJHO
6TJOH
CPMUT
TVQQMJFE
GJY

BDUVBUPS
UP
UISVTU
CBTF
BOE
UJHIUFO
EPXO

UP
UIF
SFRVJSFE
UPSRVF
see table A
0QFO
WBMWF
CZ
UXP
UVSOT
BOE
GJSNMZ

UJHIUFO
EPXO
GJYJOHT
POUP
WBMWF
GMBOHF

UP
UIF
SFRVJSFE
UPSRVF
see table B


)FY






)FY





Size

Torque ( +
10%)
Nm
lbs/ft

Metric Size

Torque
Nm
lbs/ft

.)FY



.)FY






.)FY





.)FY





.)FY





.)FY





.
)FY
)FBE





.)FY





.
)FY
)FBE





.)FY





Table A

Table B

12

5.2 Valve with Gearbox

Side Mounting
Check that the mounting flange is at
SJHIU
BOHMFT
UP
UIF
JOQVU
TIBGU
BOE

UIBU
UIF
ESJWF
CVTI
GJUT
UIF
TIBGU
BOE

LFZ
XJUI
BEFRVBUF
BYJBM
FOHBHFNFOU

&OHBHF
iIBOEw
PGGFS
VQ
BDUVBUPS
UP

UIF
JOQVU
TIBGU
BOE
UVSO
IBOEXIFFM

UP
BMJHO
LFZXBZ
BOE
LFZ
5JHIUFO

NPVOUJOH
CPMUT

5.3 Non-Rising Stem Valves

Top Mounting
5SFBU
BT
GPS
TJEF
NPVOUJOH
FYDFQU
UIBU

XIFO
UISVTU
JT
UBLFO
JO
UIF
BDUVBUPS

B
UISVTU
OVU
NVTU
CF
GJUUFE
BCPWF
UIF

ESJWF
CVTI
BOE
TFDVSFMZ
UJHIUFOFE

5.4 Handwheel Sealing

Ensure that sealing plug in centre of
IBOEXIFFM
PS
TQJOEMF
DPWFS
UVCF

EFQFOEJOH
PO
XIJDI
JT
GJUUFE

JT
TFBMFE

XJUI
15'&
UBQF
BOE
GVMMZ
UJHIUFOFE

ensuring that moisture does not
QBTT
EPXO
UIF
DFOUSF
DPMVNO
PG
UIF

BDUVBUPS

5.5 IQM Modulating Actuators

5.6 IQML Linear Drive Unit

5IF
*2.
SBOHF
PG
BDUVBUPST
BSF
TVJUBCMF

GPS
NPEVMBUJOH
DPOUSPM
EVUZ
PG
VQ
UP


TUBSUT
QFS
IPVS
JO
BDDPSEBODF
XJUI

*&$

UP
4


$POTJTUT
PG
B
MFBE
TDSFX
BTTFNCMZ

arrangement attached to the base
PG
UIF
BDUVBUPS
JO
PSEFS
UP
QSPWJEF
B

MJOFBS
PVUQVU
TUSPLF
CFUXFFO
NN

(38 in) minimum and 120mm (434 in)
NBYJNVN

*2.
BDUVBUPST
IBWF
B
EZOBNJD
CSBLJOH

GBDJMJUZ
BT
TUBOEBSE
*G
NFDIBOJDBM

PWFSSVO
PG
UIF
BDUVBUPS
BOE
WBMWF
QSPWF

UP
CF
FYDFTTJWF
GPS
BDDVSBUF
DPOUSPM
UIF

CSBLF
DBO
CF
FOBCMFE
CZ
GJUUJOH
B
MJOL
UP

the actuator terminal block as indicated
CZ
UIF
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
8JUI
EZOBNJD

CSBLJOH
FOBCMFE
NPUPS
IFBUJOH
FGGFDUT

increase and therefore the number
of actuator starts should be reduced
UP
QSFWFOU
NPUPS
UIFSNPTUBU
USJQQJOH

(refer to publication E110E for more
information)

5IF
*2.-
DBO
CF
TVQQMJFE
XJUI
PS

XJUIPVU
B
ZPLF
NPVOUJOH
BEBQUPS

This adaptor consists of four pillars and
B
CBTF
GMBOHF
UP
TVJU
UIF
WBMWF

$PNNJTTJPOJOH
PG
*2.
SBOHF
BDUVBUPST

JT
JEFOUJDBM
UP
UIF
TUBOEBSE
*2
(refer to
Sections 7, 8 and 9 commencing on
page 16)

Fig. 5.5 IQML without Yoke

Fig. 5.4 IQML with Yoke

54

13

5.7 IQML Adjusting Linear Stroke

8JUI
BDUVBUPS
TFDVSFMZ
GJUUFE
UP
WBMWF

CVU
XJUI
UIF
MJOFBS
ESJWF
EJTDPOOFDUFE

FOTVSF
WBMWF
JT
BU
JUT
GVMMZ
DMPTFE
EPXO


QPTJUJPO
3FNPWF
DPWFS
UVCF
GSPN
BDUVBUPS

IBOEXIFFM
MPDBUF
UIF
EPXO
TUPQ

BEKVTUNFOU
PO
UIF
MJOFBS
ESJWF
VOJU
BOE

XJUI
UXP
TQBOOFST
MPPTFO
UIF
MPDL
OVU

SVO
UIF
MPDL
OVU
BOE
UVCVMBS
EPXO
TUPQ

UP
UIF
FOE
PG
UIF
UISFBE

5VSO
UIF
UVCVMBS
EPXO
TUPQ
DMPDLXJTF

into the actuator until it comes to a
NFDIBOJDBM
TUPQ
*G
UIF
WBMWF
NVTU
DMPTF

POUP
JUT
TFBU
CZ
i50326&
"$5*0/w

UIFO
CBDL
PGG
BOUJDMPDLXJTF

UIF

EPXO
TUPQ
CZ
POF
UIJSE
PG
POF
UVSO

FRVJWBMFOU
UP
NN

3VO
UIF
MPDL
OVU

EPXO
POUPUIF
UVCVMBS
EPXO
TUPQ
BOE

UJHIUFO
XJUI
UXP
TQBOOFST
5IFSF
JT
OP

iVQ
TUPQw
PQFO

PO
UIF
MJOFBS
ESJWF

VOJU
UIF
NFDIBOJDBM
TUPQ
JO
UIF
WBMWF

XJMM
HJWF
UIJT
QPTJUJPO
3FGJU
UIF
UPQ

DPWFS
UVCF
UP
UIF
IBOEXIFFM
VTJOH
15'&

UBQF
UP
TFBM
UIF
UISFBE
5IF
MJOFBS
ESJWF
VOJU
JT
QSFQBDLFE
XJUI

FYUSFNF
QSFTTVSF
NVMUJQVSQPTF
HSFBTF

.6-5*4
.4
VTF
UIJT
PS
BO
FRVJWBMFOU

IJHI
UFNQFSBUVSFCFBSJOH
HSFBTF
A grease nipple is situated in the base
of the actuator to enable lubrication of
UIF
MFBE
TDSFX
1FSJPEJDBMMZ
EFQFOEJOH

PO
VTBHF
BOE
UFNQFSBUVSF
BQQMZ
UXP

QVNQT
PG
B
HSFBTF
HVO

Fig. 5.6 Down Stop two Spanners

5VSO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
IBOEXIFFM
DMPDLXJTF

MJOFBS
ESJWF
XJMM
NPWF
EPXO
UPXBSET

UIF
WBMWF
TQJOEMF
DPVQMF
MJOFBS
ESJWF
UP

WBMWF
TQJOEMF

14

Cable Connections

WARNING:
Ensure all power supplies
are isolated before removing
actuator covers.
$IFDL
UIBU
UIF
TVQQMZ
WPMUBHF
BHSFFT

XJUI
UIBU
TUBNQFE
PO
BDUVBUPS

OBNFQMBUF
"
TXJUDI
PS
DJSDVJU
CSFBLFS
NVTU
CF

JODMVEFE
JO
UIF
XJSJOH
JOTUBMMBUJPO
PG

UIF
BDUVBUPS
5IF
TXJUDI
PS
DJSDVJU

breaker shall be mounted as close
to the actuator as possible and shall
be marked to indicate that it is the
EJTDPOOFDUJOH
EFWJDF
GPS
UIBU
QBSUJDVMBS

BDUVBUPS
5IF
BDUVBUPS
NVTU
CF

QSPUFDUFE
XJUI
PWFSDVSSFOU
QSPUFDUJPO

EFWJDFT
SBUFE
JO
BDDPSEBODF
XJUI

3PUPSL
QVCMJDBUJPO
/P
&&
&MFDUSJD

NPUPS
QFSGPSNBODF
EBUB
GPS
*2
SBOHF

BDUVBUPST

6.1 Earth/Ground Connections

"
MVH
XJUI
B
NN
EJBNFUFS
IPMF
JT

DBTU
BEKBDFOU
UP
UIF
DPOEVJU
FOUSJFT
GPS

BUUBDINFOU
PG
BO
FYUFSOBM
QSPUFDUJWF

FBSUIJOH
TUSBQ
CZ
B
OVU
BOE
CPMU
"O

JOUFSOBM
FBSUI
UFSNJOBM
JT
BMTP
QSPWJEFE

IPXFWFS
JU
NVTU
OPU
CF
VTFE
BMPOF
BT

UIF
QSPUFDUJWF
&BSUI
$POOFDUJPO

6.2 Removing Terminal Cover

6TJOH
B
NN
"MMFO
LFZ
MPPTFO
UIF
GPVS

DBQUJWF
TDSFXT
FWFOMZ
%P
OPU
BUUFNQU

UP
MFWFS
PGG
UIF
DPWFS
XJUI
B
TDSFXESJWFS

BT
UIJT
XJMM
EBNBHF
UIF
i0w
SJOH
TFBM

BOE
NBZ
EBNBHF
UIF
GMBNFQBUI
PO
B

DFSUJGJFE
VOJU

Actuators containing a Setting Tool or

Setting Tool Pro fitted to the inside of
UIF
UFSNJOBM
DPNQBSUNFOU
DPWFS
BSF

JEFOUJGJFE
XJUI
B
TFMGBEIFTJWF
ZFMMPX

label on the outside of the terminal
DPNQBSUNFOU
DPWFS
5IF
XJSJOH
DPEF
DBSE
GJYFE
JO
UIF
DPWFS

is particular to each actuator and must
OPU
CF
JOUFSDIBOHFE
XJUI
BOZ
PUIFS

BDUVBUPS
*G
JO
EPVCU
DIFDL
UIF
TFSJBM

OVNCFS
PO
UIF
DPEF
DBSE
XJUI
UIBU
PG

UIF
BDUVBUPS

Fig. 6.2 - Actuator containing Rotork

Setting Tool Pro.

A plastic bag in the terminal

compartment contains:
t

5FSNJOBM
TDSFXT
BOE
XBTIFST
t

4QBSF
DPWFS
i0w
SJOH
TFBM
t

8JSJOH
EJBHSBN
t

*OTUSVDUJPO
CPPL

WARNING:
Actuators for use on phase to
phase voltages greater than 600V
a.c. must not be used on supply
systems such as floating, or earthphase systems, where phase to
earth voltages in excess of 600V
a.c. could exist.

Fig. 6.3

6.3 Cable Entry

Fig. 6
Fig. 6.1 - Actuator containing Rotork
Setting Tool.

55

0OMZ
BQQSPQSJBUF
DFSUJGJFE
&YQMPTJPO
1SPPG
FOUSZ
SFEVDFST
HMBOET
PS
DPOEVJU

NBZ
CF
VTFE
JO
IB[BSEPVT
MPDBUJPOT

15

3FNPWF
SFE
QMBTUJD
USBOTJU
QMVHT
.BLF

cable entries appropriate to the cable
UZQF
BOE
TJ[F
&OTVSF
UIBU
UISFBEFE

BEBQUPST
DBCMF
HMBOET
PS
DPOEVJU

BSF
UJHIU
BOE
GVMMZ
XBUFSQSPPG
4FBM

VOVTFE
DBCMF
FOUSJFT
XJUI
B
TUFFM
PS

CSBTT
UISFBEFE
QMVH
*O
IB[BSEPVT
BSFBT

BO
BQQSPQSJBUFMZ
DFSUJGJFE
UISFBEFE

CMBOLJOH
QMVH
NVTU
CF
VTFE

6.5 Replacing Terminal Cover

Heading

&OTVSF
DPWFS
i0w
SJOH
TFBM
BOE
TQJHPU

KPJOU
BSF
JO
HPPE
DPOEJUJPO
BOE
MJHIUMZ

HSFBTFE
CFGPSF
SFGJUUJOH
DPWFS

ATTENTION: RED PLASTIC PLUGS IN CONDUIT ENTRIES ARE FOR TRANSIT ONLY.
FOR LONG TERM PROTECTION FIT SUITABLE METAL PLUGS.
ATTENZIONE: I TAPPI IN PLASTICA ROSSA PER L'ENTRATA CAVI SONO SOLO
TEMPORANEI. PER UNA PROTEZIONE PERMANENTE PREGO SOSTITUIRLI CON
APPOSITI TAPPI METALLICI.

6.4 Connecting to Terminals

On EExde enclosure units
connections to the power and
control terminals must be made
using AMP type 160292 ring tabs
for power and earth terminals and
AMP type 34148 ring tabs for the
control terminals.

ATENCION: LOS TAPONES ROJOS DE PLASTICO EN LAS ENTRADAS DE CABLE

SON UNICAMENTE PARA TRANSPORTE. PARA PROTECCION PERMANENTE
COLOCAR TAPONES METALICOS APROPIADOS.
ACHTUNG: DIE ROTEN PLASTIKSTOPFEN SIND NUR FR DEN TRANSPORT
GEEIGNET. FR DAVERHAFTEN SCHUTZ SIND DIESE GEGEN GEEIGNETE
BLINDSTOPFEN AUSZTAUSCHEN.
ATTENTION: LES BOUCHONS PLASTIQUES ASSURENT UNE PROTECTION
TEMPORAIRE. POUR UNE PROTECTION DEFINITIVE UTILISER DES BOUCHONS
METALLIQUES.

3FGFS
UP
UIF
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
JOTJEF
UIF

UFSNJOBM
DPWFS
UP
JEFOUJGZ
GVODUJPOT
PG

UFSNJOBMT
$IFDL
UIBU
TVQQMZ
WPMUBHF

is the same as that marked on the
BDUVBUPS
OBNFQMBUF
3FNPWF
QPXFS
UFSNJOBM
TDSFFO
#FHJO
CZ
DPOOFDUJOH
UIFTF
DBCMFT
BOE

SFQMBDF
TDSFFO
When all connections are made ensure
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
JT
SFQMBDFE
JO
UIF

UFSNJOBM
DPNQBSUNFOU

16

Commissioning

7.1 The Setting Procedure

2.

Configuration Settings

5IF
3PUPSL
*2
SBOHF
PG
BDUVBUPST
JT
UIF

first that enables commissioning to be
DBSSJFE
PVU
XJUIPVU
SFNPWJOH
DPWFST

4FUUJOHT
DPWFSJOH
UIF
DPOUSPM

indication and optional
FRVJQNFOU
GVODUJPOT

4FUUJOH
UPSRVF
MJNJU
BOE
PUIFS
GVODUJPOT

JT
BDIJFWFE
CZ
VTJOH
UIF
*OGSB3FE

4FUUJOH
5PPM
5IF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
JT
DFSUJGJFE

*OUSJOTJDBMMZ
4BGF
UP
BMMPX
DPNNJTTJPOJOH

JO
IB[BSEPVT
BSFBT
All the commissioning functions are
TUPSFE
JO
OPOWPMBUJMF
NFNPSZ
JO
UIF

BDUVBUPS
5IF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
FOBCMFT
UIF

VTFS
UP
WJFX
BMM
UIF
GVODUJPOT
JO
UVSO

WJB
UIF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
XJOEPX
"T

FBDI
GVODUJPO
JT
WJFXFE
JUT
TFUUJOH
DBO

CF
DIFDLFE
BOE
JG
SFRVJSFE
DIBOHFE

XJUIJO
UIF
CPVOET
PG
UIBU
GVODUJPO
$PNNJTTJPOJOH
NBZ
CF
DBSSJFE
PVU
XJUI

NBJO
QPXFS
TXJUDIFE
PO
PS
PGG
3FGFS

UP
QBHF

GPS
1PXFS
0GG
4FUUJOH
5IF
TFUUJOH
QSPDFEVSF
JT
EJWJEFE
JOUP

UXP
TUBHFT

1.

Basic Settings

4FUUJOHT
GPS
FOE
PG
USBWFM
MJNJU

BDUJPOT
UPSRVF
WBMVFT
MJNJU

QPTJUJPOT
FUD

Actuator Display
Position Display

All IQ actuator functions are

configured before dispatch to
Rotork standard default settings
unless alternatives have been
specified with the order. Should
difficulty be encountered during
commissioning the default
settings can be reinstated,
returning the actuator
configuration to its original
manufactured state. Site
commissioning can then begin
again (refer to Section 9.18 page 63)
The default function should be used
XJUI
DBVUJPO
BT
TFUUJOHT
TFMFDUFE
BGUFS

NBOVGBDUVSF
NBZ
CF
FTTFOUJBM
GPS
UIF

TBGF
PQFSBUJPO
PG
UIF
WBMWF
BOEPS
QMBOU

Torque and Position

Password
Crossroad

50

m

50

5PSRVF

5IJT
NBZ
CF
BO
PQFO
PS
DMPTFE
TZNCPM

PS
B
QFSDFOUBHF
PQFO
WBMVF
3FGFS
UP
4FDUJPO


P?

cr

m
m

PC

Ir

tP

Basic Settings

Configuration Settings

%JSFDUJPO


Limit Actions
5PSRVF
7BMVFT

-JNJU
1PTJUJPOT

*OEJDBUJPO
$POUBDUT
Control Mode
0QUJPOT
)FMQ
4DSFFOT
%FGBVMUT

Note: The Basic Settings must be commissioned first.

56

17

7.2 The Setting Tool (old version)

Specification
Enclosure

IP67

$FSUJGJDBUJPO

&&Y
JB
**$
5
JOUSJOTJDBMMZ
TBGF

'.
*/5
4"'&
$MBTT
*

**
%JW

(SPVQT
"
#
$
%
&
'
(
5"

$4"
&YJB
$MBTT
*
**
%JW

(SPVQT
"
#
$
%

1PXFS
TVQQMZ

7
#BUUFSZ
TVQQMJFE
BOE
GJUUFE

0QFSBUJOH
SBOHF

N
GSPN
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
XJOEPX

Name


m ,FZ

3
5

Instruction
%JTQMBZ
OFYU
GVODUJPO
EPXO


k ,FZ

%JTQMBZ
OFYU
GVODUJPO
BDSPTT


- ,FZ

%FDSFBTFDIBOHF
EJTQMBZFE
GVODUJPOT
WBMVF
PS
PQUJPO
TFUUJOH

Fig. 7.1 The Setting Tool



+ ,FZ

*ODSFBTFDIBOHF
EJTQMBZFE
GVODUJPOT
WBMVF
PS
PQUJPO
TFUUJOH

Setting Tool Battery Replacement

&OUFS
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
PS
PQUJPO
TFUUJOH

#BUUFSZ
TUBUVT
DBO
CF
DIFDLFE
CZ
MPPLJOH
BU
UIF
*OGSBSFE
USBOTNJUUFS
XJOEPX
XIJMF

EFQSFTTJOH
BOZ
4FUUJOH
5PPM
CVUUPO
"
GMBTIJOH
SFE
JOEJDBUPS
TIPVME
CF
TFFO

,FZ





1SFTTJOH
UIF
UXP
BSSPX
LFZT
UPHFUIFS
SFUVSOT
UIF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
UP
UIF
QPTJUJPO
indication mode

Infra-red local operation
XIFO
FOBCMFE

,FZ



In order to maintain hazardous area certification fit only Duracell

MN1604 or Rayovac Alkaline Maximum NoAL-9V battery types. Refit cover
ensuring red indicator LED faces the transmitter window in the back cover.

4UPQ
BDUVBUPS



,FZ

0QFO
BDUVBUPS



,FZ

$MPTF
BDUVBUPS

Battery replacement must be carried out in a safe area. To replace

the battery remove the six caphead screws in the back of the Setting Tool.
Remove the back cover to expose the battery.

8IFO
B
CVUUPO
JT
EFQSFTTFE
UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
USBOTNJUT
UIF
SFMFWBOU
JOTUSVDUJPO

UP
UIF
BDUVBUPS
CZ
JOGSBSFE
QVMTFT
BOE
NVTU
UIFSFGPSF
CF
EJSFDUMZ
JO
GSPOU
PG
UIF

BDUVBUPS
JOEJDBUPS
XJOEPX
BOE
BU
B
EJTUBODF
OP
HSFBUFS
UIBO
N


*OGSBSFE
5SBOTNJUUFS
8JOEPX

18

Commissioning continued

7.2 The Setting Tool Pro (new version)

Specification

12

Enclosure
IP54
This Setting Tool Pro
IBT
CFFO
CVJMU
JO
BDDPSEBODF
XJUI
UIF
GPMMPXJOH
TUBOEBSET




64"

)B[BSEPVT
"SFB




'BDUPSZ
.VUVBM

&YQMPTJPO
1SPPG
UP
/&$
"SUJDMF





*OUSJOTJDBMMZ
4BGF
$MBTT

%JW

(SPVQT
"
#
$

%
5




$BOBEB

)B[BSEPVT
"SFB
$4"

&YJB
*OUSJOTJDBMMZ
4BGF
$MBTT

%JW

(SPVQT
"
#
$

%
5
Temperature
Tamb = -30C to 50C
1PXFS
TVQQMZ


Y
7
#BUUFSJFT
TVQQMJFE
BOE
GJUUFE

0QFSBUJOH
SBOHF

N
GSPN
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
XJOEPX

6
7

Name

Instruction


i ,FZ

%JTQMBZ
QSFWJPVT
GVODUJPO
VQ


k ,FZ

%JTQMBZ
OFYU
GVODUJPO
BDSPTT


o ,FZ

%JTQMBZ
QSFWJPVT
GVODUJPO
BDSPTT




- ,FZ

%FDSFBTFDIBOHF
EJTQMBZFE
GVODUJPOT
WBMVF
PS
PQUJPO
TFUUJOH



,FZ

0QFO
BDUVBUPS



+ ,FZ

*ODSFBTFDIBOHF
EJTQMBZFE
GVODUJPOT
WBMVF
PS
PQUJPO
TFUUJOH



,FZ

$MPTF
BDUVBUPS


m ,FZ

*OJUJBUF
EPXOMPBEVQMPBE
NPEF


*OGSBSFE
5SBOTNJUUFS
8JOEPX


m ,FZ



,FZ

%JTQMBZ
OFYU
GVODUJPO
EPXO

11

Fig. 7.2 The Setting Tool Pro

Infra-red local operation
XIFO
FOBCMFE

&OUFS
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
PS
PQUJPO
TFUUJOH



1SFTTJOH
UIFTF
UXP
BSSPX
LFZT
UPHFUIFS
SFUVSOT
UIF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
UP
UIF

position indication mode

57

,FZ

4UPQ
BDUVBUPS

10

19

Download / Upload Function

5IJT
OFX
GFBUVSF
IBT
CFFO
JOUSPEVDFE

XJUI
UIF
OFX
3PUPSL
4FUUJOH
5PPM

Pro
*U
BMMPXT
UIF
VTFS
UP
EPXOMPBE

EBUBMPHHFS
GJMFT
BOE
EPXOMPBEVQMPBE

DPOGJHVSBUJPO
GJMFT
5IF
OFX
UPPM
JT

XFBUIFSQSPPG
BOE
JOUSJOTJDBMMZ
TBGF

BOE
TP
JU
DBO
CF
VTFE
TBGFMZ
JO
BMM

FOWJSPONFOUT
'PS
NPSF
JOGPSNBUJPO

SFGFS
UP
4FDUJPO

QBHF


Setting Tool Pro Battery

Replacement
#BUUFSZ
TUBUVT
DBO
CF
DIFDLFE
CZ
MPPLJOH

BU
UIF
*OGSBSFE
USBOTNJUUFS
XJOEPX

XIJMF
EFQSFTTJOH
BOZ
4FUUJOH
5PPM
Pro
CVUUPO
FYDFQU
UIF
EPXOMPBE
CVUUPO
"

GMBTIJOH
SFE
JOEJDBUPS
TIPVME
CF
TFFO
Battery replacement must be
carried out in a safe area. To replace
the battery remove the six cap head
screws in the back of the Setting
Tool Pro. Remove the back cover to
expose the battery.
In order to maintain hazardous
area certification the actuator
Setting Tool Pro shall only be
fitted with the following AA size,
alkaline-manganese, approved
battery types:

Duracell, Coppertop, type MN1500

Duracell, Procell, type MN1500
GP, Super Alkaline, type GP15A

No form of repair must be attempted

on the actuator Setting Tool Pro.

Other types of AA size batteries,

including Duracell, Ultra, type
MN1500, must not be fitted. For
battery replacement see Section 7.
Refit cover ensuring red indicator LED
faces the transmitter window in the
back cover.
The enclosure of the actuator Setting
Tool Pro is manufactured from the
materials:
Polycarbonate, ABS blend
Polycarbonate
Silicon Rubber
If the actuator Setting Tool Pro is likely
to come into contact with aggressive
substances (e.g. solvents that may
affect polymetric materials), then it is
the responsibility of the user to take
suitable precautions (e.g. regular checks
as part of the routine inspections or
establishing that the materials are
resistant to the specific chemical)
that prevent it from being adversely
affected, thus ensuring that the type of
protection is not too compromised.

When a button is depressed the

Setting Tool Pro
USBOTNJUT
UIF
SFMFWBOU

JOTUSVDUJPO
UP
UIF
BDUVBUPS
CZ
JOGSBSFE

QVMTFT
BOE
NVTU
UIFSFGPSF
CF
EJSFDUMZ
JO

GSPOU
PG
UIF
BDUVBUPS
JOEJDBUPS
XJOEPX

and at a distance no greater than
N

Display Set-Up Mode

The Setting Tool and Setting Tool Pro
BSSPX
LFZT
BSF
VTFE
UP
BDDFTT
BOE

OBWJHBUF
UISPVHI
UIF
BDUVBUPS
TFUVQ

QSPDFEVSF
VTJOH
UIF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ

&BDI
BDUVBUPS
GVODUJPO
XJUI
JUhT
DVSSFOU

TFUUJOH
JT
SFQSFTFOUFE
PO
TDSFFO
CZ

B
DPNCJOBUJPO
PG
DPEF
BOE
UFYU
5IF

4FUUJOH
5PPM
DIBOHF
LFZT

BOE
o


BMMPX
UIF
VTFS
UP
WJFX
UIF
BWBJMBCMF

TFUUJOH
PQUJPOT

Function
Code

Function

Setting
Code

Close Action
Close on Torque

Function
Code

Function

Setting
Option

Setting
Value

Open Torque
40%

Setting
Value

5IF
FYBNQMFT
PG
EJTQMBZFE
GVODUJPOT

Close Action
[C2] and Open Torque
[tO]

BSF
TIPXO
UP
UIF
SJHIU
/PUF
UIBU
B

TFUUJOH
PQUJPO
PS
WBMVF
JT
IJHIMJHIUFE
This instruction manual uses both code
BOE
UFYU
GPS
EFTDSJQUJPO

20

Commissioning continued

7.3 Entering the Actuator

Setting Procedure
8JUI
UIF
BDUVBUPS
TFDVSFMZ
NPVOUFE

PO
UIF
WBMWF
UIF
NBJOT
TVQQMZ
PO
BOE

-PDBM
DPOUSPM
PS
4UPQ
TFMFDUFE

PRESS THE m KEY.

5IF
BDUVBUPS
VQQFS
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
SFNBJO

UIF
TBNF
BOE
UIF
MPXFS
EJTQMBZ
XJMM

DIBOHF
UP
5PSRVF
WBMVF
5IJT
XJMM
CF

SFQSFTFOUFE
CZ
5PSRVF

99
BOE
B

CBS
HSBQI
(For instantaneous torque
& position monitoring, refer to Section
10, page 66.)

PRESS THE m KEY.

7.4 Setting Mode Password

7.5 New Password [PC]

7.6 Checking Mode

5P
FOBCMF
TFUUJOH
BOE
BEKVTUNFOU
PG
UIF

BDUVBUPS
GVODUJPOT
UIF
DPSSFDU
QBTTXPSE

NVTU
CF
FOUFSFE
5IF
GBDUPSZ
TFU
EFGBVMU


QBTTXPSE
JT
[ld]
*G
UIF
BDUVBUPS
IBT

QSFWJPVTMZ
CFFO
TFU
XJUI
B
TJUF
QBTTXPSE

UIJT
NVTU
CF
FOUFSFE

5P
DPOGJHVSF
B
OFX
QBTTXPSE
UIF

BDUVBUPS
NVTU
CF
JO
TFUUJOH
NPEF
XJUI

UIF
QBTTXPSE
EJTQMBZ
o
TFUUJOH
NPEF

FOBCMFE
o
TIPXJOH

The actuator function settings can be

DIFDLFE
XJUIPVU
FOUFSJOH
UIF
DPSSFDU

QBTTXPSE
5IF
TFUUJOHT
DBO
POMZ
CF

WJFXFE
BOE
OPU
BMUFSFE
5IF
TFUUJOH
CBST

XJMM
OPU
CF
TFFO

Use the + or - LFZT
UP
TDSPMM
UISPVHI
UIF

BWBJMBCMF
QBTTXPSET
o''
IFYBEFDJNBM


8JUI
UIF
DPSSFDU
QBTTXPSE
EJTQMBZFE
QSFTT

UIF
FOUFS
LFZ

5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[PC]
6TJOH
UIF

+ or -
LFZ
TDSPMM
UISPVHI
UIF
BWBJMBCMF

QBTTXPSET
VOUJM
UIF
EFTJSFE
QBTTXPSE
JT

EJTQMBZFE

PRESS THE

KEY

PRESS THE

PRESS THE

KEY.

Once the procedure has been completed

JO
UIF
SFRVJSFE
NPEF
Change Password
IE Hex

Password Changed to [IE]

Enter Password
Password Correct

Enter Password
ID Hex

Password Display, Checking Mode

5XP
iTFUUJOHw
CBST
XJMM
BQQFBS
BOE
XJMM

SFNBJO
WJTJCMF
PO
FWFSZ
GVODUJPO
EJTQMBZ

TDSFFO
*O
BEEJUJPO
1BTTXPSE
$PSSFDU

XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
GPS

TFDPOET

5IF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
BOE

UIF
QBTTXPSE
QSPUFDUJPO
EJTQMBZ
XJMM



CF
TFFO

Enter Password
ID Hex

k KEY.

NOTE:
5IF
OFX
QBTTXPSE
CFDPNFT

FGGFDUJWF
UIF
OFYU
UJNF
TFUUJOH
NPEF
JT

FOUFSFE

Default Password,
Setting Mode Enabled

The Actuator Function Settings

can be protected by the Use
of a Password

58

PRESS THE m KEY.

The procedure branch [Cr] (crossroad)
EJTQMBZ
DBO
OPX
CF
TFFO
(refer to Section
7.7 page 21).

21

7.7 Crossroad [Cr]

Basic Setup
Config Setup

To access the Basic Settings press

the arrow m key (refer to Section 8
Commissioning Basic Settings page 22)
To access the Configuration Settings
press the arrow k key (refer to
Section 9 Commissioning Configuration
Settings page 31).

7.8 The Actuator Display

Setting/Checking Mode
Actuator functions as laid out in the
Basic and Configuration commissioning
TUBHFT
DBO
CF
JOEJWJEVBMMZ
EJTQMBZFE
CZ

VTJOH
UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
BSSPX
LFZT
The m BSSPX
LFZ
XJMM
BMXBZT
EJTQMBZ

UIF
'*345
GVODUJPO
PO
UIF
OFYU
MFWFM

%08/
XJUIJO
UIF
QSPDFEVSF
The k BSSPX
LFZ
XJMM
BMXBZT
EJTQMBZ

UIF
/&95
GVODUJPO
PO
UIF
4".&
MFWFM

BOE
XJMM
XSBQ
BSPVOE
UIF
GVODUJPOT
PO

UIF
TBNF
MFWFM
5IF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
JOEJDBUPS
MBNQT
XJMM

DPOUJOVF
UP
JOEJDBUF
WBMWF
QPTJUJPO
CVU

XJMM
BMTP
GMBTI
EVSJOH
*3
DPNNVOJDBUJPO

or -
LFZT
XJMM
DBVTF
UIF
TFUUJOH
UP
CF

In setting mode the Setting Tool +

7.9 Returning to
Valve Position Display

DIBOHFE
*O
DIFDLJOH
NPEF
UIF
TFUUJOHT

DBOOPU
CF
BMUFSFE

5IFSF
BSF
GJWF
XBZT
PG
SFUVSOJOH
UP
WBMWF

QPTJUJPO
EJTQMBZ

*O
TFUUJOH
NPEF
PODF
EJTQMBZFE
B
OFX

setting can be entered into the actuator
key

NFNPSZ
CZ
pressing the
5IF
TFUUJOH
XJMM
GMBTI
PGG
BOE
CBDL
PO

DPOGJSNJOH
JUT
TFMFDUJPO
BOE
Stored 

XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
GPS

TFDPOET
JO
UIF

UFYU
EJTQMBZ



"QQSPYJNBUFMZ

NJOVUFT
BGUFS
UIF

last Setting Tool operation the


EJTQMBZ
XJMM
BVUPNBUJDBMMZ
SFUVSO
UP



QPTJUJPO
EJTQMBZ

TOP LEFT
PORTION

TOP RIGHT
PORTION

"DUVBUPS
GVODUJPOT
BSF
EJTQMBZFE
JO

code form in the top left portion of the
MJRVJE
DSZTUBM
EJTQMBZ
TDSFFO
5IF
TFUUJOH
GPS
UIF
EJTQMBZFE
GVODUJPO
JT

TIPXO
JO
UIF
UPQ
SJHIU
IBOE
QPSUJPO
PG

UIF
TDSFFO
%FQFOEJOH
PO
UIF
BDUVBUPS

GVODUJPO
EJTQMBZFE
JUT
TFUUJOH
NBZ
CF

BO
PQUJPO
PS
B
WBMVF

Close Torque
40%

Function Setting
FH
7BMVF



k BSSPX
LFZT



1SFTT
UIF
m BSSPX
LFZ
VOUJM
UIF

EJTQMBZ
SFUVSOT
UP
QPTJUJPO


4FMFDU
3FNPUF
DPOUSPM
VTJOH
UIF



SFE
-PDBM4UPQ3FNPUF
TFMFDUPS


*G
ZPV
IBWF
UIF
OFX
4FUUJOH
5PPM

Pro
UIFO
ZPV
DBO
VTF
UIF
iBSSPX

LFZ
UP
SFUVSO
UP
QPTJUJPO
EJTQMBZ

LOWER DISPLAY

'VODUJPO
$MPTF
5PSRVF
4FUUJOH
7BMVF

Typical Actuator Function Display
Setting Mode Enabled

5FYU
SFMBUJOH
UP
UIF
GVODUJPO
BOE
TFUUJOH

WBMVFT
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
JO
UIF
MPXFS

EJTQMBZ

'VODUJPO
FH
U$

5PSRVF
$MPTF



1SFTT
UIF
m and

UPHFUIFS

22

Commissioning
Basic Functions
ELECTRICAL OPERATION MUST
NOT TAKE PLACE UNTIL THE BASIC
SETTINGS HAVE BEEN MADE AND
CHECKED.
The actuators Basic Settings affect
UIF
DPSSFDU
PQFSBUJPO
PG
UIF
WBMWF
CZ

UIF
BDUVBUPS
*G
UIF
BDUVBUPS
IBT
CFFO

TVQQMJFE
XJUI
UIF
WBMWF
UIF
WBMWF
NBLFS

PS
TVQQMJFS
NBZ
IBWF
BMSFBEZ
NBEF

UIFTF
TFUUJOHT
This instruction assumes setting mode
has been entered (refer to section 7.4
page 20)

Viewing the Basic Settings

With the actuator mounted on the
WBMWF
UIF
QPXFS
TVQQMZ
PO
BOE
-PDBM

PS
4UPQ
DPOUSPM
TFMFDUFE
QPJOU
UIF

Setting Tool at the actuator indicator
XJOEPX
GSPN
B
EJTUBODF
PG
OP
NPSF

UIBO
N
#Z
QSFTTJOH
UIF
m LFZ

BOE
XIFO
BQQSPQSJBUF
UIF
k LFZ

JU
JT
QPTTJCMF
UP
NPWF
UISPVHI
UIF

QSPDFEVSF
EJTQMBZJOH
UIF
WBSJPVT

GVODUJPOT
BOE
UIFJS
TFUUJOHT
BT
TIPXO

JO
'JH

(refer to page 23)5IF

SJHIUIBOE
TJEF
PG
'JH
FYQMBJOT
UIF

GVODUJPO
PG
FBDI
-$%
EJTQMBZ
Fig. 8

59

Power Off Setting

*2
BMMPXT
TFUUJOHT
UP
CF
WJFXFE
BOE

TFU
XJUIPVU
NBJO
QPXFS
5P
FOBCMF
UIJT

GVODUJPO
FOHBHF
IBOEXIFFM
ESJWF
BOE

SPUBUF
VOUJM
UIF
PVUQVU
ESJWF
NPWFT

(refer to page 3)
5IF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
DBO

OPX
CF
VTFE
"T
MPOH
BT
B
4FUUJOH

5PPM
LFZ
QSFTT
UBLFT
QMBDF
XJUIJO
UIF


TFDPOET
UJNFPVU
QFSJPE
1PXFS

0GG
4FUUJOH
XJMM
SFNBJO
FOBCMFE
*G
OP

infra-red Setting Tool communication
UBLFT
QMBDF
UIF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
SFUVSO
UP

JOEJDBUJOH
QPTJUJPO
5IF
BDUVBUPS
NVTU

UIFO
CF
PQFSBUFE
CZ
IBOEXIFFM
UP




SFFOBCMF
1PXFS
0GG
4FUUJOH

Settings and operation must

be verified by electric operation
and function test of the actuator
to ensure correct operation.

23

Viewing the Basic Settings

Function

Description

50

50

Torque and Position Display

5PSRVF

PC

Cr

Configuration

C1

C2

m
tC

m
LC

tO

LO

Ir

P?

REFER TO SECTION 7, COMMISSIONING

Position Display
(This may be an open or closed symbol or a % open value.)

tP

C3

Password

m
Crossroad

k Password Change k IrDA k Torque Reference Profile

k Configuration Settings, refer to page 32.

Direction to Close

k Close Action k Open Action

Torque Value Closing

m
Limit Closed

50

BASIC SETTINGS CONTENTS

page
C1
C2
C3
tC
tO
LC
LO

k Torque Value Opening

k Limit Open

Position Display

Direction to Close
Close Action
Open Action
Torque Value Closing
Torque Value Opening
Set Limit Closed
Set Limit Open

24
25
26
27
28
29
29

Fig. 8.1 Basic Setting Displays

C1

24

Direction to Close

The actuator can be configured to be

DMPDLXJTF
PS
BOUJDMPDLXJTF
UP
DMPTF

.BOVBMMZ
PQFSBUF
BDUVBUPS
BOE
WBMWF

UP
FTUBCMJTI
DPSSFDU
DMPTJOH
EJSFDUJPO

$POWFSTJPO
)BOEXIFFM
EJSFDUJPO
MBCFMT

BSF
BWBJMBCMF

50

PC

Ir

tP

cr

m
c1

m
tC

m
LC

c2

tO

LO

c3

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE

JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

[C] in the Setting Field Indicating

Clockwise to Close

5PSRVF

P?

PRESS THE

Close Direction
Clockwise

)BWJOH
FOTVSFE
UIBU
UIF
EJTQMBZ

corresponds to the established
closing direction

PRESS THE

50

Using the + or -
LFZ
EJTQMBZ
UIF

character conforming to correct closing
EJSFDUJPO

Close Direction
Anticlockwise

[A] in the Setting Field Indicating

Anti-clockwise to Close

50

60

k KEY.

C2

25

Close Action

The actuator can be configured to close

PO
UPSRVF
GPS
TFBUJOH
WBMWFT
BOE
MJNJU

GPS
OPOTFBUJOH
WBMWFT

Using the + or -
LFZ
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
PQUJPO

Refer to valve manufacturer

for recommended setting.
*O
UIF
BCTFODF
PG
WBMWFNBLFS

JOTUSVDUJPOT
SFGFS
UP
UIF
GPMMPXJOH
UBCMF

50

m
50

Valve type

Close

Open

8FEHF
HBUF

(MPCF

iUPSRVFw

iUPSRVFw

iMJNJUw
iMJNJUw

#VUUFSGMZ

Thru conduit
Ball
Plug
Sluice gate
Penstock
Parallel slide

iMJNJUw

limit
limit
limit
limit
limit
limit

iMJNJUw
limit
limit
limit
limit
limit
limit

5PSRVF

m
P?

PC

Ir

tP

cr

m
c1

m
tC

m
LC

c2

tO

LO

c3

Close Action
Close on Limit

[CL] in the Setting Field Indicating

Close on Limit - default setting.

Close Action
Close on Torque

)BWJOH
TFMFDUFE
UIF
SFRVJSFE
PQUJPO

PRESS THE

C3

26

Using the + or -
LFZ
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
PQUJPO

Refer to valve manufacturer

for recommended setting. In the
absence of valvemaker instructions
set Open Limit

50

NOTE:
8IFO
TFU
UP
PQFO
PO
UPSRVF

UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM
BQQMZ
UIF
MFWFM
PG

UPSRVF
BT
TFU
GPS
[tO] in back seating
UIF
WBMWF
(refer to [tO] page 28)

Open Action
Open on Limit

[OL] in the Setting Field Indicates

Open on Limit - defualt setting.

m
50
5PSRVF

PC

Ir

cr

m
c1

m
tC

m
LC

tP

Open Action
Open on Torque

[Ot] in the Setting Field Indicates

Open on Torque.

k KEY.

Open Action

The actuator can be configured to

PQFO
PO
UPSRVF
GPS
CBDL
TFBUJOH
WBMWFT

PS
MJNJU
GPS
OPO
CBDL
TFBUJOH
WBMWFT

P?

KEY

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE

JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

PRESS THE

UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM
BQQMZ
UIF
MFWFM
PG

UPSRVF
BT
TFU
GPS
[tC] in seating the
WBMWF
(refer to [tC] page 27)

[Ct] in the Setting Field Indicating

Close on Torque.

50

NOTE:
8IFO
TFU
UP
DMPTF
PO
UPSRVF

c2

c3
PRESS THE

tO

LO

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
(stored)

JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

PRESS THE

k KEY.

50

61

tC

27

Close Torque

5IF
WBMVF
PG
UPSRVF
BWBJMBCMF
JO
UIF

DMPTF
EJSFDUJPO
DBO
CF
DPOGJHVSFE
Refer to valve manufacturer
for recommended value.
5IF
DMPTJOH
UPSRVF
WBMVF
DBO
CF
WBSJFE

CFUXFFO

BOE
3BUFE


JO


JODSFNFOUT

50

m
50
5PSRVF

m
P?

PC

Ir

tP

c1

m
tC

m
LC

Close Torque
40%

If the actuator fails to

complete a closed valve operation
due to the set torque being
reached (Torque Trip CL "MBSN
QBHF


this may indicate a valve and/or

process problem or change. It is the
responsibility of the user to ensure
the valve and process conditions are
within specified operational limits
before increasing the Set Close
torque value.

PRESS THE

cr

Using the + and -
LFZT
UIF
EJTQMBZ

SFDPNNFOEFE
WBMVF
*O
UIF
BCTFODF
PG

B
SFDPNNFOEFE
UPSRVF
WBMVF
USZ
B
MPX

TFUUJOH
BOE
JODSFBTF
VOUJM
TBUJTGBDUPSZ

WBMWF
PQFSBUJPO
JT
BDIJFWFE

40% of Rated Torque

Close Torque
99%

99% of Rated Torque

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
XJMM
GMBTI
(stored)

JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

c2

tO

Close Torque
100%

4IPVME
UIF
TFU
MFWFM
PG
UPSRVF
CF

EFWFMPQFE
JO
DMPTJOH
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM

UPSRVF
USJQ
BOE
TUPQ

c3

PRESS THE

Rated Torque

k KEY.

NOTE:
3BUFE
UPSRVF
JT
RVPUFE
PO
UIF

BDUVBUPS
OBNFQMBUF

LO

50

tO

28

Open Torque

5IF
WBMVF
PG
UPSRVF
BWBJMBCMF
JO
UIF

PQFO
EJSFDUJPO
DBO
CF
DPOGJHVSFE
Refer to valve manufacturer
for recommended value.

BOOST SHOULD NOT BE

SELECTED WHEN THE ACTUATOR
HAS BEEN CONFIGURED TO OPEN
ON TORQUE (refer to [C3] page 26)

50

m
50

P?

PC

Ir

cr

m
c1

m
tC

m
LC

m
50

c2

tO

LO

c3

tP

NOTE:
3BUFE
UPSRVF
JT
RVPUFE
PO
UIF

BDUVBUPS
OBNFQMBUF
#PPTU
UPSRVF
JT
BU

MFBTU

PG
3BUFE
UPSRVF

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
XJMM
GMBTI
(stored)

JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

4IPVME
UIF
TFU
MFWFM
PG
UPSRVF
CF

EFWFMPQFE
JO
PQFOJOH
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM

UPSRVF
USJQ
BOE
TUPQ

UNLESS BACK SEATING AT RATED

TORQUE IS ACCEPTABLE.

5PSRVF

5IF
PQFOJOH
UPSRVF
WBMVF
DBO
CF

WBSJFE
CFUXFFO

BOE
3BUFE
JO


JODSFNFOUT
*O
BEEJUJPO
i#PPTUw
DBO

CF
DPOGJHVSFE
XIFO
OP
PQFO
UPSRVF

QSPUFDUJPO
JT
SFRVJSFE

Using the + and -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFDPNNFOEFE
UPSRVF
WBMVF

PRESS THE

In the absence of a recommended

UPSRVF
WBMVF
USZ
B
MPX
TFUUJOH
BOE

JODSFBTF
VOUJM
TBUJTGBDUPSZ
WBMWF

PQFSBUJPO
JT
BDIJFWFE
If the actuator fails to
complete a open valve operation
due to the set torque being
reached (Torque Trip OP "MBSN
QBHF

5) this may indicate a valve and/or
process problem or change. It is the
responsibility of the user to ensure
the valve and process conditions are
within specified operational limits
before increasing the Set Open
torque value.

62

m KEY.

Open Torque
40%

40%

Open Torque
99%

99%

Open Torque
100%

Rated

Open Torque
Boost

Boost
*O
DIFDLJOH
NPEF
PO
QSFTTJOH
UIF
m
LFZ
BGUFS
SFWJFXJOH
PQFO
UPSRVF
TFUUJOH

UIF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
SFWFSU
UP
WBMWF
QPTJUJPO

LC

LO

Set Limit Closed

NOTE: It is possible to set the Open

Limit Position [LO]
GJSTU

50

With [LC] displayed

50
5PSRVF

Set Close Limit

Move to Close

50

P?

5PSRVF

P?

PC

Ir

c1

m
tC

m
LC

Move valve manually to the closed

position. Allow for overrun by
winding actuator output open by
1/2 to 1 turn.

PRESS THE

tC

KEY.

c2

tO

5IF
UXP
CBST
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE
and the
DMPTFE
JOEJDBUPS
MBNQ
XJMM
JMMVNJOBUF

indicating closed limit position has been
TFU

LO

PRESS THE

c3

k KEY.

To check closed limit position hand

XJOE
WBMWF
PQFO
VOUJM
UIF
BNCFS
MBNQ

JMMVNJOBUFT
8JOE
WBMWF
CBDL
DMPTFE

VOUJM
UIF
DMPTFE
MBNQ
JMMVNJOBUFT

50

PC

Ir

c1

m
m
LC

Set Open Limit

Move to Open

tP

Limit Open

cr

Limit Closed

tP

cr

With [LO] displayed

50

29

Set Limit Open

c2

tO

LO

c3

50

Move valve manually to the open

position. Allow for overrun by
winding actuator output closed by
1/2 to 1 turn.

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
UXP
CBST
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE

BOE
UIF

PQFO
JOEJDBUPS
MBNQ
XJMM
JMMVNJOBUF

indicating open limit position has been
TFU

PRESS THE

m KEY.

5IF
PQFO
TZNCPM
(refer to Fig. 3.3.

page 4)
TIPVME
OPX
BQQFBS

NOTE: When in checking mode Set

Limit Open [LO]
EPFT
OPU
BQQFBS

NOTE: When in checking mode Set

Limit Closed [LC]
EPFT
OPU
BQQFBS

30

Return to
Positional Display
50

*G
UIF
QSPDFEVSF
IBT
CFFO
GPMMPXFE
BT

EFTDSJCFE
UIF
QPTJUJPOBM
EJTQMBZ
XJMM

indicate that the actuator is in the open
QPTJUJPO

m
50
5PSRVF

m
P?

PC

Ir

c1

m
tC

m
LC

tP

With the correct settings made electric

PQFSBUJPO
DBO
OPX
CF
DBSSJFE
PVU

TBGFMZ

cr

4FMFDU
3FNPUF
DPOUSPM
NPNFOUBSJMZ

VTJOH
UIF
SFE
TFMFDUPS
UP
FYJU
TFUUJOH

QSPDFEVSF
BOE
UIFO
TFMFDU
SFRVJSFE

DPOUSPM
-PDBM
4UPQ
PS
3FNPUF

c2

tO

LO

c3

50

63

31

Commissioning
Configuration Settings
The Configuration Settings can be
configured to suit site control and
JOEJDBUJPO
SFRVJSFNFOUT
*U
JT
JNQPSUBOU

that Basic Settings such as limits and
UPSRVF
TXJUDI
TFUUJOHT
BSF
TFU
CFGPSF

XPSL
DPNNFODFT
PO
DPNNJTTJPOJOH

the Configuration Settings (refer to
page 22)

5IF
MBZPVU
PG
UIF
$POGJHVSBUJPO

4FUUJOHT
BDDFTTFE
XJUI
UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM

BSF
EFUBJMFE
JO
'JH

5P
TVDDFTTGVMMZ

DPNNJTTJPO
UIF
$POGJHVSBUJPO
4FUUJOHT

information about the site or process
DPOUSPM
TZTUFN
XJMM
CF
SFRVJSFE
5IF
TVQQMJFE
BDUVBUPS
8JSJOH
%JBHSBN

EFUBJMT
DPOUSPM
BOE
JOEJDBUJPO
EFWJDFT

GJUUFE
UP
UIF
BDUVBUPS
BMPOH
XJUI

terminal connection detail and standard
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
XJSJOH
TZTUFNT

Power Off Setting

*2
BMMPXT
TFUUJOHT
UP
CF
WJFXFE
BOE

TFU
XJUIPVU
NBJOT
QPXFS
5P
FOBCMF

UIJT
GVODUJPO
FOHBHF
IBOEXIFFM
ESJWF

BOE
SPUBUF
VOUJM
UIF
PVUQVU
ESJWF
NPWFT

CZ
POF
UVSO
(refer to page 3)5IF

4FUUJOH5PPM
DBO
OPX
CF
VTFE
"T

MPOH
BT
B
4FUUJOH
5PPM
LFZ
QSFTT
UBLFT

QMBDF
XJUIJO
UIF

TFDPOET
UJNFPVU

QFSJPE
1PXFS
0GG
4FUUJOH
XJMM
SFNBJO

FOBCMFE
*G
OP
JOGSBSFE
4FUUJOH
5PPM

DPNNVOJDBUJPO
UBLFT
QMBDF
UIF
EJTQMBZ

XJMM
SFUVSO
UP
JOEJDBUJOH
QPTJUJPO
5IF

BDUVBUPS
NVTU
UIFO
CF
PQFSBUFE
CZ

IBOEXIFFM
UP
SFFOBCMF
1PXFS
0GG

4FUUJOH

Settings and operation must

be verified by electric operation
and function test of the actuator
to ensure correct operation.

Fig. 9

32
50 Positional Display

m
5PSRVF

m
P?

m
cr

k
k

IrDA
comms

PC

Ir

Torque Reference
Profile

tP

Contact Function

Value

r1

r1

r1

r2

r2

r2

r3

r3

r3

r4

r4

r4

Contact S1

Contact S2

Primary
Functions

Contact S3

Contact S4

&4%


&4%
5IFSNPTUBU

&4%
0WFSJEF

&4%
0WFSSJEF

.BJOUBJOFE


&4%
"DUJPO

$POUBDU
5ZQF


#ZQBTT


*OUFSMPDLT

-PDBM
4UPQ

-PDBM
$POUSPM

Control Mode
Configuration

A1

&YUSB
*OEJDBUJPO

Contacts

Option Selection
Option Functions

Service Mode
Help Screens
Default Option

Contact Form

OE

A2
N"

CPT

OI

k

A3

3FNPUF



Control Source

Od

A4
*OUFSSVQUFS

5JNFS

OJ

A5

A6

4FUUJOH
5PPM



-PDBM
$POUSPM

1PXFS
-PTT

*OIJCJU

Or

OS

k

XJSF

$POUSPM

A7
$IPPTF

-&%
$PMPVS

OH

&YUFSOBM
*OUFSMPDLT

$POEJUJPOBM

5PSRVF
4XJUDI

$POUSPM



#ZQBTT


1BSUJBM
4USPLF

A8

.JE5SBWFM
-&%

OU

A9

-BOHVBHF

At

UL

If Analogue, Bus System or Interrupter Timer control options are fitted their appropriate set-up screens will be automatically inserted here.

4PGUXBSF

7FSTJPO

Un

H1
d1

m
m
m

0QUJPO


7FSTJPO

UI

H2

d2

3FUVSO
UP
1PTJUJPOBM
%JTQMBZ

0QUJPO


7FSTJPO

U2

H3

3FTFU

4FSWJDF
1BTTXPSE

Ur

H4

H5

H6

H7

H8

UP

64

H9

Fig. 9.1 Configuration Settings

9.1
CONFIGURATION SETTINGS
page
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
9.7
9.8
9.9
9.10
9.11
9.12
9.13
9.14
9.15
9.16
9.17
9.18
10.2
10.3

9.2

Accessing the Configuration Settings

Indication Contacts S1, S2, S3 and S4
Control Mode Configuration
Option Extra Indication Contacts S5S8
Option CPT (4-20mA Indication)
Option Folomatic (Analogue Position Control)
Remote Control Source
Bus System Option Pakscan
Bus System Option Modbus
Bus System Option Profibus DP
Bus System Option DeviceNet
Bus System Positioning Control Settings
Option Interrupter Timer
Setting Tool Local Control
Inhibit Operation After Power Loss
Indicator LEDs
Display Language
Default Options
Help Screens
IrDA Diagnostics and Configuration

33
34
36
39
40
41
44
45
48
51
54
57
59
61
61
62
62
64
71
76

)BWJOH
FTUBCMJTIFE
UIBU
UIF
#BTJD

4FUUJOHT
IBWF
CFFO
DPSSFDUMZ
TFU
UIF

$POGJHVSBUJPO
4FUUJOHT
DBO
OPX
CF

configured to suit site control and
JOEJDBUJPO
SFRVJSFNFOUT
*U
JT
QPTTJCMF
UP
NPWF
UISPVHI
UIF

WBSJPVT
$POGJHVSBUJPO
4FUUJOHT
BT
TIPXO

JO
'JH

VTJOH
UIF
k and m LFZT
5IF
BDUVBUPS
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
XJMM

JOEJDBUF
BOZ
PQUJPOT
GJUUFE

Code

Function BT
EJTQMBZFE

[CL]
[OP]
[Po]
[rr]
[dC]
[dO]
[d?]
[HA]
[bL]
[UA]
[tC]
[tO]
[tt]
[tl]
[St]
[LS]
[Lo]
[rE]
[CA]
[ES]

Closed Limit
Open Limit
Position % Open
Motor Running
Closing
Opening
Moving
Hand Operation
Moving-Blinker
Valve Alarm
Torque Trip Close (direction)
Torque Trip Open (direction)
Torque Trip
BOZ
QPTJUJPO

Torque Trip Mid
USBWFM

Motor Stalled
Stop Selected
Local Selected
Remote Selected
Control Alarm
ESD Active

*O
PSEFS
UP
EJTQMBZ
UIF
$POGJHVSBUJPO

4FUUJOHT
JU
JT
OFDFTTBSZ
UP
QSFTT
UIF

m
LFZ
VOUJM
[Cr]
BQQFBST
*G
ZPV
IBWF
DIPTFO
UP
FOUFS

Configuration Settings in the checking
NPEF
UIF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
CF
BT
'JH

*G
ZPV
IBWF
DIPTFO
UP
FOUFS

Configuration Settings in the setting
NPEF
UIF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
CF
BT
'JH


(refer to Section 7)

Basic Setup
Config Setup

Basic Setup
Config Setup

Fig. 9.2

Fig. 9.3

PRESS THE k KEY

r1
[Ol]
[Cl]
[lL]
[AA]
[Ht]
[LP]
[24]
[bA]
[rP]
[PA]
[PE]

33

Options Setting Tool Local Control

[Or]
BOE
1PXFS
-PTT
*OIJCJU
[OS] are
TUBOEBSE
GFBUVSFT
UIFJS
VTF
CFJOH

PQUJPOBM

Indication Contacts
S1, S2, S3 and S4

*OEJDBUJPO
DPOUBDUT
4
<S>
4
<S>
4

<S>
BOE
4
<S>
NBZ
FBDI
CF
TFU
UP
USJQ

GPS
BOZ
POF
PG
UIF
GPMMPXJOH
GVODUJPOT

Accessing the
Configuration Settings

Open Interlock Active

Close Interlock
Interlock Active
Actuator Alarm
Thermostat Tripped
Lost Phase *
24V Power Failure **
Battery Low
Relay Parity
Partial Stroke Active
Partial Stroke Error

* [LP]
'VODUJPO
OPU
BWBJMBCMF
GPS
QIBTFT




POMZ
GPS
QIBTF

'PS
QIBTF
MPTT

EFUFDUJPO
PO
QIBTF



QMFBTF
VTF

NPOJUPS
SFMBZ
** [24]
'VODUJPO
OPU
BWBJMBCMF
JG
UIF


QIBTF
TVQQMZ
JT
MPTU

34

Contact S1 - Function

Using the + or -
LFZ
EJTQMBZ
UIF
EFTJSFE

GVODUJPO

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
GVODUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI

JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

S1 Function
Close Limit

5IF
4
DPOUBDU
GPSN
DBO
CF
TFU
OPSNBMMZ

open [no]
PS
OPSNBMMZ
DMPTFE
[nc]
The procedures for setting up contacts
4
4
BOE
4
BSF
UIF
TBNF
BT
UIPTF

TIPXO
GPS
4

Unless specified with order, the

default settings for indication
contacts are as follows:
S1 [CL] Closed Limit [no]
S2 [OP] Open Limit [no]
S3 [CL] Closed Limit [nc]
S4 [OP] Open Limit [nc]

65

Contact S1 Configured to Trip

at Valve Closed Limit

PRESS THE

k KEY.

r1

Contact S1 - Value

5IJT
TDSFFO
XJMM
POMZ
EJTQMBZ
JG
SFMBZ

function is set to [P0] Position Open 
When the S contact function is set to
[P0]
UIF
SFRVJSFE
JOUFSNFEJBUF
QPTJUJPO

WBMVF
NVTU
CF
TFU

No other contact function requires

a value to be set.

r1

35

Contact S1
Contact Form

Use the + or -
LFZT
UP
TFMFDU
CFUXFFO

[nO] Normally Open and [nC] Normally
Closed 

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

5IF
WBMVF
DBO
CF
TFU
GSPN

PQFO
UP


PQFO
JO

JODSFNFOUT
Using the + or -
LFZ
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
WBMVF

PRESS THE

S1 Contact
Normally Open

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

Contact S1 Configured as a
Normally Open Contact

NOTE: If function [PO] Position Open

S1 % Position
25%

Value Set to Indicate

25% Open

PRESS THE

9.3

is selected and it is configured as a

OPSNBMMZ
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JU
XJMM
NBLF
BU

UIF
TFU
WBMVF
XJUI
UIF
BDUVBUPS
NPWJOH

JO
UIF
PQFO
EJSFDUJPO
5P
BDDFTT
4o4

PRESS THE

m KEY.

k KEY.

Control Mode
Configuration

The Control Mode Configuration affects

IPX
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM
SFTQPOE
VOEFS

DPOEJUJPOT
PG
FNFSHFODZ
TIVU
EPXO

MPDBM
DPOUSPM
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
JOUFSMPDLT

BOE
XJSF
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
"MTP

JODMVEFE
JT
BO
VOTFBUJOH
UPSRVF
TXJUDI

CZQBTT
GVODUJPO
6OMFTT
TQFDJGJFE
XJUI

PSEFS
UIF
DPOUSPM
NPEF
DPOGJHVSBUJPO

XJMM
CF
TFU
BT
TIPXO
GPS
EFGBVMU

DPOGJHVSBUJPO
PO
QBHF

*G
JU
JT
OFDFTTBSZ
UP
DIBOHF
UIF

DPOGJHVSBUJPO
GPMMPX
UIF
JOTUSVDUJPOT
JO

UIJT
TFDUJPO

A1

A2

ESD Action

"O
BDUJWF
&4%
TJHOBM
BQQMJFE
UP
UIF

BDUVBUPS
XJMM
PWFSSJEF
BOZ
FYJTUJOH
PS

BQQMJFE
MPDBM
PS
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
TJHOBM

&4%
DBO
CF
DPOGJHVSFE
UP
PWFSSJEF
UIF

NPUPS
UIFSNPTUBU
BDUJWF
JOUFSMPDLT
PS

MPDBM
TUPQ
TFMFDUJPO
3FGFS
UP
"
"

BOE
"
5IF
EFGBVMU
BDUJPO
VOEFS
BO
BDUJWF
&4%

TJHOBM
JT
UP
TUBZ
QVU
[SP] Stay Put 
Press the + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
UIF

SFRVJSFE
&4%
BDUJPO

ESD Contact Type

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
GPS
&4%
$POUBDU

5ZQF
JT
[nO] Normally Open 
'PS
BDUVBUPST
TFU
UP
&4%
[nO] Normally
Open
UIF
&4%
4JHOBM
NVTU
CF
BQQMJFE

UP
BDUJWBUF
UIF
&4%
DPNNBOE
'PS
&4%

[nC] Normally Closed the signal must
CF
SFNPWFE
UP
BDUJWBUF
UIF
DPNNBOE

Press the + or -
LFZ
UP
DIPPTF
UIF

DPOUBDU
UZQF

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
TUPSFE

XJMM
GMBTI

JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

[OF] Off
PO
&4%

A3

ESD Override
Thermostat

36

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
GPS
&4%
0WFSSJEF

Thermostat is [OF] No
EVSJOH
&4%

The thermostats remain in circuit and
FOBCMFE
EVSJOH
&4%
5IF
NPUPS
UIFSNPTUBUT
DBO
CF
CZQBTTFE

EVSJOH
&4%
BT
B
GBDUPSZ
TFU
IBSE
XJSFE
PQUJPO
POMZ
$POUBDU
3PUPSL
GPS

JOGPSNBUJPO

Danger: Actuator hazardous

area certification is invalidated
while the thermostats are
bypassed.
[A3]
TIPVME
CF
TFU
UP
SFGMFDU
UIF
GBDUPSZ

TFU
DPOGJHVSBUJPO
PG
UIFSNPTUBU
CZQBTT

There are 10 configurable control

functions:

[CL] Close
PO
&4%

Code

Function
BT
EJTQMBZFE

[OP] Open
PO
&4%

[A1]

ESD Action

PRESS THE

[A2]
[A3]
[A4]
[A5]
[A6]
[A7]
[A8]
[A9]
[At]

ESD Contact Type

ESD Override Stat
ESD Override Interlocks
ESD Override Local Stop
Maintain Local Control
2-wire Remote Priority
Interlocks
Conditional Control
Torque Switch Bypass.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

[SP] Stay Put
PO
&4%

%VSJOH
BO
&4%
FWFOU
ESD Contact Type
Normally Open

KEY.

[A3] = [OF] No
UIFSNPTUBUT
FOBCMFE

[A3] = [On] Yes
UIFSNPTUBUT
CZQBTTFE

Actuator Responds to a Normally

Open ESD Contact (Signal Applied)
ESD Override
Stat: No

ESD Action
Close

66

A4

ESD Override
Interlocks

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
GPS
&4%
0WFSSJEF

Interlocks is [OF] No 
&4%
BDUJPO
XJMM
OPU

PWFSSJEF
BO
BDUJWF
JOUFSMPDL
BQQMJFE
UP

UIF
BDUVBUPS
*G
BO
BQQMJFE
&4%
TJHOBM
JT
SFRVJSFE
UP

PWFSSJEF
BDUJWF
JOUFSMPDLT
DBVTJOH
UIF

&4%
BDUJPO
BT
TFU
GPS
"
QSFTT
UIF
+ or -
LFZ
5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP

[On] Yes 

PRESS THE

KEY.

A5

A6

ESD Override
Local Stop

Maintain
Local Control

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
GPS
&4%
0WFSSJEF

Local Stop is [OF] No 
&4%
XJMM
OPU

PWFSSJEF
MPDBM
TUPQ
XIFO
TFMFDUFE

The default setting for Local Actuator

Pushbutton control is self-maintained
[On] Yes 

*G
BO
BQQMJFE
&4%
TJHOBM
JT
SFRVJSFE
UP

PWFSSJEF
MPDBM
TUPQ
DBVTJOH
UIF
&4%

BDUJPO
BT
TFU
GPS
"
QSFTT
UIF
+ or -
LFZ
5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[On] Yes 

If non-maintained actuator pushbutton

DPOUSPM
JT
SFRVJSFE
KPHHJOH
JODIJOH

QVTI
UP
SVO

QSFTT
UIF
+ or -
LFZ
5IF

EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[OF] No 

PRESS THE

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

A7

2-wire Remote
Priority

37

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
GPS
XJSF
3FNPUF

1SJPSJUZ
JT
[SP] Stay Put 
*G
BO
PQFO
BOE

closed remote control signal are applied
TJNVMUBOFPVTMZ
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM
TUBZ

QVU
TUPQ
JG
SVOOJOH

3FGFS
UP
BDUVBUPS

XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
PS
QVCMJDBUJPO
&&
Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
UIF

SFRVJSFE
QSJPSJUZ
[OP] Open
[SP] Stay Put
[CL] Close

PRESS THE
ESD Override
Local Stop: No

Maintain Local
Control: Yes

ESD Override
Interlocks: No

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

2-Wire Remote
Priority: Stay

2-wire Control Stay Put Priority

A8

Interlocks

A8

A9

Partial Stroke

"DUVBUPST
BSF
EFMJWFSFE
XJUI
UIF

JOUFSMPDL
GBDJMJUZ
EJTBCMFE
[OF] Disabled 

3FGFS
UP
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
PS

publication E120E for interlock control
DJSDVJUT

5IF
BDUVBUPS
DBO
CF
TFU
UP
DBSSZ
PVU
B

partial stroke test using a signal applied
to the open interlock input to initiate
B
QBSUJBM
TUSPLF
UFTU
3FGFS
UP
XJSJOH

EJBHSBN

5P
FOBCMF
SFNPUF
FYUFSOBM
JOUFSMPDLT

press the + or -
LFZ

5IF
EFGBVMU
GPS
QBSUJBM
TUSPLFJOUFSMPDLT

is [OF] Disabled 

5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[On]

To enable partial stroke testing press

the + or -
LFZ

Enabled 
PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

Interlocks
Disabled

Note: If interlocking is required in only

one direction, it will be necessary to
connect a link between the actuator
terminals associated with the other
direction. Refer to wiring diagram.

8IFSF
B
IJHI
MFWFM
PG
TBGFUZ
JOUFHSJUZ

JT
SFRVJSFE
$POEJUJPOBM
$POUSPM
DBO

CF
DPOGJHVSFE
*O
UIJT
NPEF
UXP

EJTDSFFU
TJHOBMT
BSF
SFRVJSFE
GPS
SFNPUF

PQFSBUJPO
3FNPUF
DPOUSPM
XJMM
CF

conditional on both a control signal
(open or close) and the appropriate
interlock signal being applied
TJNVMUBOFPVTMZ
'BJMVSF
PG
FJUIFS
PS
B

TQVSJPVT
TJHOBM
XJMM
OPU
DBVTF
PQFSBUJPO
Interlocks [A8] must be set [On]
Enabled 
*OUFSMPDL
TJHOBMT
BSF
OPU

SFRVJSFE
GPS
MPDBM
PQFSBUJPO

5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[PS] Partial
Stroke 

PRESS THE

Conditional Control

The default setting for conditional

control is [OF] Disabled 
5P
FOBCMF

conditional control press the + or LFZ5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[On]
Enabled 

PRESS THE
Interlocks
Partial Stroke

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

At

38

Torque Switch Bypass

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
GPS
5PSRVF
4XJUDI

#ZQBTT
JT
[OF] Off
UIF
UPSRVF
TXJUDIFT

BSF
OPU
CZQBTTFE
EVSJOH
UIF
VOTFBUJOH

NPWFNFOU
5P
CZQBTT
UIF
UPSRVF
TXJUDIFT
EVSJOH

UIF
VOTFBUJOH
NPWFNFOU
QSFTT
UIF
+
or -
LFZ
5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[On]

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
5IF
UPSRVF
TXJUDIFT
XJMM
CF
CZQBTTFE

GSPN
DMPTFE
MJNJU
UP

PQFO
XIFO

PQFOJOH
BOE
GSPN
PQFO
MJNJU
UP


XIFO
DMPTJOH
#ZQBTTJOH
UIF
UPSRVF

TXJUDIFT
NBLFT
UPSRVF
JO
FYDFTT
PG

SBUFE
BOE
VQ
UP
BDUVBUPS
TUBMM
BWBJMBCMF

GPS
VOTFBUJOH
B
AATUJDLZ
WBMWF
0VUTJEF

UIFTF
QPTJUJPOT
UIF
UPSRVF
TFUUJOH
XJMM

SFWFSU
UP
UIF
WBMVFT
TFU
GPS
[tC] Close
Torque
TFF
QBHF

BOE
[tO] Open
Torque
QBHF


To access partial stroke test settings

PRESS THE

m KEY.

3FGFS
UP
"QQFOEJY
"
QBHF

GPS

JOTUSVDUJPOT
PO
QBSUJBM
TUSPLF
TFUUJOHT

Conditional
Control: Disabled

67

Torque Switch
Bypass: Off

9.4

Option Extra
Indication Contacts

&YUSB
JOEJDBUJPO
DPOUBDUT
4
[r5]
4

[r6]
4
[r7] and S8 [r8]
BSF
BWBJMBCMF
BT

BO
PQUJPO

OE

Display Extra Contact

Set-up Screens

39

5IF
BDUJPO
PG
UVSOJOH
PO
UIF
&YUSB

Contact Option makes an additional
TFSJFT
PG
TFUVQ
TDSFFOT
BWBJMBCMF

Check actuator circuit diagram for

JODMVTJPO
8IFO
UIF
&YUSB
$POUBDU
0QUJPO
JT

included the set-up procedure and
BWBJMBCMF
DPOUBDU
GVODUJPOT
GPS
4
o
4

BSF
JEFOUJDBM
UP
4o4
(refer to Section
9.2 page 34)
6OMFTT
TQFDJGJFE
XJUI
PSEFS
UIF
EFGBVMU

TFUUJOH
GPS
UIF
FYUSB
JOEJDBUJPO
DPOUBDUT

XJMM
CF
BT
GPMMPXT
S5 [r5] Close limit

Press the + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
UIF
&YUSB

Contact Option set-up screens [On]

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

S6 [r6] Open limit

S7 [r7] Torque trip mid
S8 [r8] Remote selected

NOTE:
*G
UIF
&YUSB
$POUBDU
0QUJPO
JT

OPU
JODMVEFE
JO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
CVJME
BOZ

TFUUJOHT
NBEF
GPS
4o4
XJMM
IBWF
OP

effect on the indication output of the
BDUVBUPS

9.5

Extra Contacts
Menu: Off

Extra Contacts
Menu: On

PRESS THE m KEY TO ACCESS S5

TO S8 SET-UP DISPLAYS.
The procedure for setting S5 to
S8 is the same as that for S1 to S4
(refer to Section 9.2 page 34)

40

Option CPT [OI]

4-20mA Indicator

Setting instructions for actuators

including a CPT providing 4-20mA
analogue position feedback.
5IF
$15
JT
BO
PQUJPOBM
FYUSB
*U
NBZ
CF

JOUFSOBMMZ
PS
FYUFSOBMMZ
QPXFSFE

NOTE: If the actuator has options

'PMPNBUJD
BOE
$15
SFEFGJOJOH
UIF

$15
XJMM
SFRVJSF
UIF
'PMPNBUJD
UP
CF

recommissioned (refer to Section 9.6
Folomatic [OI] page 41)

$IFDL
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
GPS
JODMVTJPO
BOE

DPOOFDUJPO
EFUBJMT

Analog Feedback
CL=4mA OP=20mA

With [HI]
%JTQMBZFE
UIF
$15
PQFSBUFT

Close=4mA
Open=20mA
If Close=20mA
Open=4mA
JT
SFRVJSFE
VTF

the + or -
LFZ
UP
DIBOHF
UP
[LO]

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
UIF
PQUJPO
IBT
CFFO
TFU

68

9.6

OI

Option Folomatic
Analogue Control

Setting instructions for

actuators including a Folomatic
proportional controller for use in
analogue valve position control.

This instruction lists the Folomatic

GVODUJPO
EJTQMBZT
JO
UIFJS
TFRVFODF
BOE

assumes that all Folomatic functions are
UP
CF
DIFDLFETFU

The Folomatic is an optional

control device. Check actuator
wiring diagram for inclusion.

The actuator should be selected in Local

PS
4UPQ
XJUI
UIF
BOBMPHVF
JOQVU
TJHOBM

connected to terminals 26(+ve) and
27(ve) (refer to wiring diagram)

Folomatic Feedback

Before commissioning of the Folomatic

GVODUJPOT
DBO
CFHJO
UIF
'PMPNBUJD

Feedback must be set to suit the
BQQMJFE
TFU
QPJOU
TJHOBM

FI

Analogue
Signal Type

Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU
[ l] Current

for current input signal or [ U] Voltage
GPS
WPMUBHF
JOQVU
TJHOBM

Analog Signal
Type: Current

Analog Feedback
CL=4mA OP=20mA

Before setting the parameters for

Option Folomatic ensure Remote
Control Source [Od] has been
selected to [bo] in Section 9.7.

With [HI]
EJTQMBZFE
B
N"
TJHOBM
XJMM

DPSSFTQPOE
UP
UIF
WBMWF
PQFOJOH
*G
B
IJHI
JOQVU
TJHOBM
JT
SFRVJSFE
UP

DPSSFTQPOE
UP
WBMWF
DMPTJOH
VTF
UIF

+ or -
LFZ
UP
DIBOHF
UP
[LO] CL=20mA 

'PMPNBUJD
TFU
VQ
TDSFFOT
XJMM
CF

BVUPNBUJDBMMZ
EJTQMBZFE
XIFO
UIF

PQUJPO
JT
GJUUFE
3FGFS
UP
BDUVBUPS
XJSJOH

EJBHSBN

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
If setting [OI] is modified after
DPNNJTTJPOJOH
UIF
'PMPNBUJD
JU
XJMM

CF
OFDFTTBSZ
UP
SFDPNNJTTJPO
UIF

'PMPNBUJD

41

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
5IF
TJHOBM
UZQF
TFMFDUFE
XJMM
EFUFSNJOF

XIBU
JT
EJTQMBZFE
PO
UIF
JOQVU
TJHOBM

range screen [Fr] Analog Signal 
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Fr] Analog Signal 

Press the m
LFZ
UP
BDDFTT
UIF

'PMPNBUJD
TFUVQ
EJTQMBZ
NFOVT

Fr

Input
Signal Range

FL

FH

Valve Position
LOW Set Point

Valve Position
HIGH Set Point

Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU
GPS
SFRVJSFE

TJHOBM
XJUIJO
UIF
SBOHF
PG
oN"
PS

WPMUT
oN"
PS
WPMUT
PS
oN"
PS

WPMUT
JF
oN"


APPLY MINIMUM
SET POINT SIGNAL
Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU

APPLY MAXIMUM
SET POINT SIGNAL
Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU

If [FI] is set to current
N"
SBOHFT
XJMM

CF
EJTQMBZFE
*G
[FI] is set to Voltage

WPMUBHF
SBOHFT
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE.

[ ] [ ] Closed

[00] to [99]
] Open

[

[ ] [ ] Closed

[00] to [99]
] Open

[


WBMWF
DMPTFE
= percentage open

WBMWF
PQFO

UP
DPSSFTQPOE
XJUI
UIF
LOW set point

TJHOBM


WBMWF
DMPTFE
= percentage open

WBMWF
PQFO

UP
DPSSFTQPOE
XJUI
UIF
HIGH set point

TJHOBM

Analog Signal
Range: 4-20mA

020mA Range Selected

Analog Signal
Range: 0-20V

0-20V Range Selected

PRESS THE

KEY.

KEY.

Deadband
Adjustment

42

If the actuator hunts or responds

VOOFDFTTBSJMZ
UP
B
GMVDUVBUJOH
JOQVU

TJHOBM
UIF
EFBECBOE
NVTU
CF
JODSFBTFE

*G
NPSF
BDDVSBUF
DPOUSPM
JT
SFRVJSFE
UIF

EFBECBOE
NBZ
CF
EFDSFBTFE
Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
UIF

EFBECBOE
XJEUI
3BOHF
o

DPSSFTQPOET
UP
o
PG
TFUQPJOU

TJHOBM
/05&
.BYJNVN
EFBECBOE
JT


PG
WBMWF
TUSPLF
/PSNBMMZ
NJOJNVN

EFBECBOE
TIPVME
OPU
CF
MFTT
UIBO


High Set Point

Position: Open

Low Set Point

Position: Closed

PRESS THE

Fd

PRESS THE

Deadband
1.2%

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

PRESS THE

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[FH] High Set Point Position 

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Fd] Deadband 

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

KEY.

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Ft] Motion Inhibit Time 

The
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[FL] Low Set Point Position 

69

Ft

Motion Inhibit
Timer Adjustment

The motion inhibit timer introduces

B
EFMBZ
JO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
SFTQPOTF
UP

B
SBQJEMZ
GMVDUVBUJOH
JOQVU
TJHOBM

QSFWFOUJOH
VOOFDFTTBSZ
NPWFNFOU
0ODF
UIF
TZTUFN
TUBCJMJTFT
UIF
BDUVBUPS

XJMM
SFTQPOE
UP
TUFBEZ
DIBOHFT
JO
UIF

JOQVU
TJHOBM
BT
OFDFTTBSZ

FA

FF

Action On Loss of
Set Point Signal

Use + or -
LFZ
UP
FOBCMF
[On] or
disable [OF] action on loss of set point
TJHOBM
[On]
o

Failsafe
BT
EFUFSNJOFE
CZ
[FF]
[OF]
o

Go to Low SP

Failsafe Action

'BJMTBGF
BDUJPO
XIFO
[FA] Loss of Signal

set to [On] Failsafe
POMZ
Use + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
PO
MPTT
PG

input signal:
[Lo]
o

Go to Low SP position
[SP]
o

Stay Put

Use + or -
LFZ
UP
BEKVTU
NPUJPO
JOIJCJU

UJNF
JO
TFDPOET
SBOHF
o
/PSNBMMZ

it is recommended that motion inhibit
time should not be set to less than 5
seconds (refer to note on page 61)

[Hl]
o

Go to High SP
QPTJUJPO

Loss of Signal
Failsafe

FC

Manual/Auto
Selection

43

6TJOH
B
TXJUDIFE
JOQVU
ZPV
DBO
TFMFDU

CFUXFFO
'PMPNBUJD
"VUP

PQFSBUJPO
BOE

.BOVBM
IBSEXJSFE
SFNPUF

PQFSBUJPO

5IJT
DBO
CF
VTFE
JO
BQQMJDBUJPOT
XIFSF

ZPV
XBOU
UIF
PQUJPO
UP
PWFSSJEF
UIF

'PMPNBUJD
UP
BMMPX
GVMM
NBOVBM
DPOUSPM
PG

UIF
BDUVBUPS
GSPN
UIF
DPOUSPM
SPPN
"DUVBUPST
EJTQBUDIFE
XJMM
IBWF
UIJT

feature disabled as the default in order
UP
NJOJNJTF
DPNNJTTJPOJOH
UJNF
*G
ZPV

XPVME
MJLF
UIJT
GFBUVSF
FOBCMFE
VTF
UIF

+ or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
[On]
&OBCMFE

Failsafe Action
Go to Low SP

PRESS THE
Motion Inhibit
Time: 05 seconds

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

NOTE:
'BJMTBGF
BDUJPO
i0/w
XJMM
CF

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
WBMVF
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[FA] Loss of Signal 

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

FGGFDUJWF
POMZ
GPS
TZTUFNT
VTJOH
BO

PGGTFU
PS
MJWF
[FSP
TJHOBM
SBOHF
GPS

FYBNQMF
oN"

Manual / Auto
Disabled

[FF]
XJMM
POMZ
CF
EJTQMBZFE
JG
[FA] has
been set to [On]

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
6TJOH
UIF
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
TVQQMJFE
XJUI

UIF
BDUVBUPS
GPMMPX
UIF
JOTUSVDUJPOT

PO
IPX
UP
DPOOFDU
UIF
.BOVBM

"VUP

TFMFDUJPO
TXJUDI

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[FF] Failsafe Action 

Commissioning of the Folomatic is

OPX
DPNQMFUF
3FNPUF
DPOUSPM
NBZ
CF

TFMFDUFE

9.7

Remote Control Source

5IF
BWBJMBCMF
GPSNT
PG
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM

BSF
MJTUFE
CFMPX


4UBOEBSE
IBSEXJSFE
DPOUSPM
2 - Analogue control-Option Folomatic


/FUXPSL
DPOUSPM
JODMVEJOH
Option Pakscan
Option Modbus
Option Profibus
Option Foundation Fieldbus


0QUJPO
%FWJDF/FU
The setting for Remote Control Source
XJMM
EFQFOE
PO
UIF
UZQF
PG
SFNPUF

DPOUSPM
SFRVJSFE
BOE
UIF
PQUJPO

TQFDJGJFE
BOE
GJUUFE
$IFDL
BDUVBUPS

DJSDVJU
EJBHSBN
GPS
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
GPSN

Od

44

Remote Control Source

The setting of Remote Control Source

XJMM
CF
EFUFSNJOFE
CZ
UIF
PQUJPO
UIBU

IBT
CFFO
GJUUFE
JG
BOZ

To change the remote source press the

+ or -
LFZ
VOUJM
UIF
SFRVJSFE
TFUUJOH
JT

EJTQMBZFE

[rE] Hard-Wired Only 
1VTICVUUPOSFMBZ

contact control

PRESS THE

[oP] Network 
1BLTDBO
1SPGJCVT

.PECVT
'PVOEBUJPO
'JFMECVT
PS



%FWJDF/FU
DPOUSPM

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

[bo] Folomatic : Analogue Proportional

control
Control Type
Hard-wired Only

[OF] Remote Disabled : Remote control

disabled

Standard Hardwired
Remote Control

70

9.8

Bus System
Option Pakscan

Setting instructions for actuators

including an optional Pakscan Field
$POUSPM
6OJU
o
DIFDL
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
GPS

JODMVTJPO

Before setting the parameters for

Option Pakscan ensure Remote
Control Source [Od] has been
selected to [oP] in Section 9.7.
(refer to page 44)

PA

Pb

Pakscan Node
Address

The actuator Pakscan Field Control Unit

NVTU
CF
BMMPDBUFE
B
VOJRVF
MPPQ
OPEF

BEESFTT
The actuator must be in Loopback
and isolated from Pakscan loop traffic
GPS
JUT
BEESFTT
UP
CF
TFU
PS
DIBOHFE

-PPQCBDL
DBO
CF
BDIJFWFE
JO
UXP
XBZT


5VSO
0''
UIF
NBTUFS
TUBUJPO


*TPMBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS
GSPN
UIF


XJSF
DPOUSPM
MPPQ
CPUI
JO

PVU

The actuator Pakscan Field Control Unit

baud rate must be set to the loop baud
SBUF
'PS
B
1BLTDBO
XJSF
DPOUSPM
MPPQ

the selected baud rate must be common
to the master station and all the field
DPOUSPM
VOJUT
JODMVEFE
JO
UIF
MPPQ
The actuator must be in Loopback
and isolated from Pakscan loop traffic
GPS
JUT
CBVE
SBUF
UP
CF
TFU
PS
DIBOHFE
-PPQCBDL
DBO
CF
BDIJFWFE
JO
UXP
XBZT


5VSO
0''
UIF
NBTUFS
TUBUJPO

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
MPPQ
BEESFTT



*TPMBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS
GSPN
UIF


XJSF
DPOUSPM
MPPQ
CPUI
JO

PVU

"EESFTT
UP
CF
TFU
XJUIJO
UIF
SBOHF


o'
)FYBEFDJNBM

(refer to
table on page 79)

45

Pakscan
Baud Rate

Baud Rate
2400 Baud

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[PF] Aux I/P Mask 

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
CBVE
SBUF
[01] = 110 baud
[03] = 300 baud

Node Address
Hex 01 : Dec 001

PRESS THE

[06] = 600 baud

[12] = 1200 baud

KEY.

[24] = 2400 baud

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
[Pb] Baud Rate 

PF

46

Pakscan Remote
Auxiliary Input Mask

5IF
*2
BDUVBUPS
IBT
UIF
GBDJMJUZ
UP
BDDFQU

BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
"69o"69

5IFTF

BSF
VTFE
XIFO
TVQQMFNFOUBSZ
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
PS
EJHJUBM
BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
BSF
SFRVJSFE

in addition to the standard control and feedback features incorporated into the
1BLTDBO
DBSE
*U
JT
BMTP
QPTTJCMF
UP
IBWF
B
DPNCJOBUJPO
PG
CPUI
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
BOE

WPMUGSFF
JOQVUT
UP
QSPWJEF
GPS
FYBNQMF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
BT
XFMM
BT
B
IJHI

BOE
MPX
UBOL
MFWFM
BMBSN
JOEJDBUJPO
TVQQMJFE
WJB
BO
FYUFSOBM
USBOTEVDFS
5IF
IFYBEFDJNBM
OVNCFS
EJTQMBZFE
VOEFS
1'
DBO
CF
DPOTJEFSFE
BT
B
AATPGUXBSF

NBTL
*U
JT
UIJT
NBTL
UIBU
UFMMT
UIF
1BLTDBO
DBSE
XIBU
UZQF
PG
JOQVU
UP
FYQFDU

DPOUSPM
PS
JOQVU
TJHOBM
BOE
XIBU
GPSN
UIF
JOQVU
XJMM
CF
OPSNBMMZ
PQFO
PS
OPSNBMMZ

closed (refer to page 79 for Binary, Hexadecimal and Decimal Conversion Table)
5P
EFDJQIFS
UIF
NBTL
UIF
OVNCFS
OFFET
UP
CF
TQMJU
JOUP
UXP
TFQBSBUF
IFYBEFDJNBM

DIBSBDUFST
FBDI
PG
XIJDI
DBO
CF
TVCEJWJEFE
JOUP

CJOBSZ
CJUT
5IF
GJSTU

CJUT

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
GVODUJPO
BOE
UIF
TFDPOE

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
JOQVU
TPVSDF
LOPXO
BT

JOWFSU

1JDUPSJBMMZ
UIJT
DBO
CF
SFQSFTFOUFE
BT

Bits

Left side hex character

Aux 4 to 1 (function)
4321

Right side hex character

AUX 4 to 1 (Invert)
4321

o

&4%

#JU

"69

o

4UPQ
.BJOUBJO

#JU

"69

o

$MPTF

#JU

"69

o

0QFO

1. Function bit set to 0

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
GPS
GJFME
TUBUVT
SFQPSUJOH
FH
B
MFWFM
TXJUDI
PS
NPUPS
SVOOJOH
TUBUVT
*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD


BOE
B
DMPTFE
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD
AA
JF
UIJT
XJMM
JOWFSU
UIF
JOQVU

*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD


BOE
B
DMPTFE
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD
AA
JF
UIJT
HJWFT
B
OPOJOWFSUJOH

JOQVU


2. Function bit set to 1

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
DPNNBOE
UP
PQFSBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS
8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/$
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

When used for remote control of the actuator bits 4 to 1 of the function character
IBWF
CFFO
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
GPMMPXT
#JU

"69

Rules

8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/0
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

3. ESD Control
8IFO
VTJOH
&4%
BVY
JOQVU


UIF
&4%
DPOUBDU
NPEF
TFUUJOH
[A2] should be set to
UIF
EFGBVMU
WBMVF
PG
[nO]
5IF
[A1]o&4%
EJSFDUJPO
TFUUJOH
TIPVME
CF
TFU
UP
FJUIFS

0QFO
PS
$MPTF
UIF
WBMWF
(refer to page 36)

8IFO
VTFE
GPS
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT
UIFZ
BSF
TJNQMZ
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
"69

UP
"69


4. Stop (Maintain) Control

8IFO
FOFSHJTFE
UIJT
XJMM
NBLF
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF&4%
DPOUSPM
QVTIUPSVO

OPONBJOUBJOFE

8IFO
EFFOFSHJTFE
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF&4%
DPOUSPM
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE

71

PF

PF

Pakscan Remote
Auxiliary Input (continued)

Pakscan Remote
Auxiliary Input

47

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
NBTL
TFUUJOH

5. Remote I/P Setting

Ensure that the correct [Od] Control Type
TFUUJOH
JT
TFMFDUFE
SFGFS
UP
QBHF


For Pakscan this is [oP] Network 
5IF
GBDUPSZ
EFGBVMU
GPS
[PF] Aux I/P Mask is [OF] 0000 1111 

Examples

Aux I/P Mask

Bits: 0000 1111


5IF
GVMM
SBOHF
PG
SFNPUF
DPOUSPMT
JT
OFFEFE
0QFO
BOE
$MPTF
BSF
/0
BOE
&4%

BOE
4UPQNBJOUBJO
JT
/$

Auxiliary Input Mask [OF]

Aux I/P

4321

Function

1111

=F

Invert

0011

=3

PRESS THE


0QFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
JT
SFRVJSFE
BMPOH
XJUI

JOWFSUFE
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT

/PUF
UIBU
XJUI
UIJT
TFUUJOH
UIF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPNNBOET
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE

Aux I/P

4321

Function

0011

=3

Invert

0011

=3

For Pakscan module positioning settings

[OF]
SFGFS
UP
QBHF

If Pakscan positioning control is
SFRVJSFE
PRESS THE m KEY.

i.e. set [PF] to [33]

%JTQMBZ
[FL] Low Set Point Position

(refer to page 57)


0OMZ
BO
&4%
JOQVU
JT
OFFEFE
5IF
SFRVJSFNFOU
JT
GPS
QVTI
UP
SVO
DPOUSPM
XJUI
B

/0
DPOUBDU
JOQVU
Aux I/P

4321

Function

1100

=C

Invert

1000

=8

9.9

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

i.e. set [PF] to [F3]

i.e. set [PF] to [C8]

Bus System
Option Modbus [OP]

Setting instructions for actuators

including an optional Modbus RTU
NPEVMF
o
DIFDL
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
GPS

JODMVTJPO

Before setting the parameters for

Option Modbus ensure Remote
Control Source [Od] has been
selected to [oP] in Section 9.7.
(refer to page 44).
The actuator power must be
cycled for the changes to take effect.

PA

Pb

Modbus Node
Address

The Modbus module must be allocated

B
VOJRVF
BEESFTT
To set the address the Modbus module
NVTU
CF
JTPMBUFE
GSPN
UIF
IPTU
CZ

EJTDPOOFDUJOH
UIF
34
IJHIXBZ
PS

UVSOJOH
PGG
UIF
IPTU
EFWJDF
Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
BEESFTT
"EESFTT
UP
CF
TFU
XJUIJO
UIF
SBOHF


UP
'
)FYBEFDJNBM

*G
BO
BEESFTT

WBMVF
PVUTJEF
UIJT
SBOHF
JT
FOUFSFE
UIF

BEESFTT
TFU
XJMM
SFWFSU
UP

GPS


PS

'
GPS
WBMVF
BCPWF
'


48

Modbus Baudrate

The Modbus module must be set to the

34
IJHIXBZ
CBVESBUF
5P
TFU
UIF

baudrate the Modbus module must be
JTPMBUFE
GSPN
UIF
IPTU
CZ
EJTDPOOFDUJOH

UIF
34
IJHIXBZ
PS
UVSOJOH
PGG
UIF

IPTU
EFWJDF
Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
CBVESBUF
[01] = 110
[03] = 300
[12] = 1200
[48] = 4800
[19]




[57] = 57600

Node Address
Hex 01 : Dec 001

PRESS THE

[06] = 600
[24] = 2400
[96]


[38] = 38400
[11] = 115200

Baud Rate
2400 Baud

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Pb] Baud Rate 

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
[PF] Aux I/P Mask 

72

PF

49

Modbus Remote
Auxiliary Input

5IF
*2
BDUVBUPS
IBT
UIF
GBDJMJUZ
UP
BDDFQU

BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
"69
o
"69

5IFTF

BSF
VTFE
XIFO
TVQQMFNFOUBSZ
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
PS
EJHJUBM
BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
BSF
SFRVJSFE

in addition to the standard control and feedback features incorporated into the
.PECVT
NPEVMF
*U
JT
BMTP
QPTTJCMF
UP
IBWF
B
DPNCJOBUJPO
PG
CPUI
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM

BOE
WPMUGSFF
JOQVUT
UP
QSPWJEF
GPS
FYBNQMF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
BT
XFMM
BT
B

IJHI
BOE
MPX
UBOL
MFWFM
BMBSN
JOEJDBUJPO
TVQQMJFE
WJB
BO
FYUFSOBM
USBOTEVDFS
5IF
IFYBEFDJNBM
OVNCFS
EJTQMBZFE
VOEFS
1'
DBO
CF
DPOTJEFSFE
BT
B
AATPGUXBSF

NBTL
*U
JT
UIJT
NBTL
UIBU
UFMMT
UIF
.PECVT
NPEVMF
XIBU
UZQF
PG
JOQVU
UP
FYQFDU

DPOUSPM
PS
JOQVU
TJHOBM
BOE
XIBU
GPSN
UIF
JOQVU
XJMM
CF
OPSNBMMZ
PQFO
PS
OPSNBMMZ

closed (refer to page 79 for Binary, Hexadecimal and Decimal Conversion Table)
5P
EFDJQIFS
UIF
NBTL
UIF
OVNCFS
OFFET
UP
CF
TQMJU
JOUP
UXP
TFQBSBUF
IFYBEFDJNBM

DIBSBDUFST
FBDI
PG
XIJDI
DBO
CF
TVCEJWJEFE
JOUP

CJOBSZ
CJUT
5IF
GJSTU

CJUT

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
GVODUJPO
BOE
UIF
TFDPOE

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
JOQVU
TPVSDF
LOPXO
BT

JOWFSU

1JDUPSJBMMZ
UIJT
DBO
CF
SFQSFTFOUFE
BT

Bits

Left side hex character

Aux 4 to 1 (function)
4321

Right side hex character

AUX 4 to 1 (Invert)
4321

o

&4%

#JU

"69

o

4UPQ
.BJOUBJO

#JU

"69

o

$MPTF

#JU

"69

o

0QFO

1. Function bit set to 0

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
GPS
GJFME
TUBUVT
SFQPSUJOH
FH
B
MFWFM
TXJUDI
PS
NPUPS
SVOOJOH
TUBUVT
*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD

AA
BOE
B
DMPTFE
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD
AA
JF
UIJT
XJMM
JOWFSU
UIF
JOQVU

*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD


BOE
B
DMPTFE
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD
AA
JF
UIJT
HJWFT
B
OPOJOWFSUJOH

JOQVU


2. Function bit set to 1

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
DPNNBOE
UP
PQFSBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS
8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/$
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

When used for remote control of the actuator bits 4 to 1 of the function character
IBWF
CFFO
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
GPMMPXT
#JU

"69

Rules

8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/0
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

3. ESD Control
8IFO
VTJOH
&4%
BVY
JOQVU


UIF
&4%
DPOUBDU
NPEF
TFUUJOH
[A2] should be set to
UIF
EFGBVMU
WBMVF
PG
[nO]
5IF
[A1]o&4%
EJSFDUJPO
TFUUJOH
TIPVME
CF
TFU
UP
FJUIFS

0QFO
PS
$MPTF
UIF
WBMWF
(refer to page 36)

8IFO
VTFE
GPS
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT
UIFZ
BSF
TJNQMZ
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
"69

UP
"69


4. Stop (Maintain) Control

8IFO
FOFSHJTFE
UIJT
XJMM
NBLF
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF
DPOUSPM
QVTIUPSVO

8IFO
EFFOFSHJTFE
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF
DPOUSPM
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE
&4%
JT

BMXBZT
QVTI
UP
SVO
OPO
NBJOUBJOFE


PF

PP

Modbus Remote
Auxiliary Input (continued)

5. Remote I/P Setting

Ensure that the correct [Od] Control Type setting is selected (refer to page 44)

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
NBTL
TFUUJOH

For Modbus this is [OP] Network 

Examples

Aux I/P Mask

Bits: 0000 1111


5IF
GVMM
SBOHF
PG
SFNPUF
DPOUSPMT
JT
OFFEFE
0QFO
BOE
$MPTF
BSF
/0
BOE
&4%

BOE
4UPQNBJOUBJO
JT
/$
=F
= 3 i.e. set [PF] to [F3]

=3
= 3 i.e. set [PF] to [33]

PRESS THE

[En] Even
QBSJUZ
CJU

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

Modbus Parity
None

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[PP] Modbus Parity 

No Parity Bit

PRESS THE


0OMZ
BO
&4%
JOQVU
JT
OFFEFE
5IF
SFRVJSFNFOU
JT
GPS
QVTI
UP
SVO
DPOUSPM
XJUI
B

/0
DPOUBDU
JOQVU
Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 1 1 0 0
Invert
1000

[no] None
OP

QBSJUZ
CJU
[Od] Odd
QBSJUZ
CJU


0QFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
JT
SFRVJSFE
BMPOH
XJUI

JOWFSUFE
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT

/PUF
UIBU
XJUI
UIJT
TFUUJOH
UIF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPNNBOET
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE

Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 0 0 1 1
Invert
0011

8IFSF
.PECVT
QBSJUZ
CJU
EFUFDUJPO
JT

VTFE
UIF
NPEVMF
NVTU
CF
TFU
XJUI
UIF

QBSJUZ
CJU
TFUUJOH
PG
UIF
IPTU
Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
QBSJUZ
CJU

5IF
GBDUPSZ
EFGBVMU
GPS
[PF] Aux I/P Mask is [OF] 0000 1111 

Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 1 1 1 1
Invert
0011

50

Modbus Parity

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
For Modbus module positioning
settings and action on loss of signal
setting [OF] (refer to page 57)

=C
= 8 i.e. set [PF] to [C8]

If Modbus positioning control and

action on loss of communication are
SFRVJSFE
PRESS THE m KEY.
%JTQMBZ
[FL] Low Set Point Position
(refer to page 57)

73

9.10

PA

Bus System
Option Profibus DP [OP]

Setting instructions for actuators

JODMVEJOH
BO
PQUJPOBM
1SPGJCVT
%1

NPEVMF
o
DIFDL
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
GPS

JODMVTJPO

Before setting the parameters for

Option Profibus ensure Remote
Control Source [Od] has been
selected to [oP] in Section 9.7.
(refer to page 44).
Any settings made locally at
the actuator may be overwritten by
the host on startup unless the GSD
files are locked on the Profibus card.
Refer to publication S420E available
from www.rotork.com

51

Profibus Node
Address

5IF
1SPGJCVT
%1
NPEVMF
NVTU
CF

BMMPDBUFE
B
VOJRVF
BEESFTT
To set the address the Profibus module
NVTU
CF
JTPMBUFE
GSPN
UIF
IPTU
CZ

EJTDPOOFDUJOH
UIF
34
IJHIXBZ
PS

UVSOJOH
PGG
UIF
IPTU
EFWJDF

Node Address
Hex 01 : Dec 001

PRESS THE

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
BEESFTT
"EESFTT
UP
CF
TFU
XJUIJO
UIF
SBOHF


UP
&
)FYBEFDJNBM

(refer to
page 79 for conversion)
*G
BO
BEESFTT

WBMVF
PVUTJEF
UIJT
SBOHF
JT
FOUFSFE
UIF

BEESFTT
TFU
XJMM
SFWFSU
UP

GPS


PS

&
GPS
WBMVF
BCPWF
&


KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Pb] Baud Rate 
[Pb] has no relevance for the
Rotork Profibus DP Mk.2 card.
5IFSFGPSF
JG
UIF
3PUPSL
1SPGJCVT
%1
.L

DBSE
JT
GJUUFE
QSFTT
UIF
k
UP
EJTQMBZ

[PF] Aux I/P Mask 

The actuator power must be

cycled for the changes to take effect.

PF

52

Profibus Remote
Auxiliary Input

5IF
*2
BDUVBUPS
IBT
UIF
GBDJMJUZ
UP
BDDFQU

BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
"69o"69

5IFTF

BSF
VTFE
XIFO
TVQQMFNFOUBSZ
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
PS
EJHJUBM
BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
BSF
SFRVJSFE

in addition to the standard control and feedback features incorporated into the
1SPGJCVT
NPEVMF
*U
JT
BMTP
QPTTJCMF
UP
IBWF
B
DPNCJOBUJPO
PG
CPUI
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM

BOE
WPMUGSFF
JOQVUT
UP
QSPWJEF
GPS
FYBNQMF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
BT
XFMM
BT
B

IJHI
BOE
MPX
UBOL
MFWFM
BMBSN
JOEJDBUJPO
TVQQMJFE
WJB
BO
FYUFSOBM
USBOTEVDFS
5IF
IFYBEFDJNBM
OVNCFS
EJTQMBZFE
VOEFS
1'
DBO
CF
DPOTJEFSFE
BT
B
AATPGUXBSF

NBTL
*U
JT
UIJT
NBTL
UIBU
UFMMT
UIF
1SPGJCVT
NPEVMF
XIBU
UZQF
PG
JOQVU
UP
FYQFDU

DPOUSPM
PS
JOQVU
TJHOBM
BOE
XIBU
GPSN
UIF
JOQVU
XJMM
CF
OPSNBMMZ
PQFO
PS
OPSNBMMZ

closed (refer to page 79 for Binary, Hexadecimal and Decimal Conversion Table)
5P
EFDJQIFS
UIF
NBTL
UIF
OVNCFS
OFFET
UP
CF
TQMJU
JOUP
UXP
TFQBSBUF
IFYBEFDJNBM

DIBSBDUFST
FBDI
PG
XIJDI
DBO
CF
TVCEJWJEFE
JOUP

CJOBSZ
CJUT
5IF
GJSTU

CJUT

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
GVODUJPO
BOE
UIF
TFDPOE

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
JOQVU
TPVSDF
LOPXO
BT

JOWFSU

1JDUPSJBMMZ
UIJT
DBO
CF
SFQSFTFOUFE
BT

Bits

Left side hex character

Aux 4 to 1 (function)
4321

Right side hex character

AUX 4 to 1 (Invert)
4321

o

&4%

#JU

"69

o

4UPQ
.BJOUBJO

#JU

"69

o

$MPTF

#JU

"69

o

0QFO

1. Function bit set to 0

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
GPS
GJFME
TUBUVT
SFQPSUJOH
FH
B
MFWFM
TXJUDI
PS
NPUPS
SVOOJOH
TUBUVT
*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD

AA
BOE
B
DMPTFE
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD

JF
UIJT
XJMM
JOWFSU
UIF
JOQVU

*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD

AA
BOE
B
DMPTFE
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD
AA
JF
UIJT
HJWFT
B
OPOJOWFSUJOH

JOQVU


2. Function bit set to 1

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
DPNNBOE
UP
PQFSBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS
8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/$
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

When used for remote control of the actuator bits 4 to 1 of the function character
IBWF
CFFO
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
GPMMPXT
#JU

"69

Rules

8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/0
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

3. ESD Control
8IFO
VTJOH
&4%
BVY
JOQVU


UIF
&4%
DPOUBDU
NPEF
TFUUJOH
[A2] should be set to
UIF
EFGBVMU
WBMVF
PG
[nO]
5IF
[A1]o&4%
EJSFDUJPO
TFUUJOH
TIPVME
CF
TFU
UP
FJUIFS

PQFO
PS
DMPTF
UIF
WBMWF
(refer to page 36)

8IFO
VTFE
GPS
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT
UIFZ
BSF
TJNQMZ
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
"69

UP
"69


4. Stop/Maintain Control
8IFO
FOFSHJTFE
UIJT
XJMM
NBLF
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF
DPOUSPM
QVTI
UP
SVO
8IFO

EFFOFSHJTFE
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF
DPOUSPM
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE
&4%
JT
BMXBZT

QVTI
UP
SVO
OPO
NBJOUBJOFE


74

PF

PF

Profibus Remote
Auxiliary Input (continued)

Profibus Remote
Auxiliary Input

53

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
NBTL
TFUUJOH

5. Remote Source Setting [Od]

Ensure that the correct [Od] Control Type setting is selected (refer to page 44)
For Profibus this is [OP] Network 
5IF
GBDUPSZ
EFGBVMU
GPS
[PF] Aux I/P Mask is [OF] 0000 1111 

Examples

Aux I/P Mask

Bits: 0000 1111


5IF
GVMM
SBOHF
PG
SFNPUF
DPOUSPMT
JT
OFFEFE
0QFO
BOE
$MPTF
BSF
/0
BOE
&4%

BOE
4UPQNBJOUBJO
JT
/$
Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 1 1 1 1
Invert
0011

=F
= 3 i.e. set [PF] to [F3]

PRESS THE


0QFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
JT
SFRVJSFE
BMPOH
XJUI

JOWFSUFE
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT

/PUF
UIBU
XJUI
UIJT
TFUUJOH
UIF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPNNBOET
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE

Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 0 0 1 1
Invert
0011

If Profibus positioning control and

action on loss of communication are
SFRVJSFE
PRESS THE m KEY.

=3
= 3 i.e. set [PF] to [33]

%JTQMBZ
[FL] Low Set Point Position

SFGFS
UP
QBHF




0OMZ
BO
&4%
JOQVU
JT
OFFEFE
5IF
SFRVJSFNFOU
JT
GPS
QVTI
UP
SVO
DPOUSPM
XJUI
B

/0
DPOUBDU
JOQVU
Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 1 1 0 0
Invert
1000

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

=C
= 8 i.e. set [PF] to [C8]

9.11 Option DeviceNet

PA

Pb

DeviceNet Node
Address

54

DeviceNet Baudrate

Setting instructions for actuators

JODMVEJOH
BO
PQUJPOBM
%FWJDF/FU
%'6

NPEVMF
o
DIFDL
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
GPS

JODMVTJPO

5IF
%FWJDF/FU
NPEVMF
NVTU
CF

BMMPDBUFE
B
VOJRVF
BEESFTT

5IF
%FWJDF/FU
NPEVMF
NVTU
CF
TFU
UP

UIF
%FWJDF/FU
IJHIXBZ
CBVESBUF

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
BEESFTT

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
CBVESBUF

Before setting the parameters for

Option DeviceNet ensure Remote
Control Source [Od] has been
selected to [oP] in section 9.7.
(refer to page 44)

"EESFTT
UP
CF
TFU
XJUIJO
UIF
SBOHF


UP
'
)FYBEFDJNBM

4FF
QBHF

GPS

DPOWFSTJPO
*G
BO
BEESFTT
WBMVF
PVUTJEF

UIJT
SBOHF
JT
FOUFSFE
UIF
BEESFTT
TFU

XJMM
SFWFSU
UP

GPS


PS
'
GPS
WBMVF

BCPWF
'


[01] = 125 k baud

[03] = 250 k baud
[06] = 500 k baud

The actuator power must be

cycled for the changes to take effect.

Node Address
Hex 01 : Dec 001

PRESS THE

Baud Rate
500k baud

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
[Pb] Baud Rate 

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[PF] Aux I/P Mask 

75

PF

55

DeviceNet Remote
Auxiliary Input

5IF
*2
BDUVBUPS
IBT
UIF
GBDJMJUZ
UP
BDDFQU

BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
"69o"69

5IFTF

BSF
VTFE
XIFO
TVQQMFNFOUBSZ
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
PS
WPMU
GSFF
EJHJUBM
BVYJMJBSZ
JOQVUT
BSF

SFRVJSFE
JO
BEEJUJPO
UP
UIF
TUBOEBSE
DPOUSPM
BOE
GFFECBDL
GFBUVSFT
JODPSQPSBUFE

JOUP
UIF
%FWJDF/FU
NPEVMF
*U
JT
BMTP
QPTTJCMF
UP
IBWF
B
DPNCJOBUJPO
PG
CPUI
SFNPUF

DPOUSPM
BOE
WPMU
GSFF
JOQVUT
UP
QSPWJEF
GPS
FYBNQMF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
BT
XFMM

BT
B
IJHI
BOE
MPX
UBOL
MFWFM
BMBSN
JOEJDBUJPO
TVQQMJFE
WJB
BO
FYUFSOBM
USBOTEVDFS
5IF
IFYBEFDJNBM
OVNCFS
EJTQMBZFE
VOEFS
1'
DBO
CF
DPOTJEFSFE
BT
B
AATPGUXBSF

NBTL
*U
JT
UIJT
NBTL
UIBU
UFMMT
UIF
%FWJDF/FU
NPEVMF
XIBU
UZQF
PG
JOQVU
UP
FYQFDU

DPOUSPM
PS
JOQVU
TJHOBM
BOE
XIBU
GPSN
UIF
JOQVU
XJMM
CF
OPSNBMMZ
PQFO
PS
OPSNBMMZ

DMPTFE

5P
EFDJQIFS
UIF
NBTL
UIF
OVNCFS
OFFET
UP
CF
TQMJU
JOUP
UXP
TFQBSBUF
IFYBEFDJNBM

DIBSBDUFST
FBDI
PG
XIJDI
DBO
CF
TVCEJWJEFE
JOUP

CJOBSZ
CJUT
5IF
GJSTU

CJUT

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
GVODUJPO
BOE
UIF
TFDPOE

SFQSFTFOU
UIF
JOQVU
TPVSDF
LOPXO
BT

JOWFSU

1JDUPSJBMMZ
UIJT
DBO
CF
SFQSFTFOUFE
BT

Bits

Left side hex character

Aux 4 to 1 (function)
4321

o

&4%

#JU

"69

o

4UPQ
.BJOUBJO

#JU

"69

o

$MPTF

#JU

"69

o

0QFO

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
GPS
GJFME
TUBUVT
SFQPSUJOH
FH
B
MFWFM
TXJUDI
PS
NPUPS
SVOOJOH
TUBUVT
*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B

BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD

AA
BOE
B
DMPTF
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD
AA
JF
UIJT
XJMM
JOWFSU
UIF
JOQVU

*G
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
BO
PQFO
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD


BOE
B
DMPTF
DPOUBDU
JT
SFQPSUFE
BT
B
MPHJD
AA
JF
UIJT
HJWFT
B
OPOJOWFSUJOH

JOQVU


2. Function bit set to 1

"OZ
GVODUJPO
CJU
TFU
UP
AA
JOEJDBUFT
UIBU
UIF
QBSUJDVMBS
BVY
JOQVU
JT
UP
CF
USFBUFE
BT

B
EJHJUBM
DPNNBOE
UP
PQFSBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS

8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B
AA
UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/0
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

3. ESD Control
8IFO
VTJOH
&4%
BVY
JOQVU


UIF
&4%
DPOUBDU
NPEF
TFUUJOH
[A2] should be set to
UIF
EFGBVMU
WBMVF
PG
[nO]
5IF
[A1]o&4%
EJSFDUJPO
TFUUJOH
TIPVME
CF
TFU
UP
FJUIFS

PQFO
PS
DMPTF
UIF
WBMWF
(refer to page 36)

8IFO
VTFE
GPS
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT
UIFZ
BSF
TJNQMZ
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
"69

UP
"69


PF

1. Function bit set to 0

8IFO
UIF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
JOWFSU
CJU
JT
TFU
UP
B

UIJT
SFQSFTFOUT
BO
/$
DPOUBDU

BT
CFJOH
UIF
DPNNBOE
TPVSDF
JF
B
DMPTJOH
DPOUBDU
EFFOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU
BOE
BO

PQFOJOH
DPOUBDU
FOFSHJTFT
UIF
JOQVU

Right side hex character

AUX 4 to 1 (Invert)
4321

When used for remote control of the actuator bits 4 to 1 of the function character
IBWF
CFFO
EFTJHOBUFE
BT
GPMMPXT
#JU

"69

Rules

4. Stop (Maintain) Control

8IFO
FOFSHJTFE
UIJT
XJMM
NBLF
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF
DPOUSPM
QVTIUPSVO

8IFO
EFFOFSHJTFE
UIF
"VY
JOQVU
0QFO$MPTF
DPOUSPM
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE
&4%
JT

BMXBZT
QVTI
UP
SVO
OPO
NBJOUBJOFE


56

DeviceNet Remote
Auxiliary Input (continued)

5. Remote I/P Setting

Ensure that the correct [Od] Control Type setting is selected (refer to page 44)

Using the + or -
LFZT
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
NBTL
TFUUJOH

'PS
%FWJDF/FU
UIJT
JT
[OP] Network 
5IF
GBDUPSZ
EFGBVMU
GPS [PF] Aux I/P Mask is [OF] 0000 1111 

Examples

Aux I/P Mask

Bits: 0000 1111


5IF
GVMM
SBOHF
PG
SFNPUF
DPOUSPMT
JT
OFFEFE
0QFO
BOE
$MPTF
BSF
/0
BOE
&4%

BOE
4UPQNBJOUBJO
JT
/$
Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 1 1 1 1
Invert
0011

=F
= 3 i.e. set [PF] to [F3]


0QFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPOUSPM
JT
SFRVJSFE
BMPOH
XJUI

JOWFSUFE
EJHJUBM
TJHOBM
JOQVUT

/PUF
UIBU
XJUI
UIJT
TFUUJOH
UIF
PQFO
BOE
DMPTF
DPNNBOET
XJMM
CF
NBJOUBJOFE

Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 0 0 1 1
Invert
0011

PRESS THE

'PS
%FWJDF/FU
NPEVMF
QPTJUJPOJOH

settings and action on loss of signal
setting [OF] (refer to page 57)

=3
= 3 i.e. set [PF] to [33]


0OMZ
BO
&4%
JOQVU
JT
OFFEFE
5IF
SFRVJSFNFOU
JT
GPS
QVTI
UP
SVO
DPOUSPM
XJUI
B

/0
DPOUBDU
JOQVU
Aux I/P 4 3 2 1
Function 1 1 0 0
Invert
1000

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

=C
= 8 i.e. set [PF] to [C8]

76

9.12

Bus System Positioning

Control Settings

*G
UIF
TZTUFN
DPOUSPM
TUSBUFHZ
GPS

1BLTDBO
.PECVT
%FWJDF/FU
PS

1SPGJCVT
SFRVJSFT
JOUFSNFEJBUF
WBMWF

USBWFM
QPTJUJPOJOH
UP
B
%7
%FTJSFE

7BMVF

WBMVF
DPSSFTQPOEJOH
UP
SFRVJSFE

QPTJUJPO

UIF
DPOUSPM
QBSBNFUFST
JO
UIJT

TFDUJPO
OFFE
UP
CF
TFU
AA"DUJPO
PO
-PTT

PG
4JHOBM
QBSBNFUFST
BQQMZ
POMZ
UP

.PECVT
BOE
1SPGJCVT
TZTUFNT
Limited Range Positioning is a selectable
PQUJPO
XIFSFCZ
QPTJUJPOJOH
MJNJUT


BOE

DBO
CF
BU
EJGGFSFOU
QPTJUJPOT

to those used for digital Closed and
0QFO
MJNJU
DPNNBOET
-JNJUFE
SBOHF

positioning can be set using the [FL]
Low Set Point Position and [FH] High Set
Point Position
TDSFFOT
*U
TIPVME
CF
OPUFE
UIBU
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM

respond to a digital Open or Close host
DPNNBOE
CZ
NPWJOH
UIF
WBMWF
UP
UIF

TFU
MJNJUT
JSSFTQFDUJWF
PG
TFUUJOHT
NBEF

GPS
QPTJUJPOJOH
DPOUSPM
4FUUJOHT
GPS
%FBECBOE
BOE
.PUJPO

*OIJCJU
5JNF
BGGFDU
BDDVSBDZ
BOE

SFTQPOTF
UJNF
Any settings made locally at
the actuator may be overwritten by
the host on startup unless the GSD
files are locked on the Profibus card.
Refer to publication S420E available
from www.rotork.com

Ft

Bus System
Motion Inhibit Time (MIT)

.*5
TFUT
UIF
NJOJNVN
UJNF
CFUXFFO

TVDDFTTJWF
QPTJUJPO
DPNNBOET
CFJOH

BDUJPOFE
*U
JT
VTFE
JO
TJUVBUJPOT
UP

reduce the number of starts per hour
and to smooth out fluctuations if
DPOUJOVPVT
QPTJUJPOJOH
JT
JNQMFNFOUFE
4FUUJOH
UIF
MPOHFTU
QPTTJCMF
UJNF
XIJMF

NBJOUBJOJOH
BDDFQUBCMF
DPOUSPM
XJMM

NBYJNJTF
UIF
MJGF
PG
UIF
NPUPSJTFE

WBMWF

FL

FH

Bus System Valve

Position at 0% DV

Bus System Valve

Position at 100% DV

[FL] Low Set Point Position is the position

UP
XIJDI
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM
NPWF
JG
B


DPNNBOE
JT
TFOU

[FH] High Set Point Position is the

QPTJUJPO
UP
XIJDI
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM

NPWF
JG
B

DPNNBOE
JT
TFOU

Note that the position set for [FL]
XJMM

CF
SFQPSUFE
UP
UIF
IPTU
BT

5IF

BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
SFQPSU

PQFO
JO

UIF
SBOHF
TFU
CZ
UIF
MJNJUT

Note that the position set for [FH]
XJMM

CF
SFQPSUFE
UP
UIF
IPTU
BT

5IF

BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
SFQPSU

PQFO
JO

UIF
SBOHF
TFU
CZ
UIF
MJNJUT

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
JT
GPS

UP
CF
UIF

$MPTF
MJNJU

5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
JT
GPS

UP
CF

UIF
0QFO
MJNJU

Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
UIF
EFTJSFE

WBMWF
QPTJUJPO
GPS
B

DPNNBOE

Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
UIF
EFTJSFE

WBMWF
QPTJUJPO
GPS
B

DPNNBOE

Low Set Point

Position: Closed

High Set Point

Position: Open

0% DV = Valve Closed

100% DV = Valve Open

PRESS THE

KEY.

PRESS THE

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[FH] High Set Point Position 

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Fd] Deadband 

FA

Modbus, Profibus &

DeviceNet
Action on Loss of Signal

.PECVT
1SPGJCVT

%FWJDF/FU
NPEVMFT

can be set to respond on loss of host
DPNNVOJDBUJPO
CZ
QPTJUJPOJOH
UIF

WBMWF
.PECVT
DIFDLT
GPS
B
MPTT
PG

HFOFSBM
IJHIXBZ
DPNNVOJDBUJPOT

XIFSFBT
1SPGJCVT

%FWJDF/FU
DIFDL

for a loss of communications addressed
TQFDJGJDBMMZ
UP
UIFNTFMWFT

FF

Modbus, Profibus
& DeviceNet
Failsafe Action

.PECVT
1SPGJCVT

%FWJDF/FU
GBJMTBGF

BDUJPO
XIFO
[FA]
JT
FOBCMFE
Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
TFUUJOH
[Lo] Go to Low SP
QPTJUJPO
[SP] Stay put
[HI] Go to High SP
QPTJUJPO

The default setting is off [OF] and the

EFGBVMU
UJNFPVU
JT

TFD

[On] Failsafe
BT
EFUFSNJOFE
CZ
TFUUJOH
[FF]

Failsafe Action
Go to Low SP

[OF] Go to Low SP
QPTJUJPO

PRESS THE

Motion Inhibit
Time: 05 seconds

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[FA] Loss of Signal
.PECVT
1SPGJCVT

%FWJDFOFU
POMZ


"MM
QPTJUJPOJOH
DPNNBOET
BSF
TVCKFDU
UP

B
EFBECBOE
UPMFSBODF
5IF
EFBECBOE
TFUT
UIF
FYQFDUFE

QPTJUJPOJOH
BDDVSBDZ
PG
UIF
BDUVBUPS

BOE
JT
EFQFOEFOU
PO
WBSJPVT
GBDUPST

JODMVEJOH
BDUVBUPS
PVUQVU
TQFFE

OVNCFS
PG
UVSOT
BOE
WBMWF
UPSRVF
*G

UIF
EFBECBOE
JT
TFU
UPP
MPX
UIF
WBMWF

NBZ
AAIVOU
BSPVOE
UIF
TFU
QPJOU
Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
TFUUJOH

Deadband
2.5%

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Ft] Motion Inhibit Time 

[00] to [99]


UP

TFDPOET

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

57

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
TFUUJOH

KEY.

Bus System
Deadband Adjustment

<>
UP
<>
o

UP

PG
WBMWF

TUSPLF

Use the + or -
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
UIF

SFRVJSFE
TFUUJOH

PRESS THE

Fd

Loss of Signal
Failsafe

Failsafe Action Enabled

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[FF] Failsafe Action 

77

58

9.13

Option
Interrupter Timer

OJ

Setting instructions for actuator

including an interrupter timer.

When fitted, the timer will be

made available for operation.

The interrupter timer enables pulsed

iTUPQTUBSUw
PQFSBUJPO
CZ
UIF
BDUVBUPS

as a response to local and remote
DPOUSPM
DPNNBOET

The Interrupter cannot be

enabled or disabled using the
Setting Tool.

5IJT
FGGFDUJWFMZ
JODSFBTFT
UIF
WBMWF

TUSPLF
UJNF
BOE
DBO
CF
BEKVTUFE
UP

QSFWFOU
IZESBVMJD
TIPDL
XBUFS
IBNNFS


BOE
GMPX
TVSHFT
JO
QJQFMJOFT
The interrupter timer is an optional
FYUSB
o
DIFDL
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
GPS

JODMVTJPO

Jd

Interrupter Timer
Enabled/Disabled

Interrupter Timer
Direction

The default for timer direction is [CL]

UJNFS
PQFSBUJPO
XJMM
start in closing
and stop in opening
o
QVMTJOH

PQFSBUJPO
BSPVOE
UIF
DMPTF
QPTJUJPO
*G
QVMTJOH
PQFSBUJPO
JT
SFRVJSFE
UP
TUPQ

JO
DMPTJOH
BOE
TUBSU
JO
PQFOJOH
o
BSPVOE

UIF
PQFO
QPTJUJPO
VTF
UIF
+ or -
LFZ

JC

Position in Valve
Closing Stroke for
Timer to Start

59

Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU
UIF
QPTJUJPO

for the TIMER TO START WHEN THE
VALVE IS CLOSING.
[ ] [ ] Closed

[00] to [99]
] Open

[


WBMWF
DMPTFE
= percentage open

WBMWF
PQFO

5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[OP] Opening 

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE



JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

Int. Timer
Enabled

Int. Timer
Disabled

Interrupter Timer Interrupter Timer

Disabled
Enabled

Timer Set to Start Pulsing when

Closing Valve Reaches 25% Open

8IFO
UIF
UJNFS
PQUJPO
JT
BWBJMBCMF
BO

additional series of settings can be
BDDFTTFE
CZ
QSFTTJOH
UIF
m
LFZ

Timer Start
Closing

NOTE: If the timer option is not

BWBJMBCMF
QSFTTJOH
UIF
m
LFZ
XJMM
OPU

BDDFTT
TFUUJOH

Pulsed Operation Around the

Closed Position

Press the m
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ
JOUFSSVQUFS

UJNFS
TFUVQ
TDSFFOT

Timer Start
Position: 25%

NOTE: Instructions [JC] and [JO] are

for timer operation around the Closed
QPTJUJPO
'PS
UJNJOH
BSPVOE
UIF
0QFO

QPTJUJPO
SFBE
TUPQ
GPS
TUBSU
[JC] and
start for stop [JO]

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
*G
UIF
UJNJOH
JT
OPU
SFRVJSFE
JO
UIF

closing stroke select [JC] to [ ] [ ]
WBMWF

DMPTFE
QPTJUJPO
Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[JO] Timer Stop Position 

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[JC] Timer Start Position 

JO

Position in Valve Opening

Stroke for Timer to Stop

Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU
UIF
QPTJUJPO

for the TIMER TO STOP WHEN THE
VALVE IS OPENING.
[ ] [ ] Closed

[00] to [99]
[

] Open

JF

Contactor On Time

Contactor Off Time

Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU
UIF
BDUVBUPS

SVO
QFSJPE
JO
UIF
SBOHF
o
TFDPOET

Using the + or -
LFZ
TFMFDU
UIF
BDUVBUPS

TUPQ
QFSJPE
JO
UIF
SBOHF
o
TFDPOET

Timer On Time
05 Seconds

Timer Off Time

25 Seconds

Actuator Run Period

Set for 5 Seconds

Actuator OFF Period

Set for 25 Seconds


WBMWF
DMPTFE
= percentage open

WBMWF
PQFO

Timer Stop
Position: 25%

Timer Set to Stop Pulsing

when Opening Valve
Reaches 25% Open

PRESS THE

Jn

KEY.

PRESS THE

KEY.

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[JF] Timer Off Time 

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[JE] Timer Override ESD
(refer to note on Page 61)

JE

ESD Override
Interrupter Timer

5IF
JOUFSSVQUFS
UJNFS
NBZ
CF
PWFSSJEEFO

XIFO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
JT
VOEFS
&4%
TJHOBM

DPNNBOE
5IJT
XJMM
NFBO
UIF
BDUVBUPS

XJMM
SVO
UP
MJNJU
XJUIPVU
iTUPQTUBSUw

BDUJPO
VOEFS
&4%
DPNNBOE
Refer to [A1] o
[A3] (refer to page 36
for ESD settings)
5IF
EFGBVMU
GPS
&4%
PWFSSJEF
JOUFSSVQUFS

timer is [OF] No 
5IF
JOUFSSVQUFS
UJNFS

XJMM
DPOUJOVF
iTUPQTUBSUw
BDUJPO
EVSJOH

&4%
BDUJPO
*G
&4%
NVTU
PWFSSJEF
UIF
UJNFS
VTF
UIF

+ or -
UP
EJTQMBZ
[On] Yes 

Timer Override
ESD: No

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
*G
UJNJOH
JT
OPU
SFRVJSFE
JO
UIF
PQFOJOH

stroke select [JO] to [ ] [ ]

60

ESD Override Timer OFF

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[Jn] Timer On Time 

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

78

Example
"O
BDUVBUPS
GJUUFE
XJUI
UIF
JOUFSSVQUFS

UJNFS
BOE
TFU
BT
UIF
FYBNQMF
TIPXO
JO

UIFTF
JOTUSVDUJPOT
XPVME
PQFSBUF
BU
3BUFE
TQFFE
GSPN
GVMM
0QFO
UP


0QFO
16
SBUFE
TQFFE
GSPN

0QFO
UP
'VMMZ

$MPTFE
BOE
GSPN
'VMMZ
$MPTFE
UP


0QFO
3BUFE
TQFFE
GSPN

0QFO
UP
'VMMZ

0QFO

9.14

After Power Loss [OS]

The default setting for Setting Tool

Local Control is [OF] Control Disabled 
To enable Setting Tool Control press the
+ or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
[On]

PRESS THE

61

9.15 Inhibit Operation

Setting Tool
Local Control [Or]

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
8JUI
UIF
SFE
DPOUSPM
TFMFDUPS
JO
-PDBM

UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
DPOUSPM
LFZT
BSF
BDUJWF

(refer to page 17)

The default setting for this

protection option is disabled [OF].
When disabled it is important
that the actuator is not manually
operated during a power failure
if the battery is low as changes in
position cannot be tracked - refer
to page 6 for battery level status
display. Should this occur the
limits must be reset before electric
operation takes place- refer to LC/
LO page 27. Locking the hand auto
lever can prevent manual operation

SFGFS
UP
4FDUJPO

QBHF


8IFO
QSPUFDUJPO
JT
FOBCMFE
PO
QPXFS

VQ
JG
B
MPX
CBUUFSZ
JT
EFUFDUFE
UIF

BDUVBUPS
XJMM
JOIJCJU
FMFDUSJDBM
PQFSBUJPO

BOE
EJTQMBZ
1PXFS
-PTT
*OIJCJU
WJB

BDUVBUPS
BMBSN
EJTQMBZ
SFGFS
UP
QBHF



BOE
UIF
NPOJUPS
SFMBZ
XJMM
EFFOFSHJTF


-JNJUT
NVTU
SFTFU
BOE
UIF
CBUUFSZ

SFQMBDFE
o
SFGFS
UP
QBHF

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[OH] Close Colour 

Note
With a Folomatic option fitted and
UIF
*OUFSSVQUFS
5JNFS
FOBCMFE
UIF

Folomatic Motion Inhibit Timer must
CF
BEKVTUFE
UP
UIF
TBNF
UJNF
BT
UIBU

set for the Interrupter Timer contactor
PGGw
'BJMVSF
UP
EP
TP
XJMM
DBVTF
UIF
BDUVBUPS

SFTQPOTF
UP
EFGFS
UP
UIF
MPXFS
UJNF

XIJDI
NBZ
DBVTF
DPOUSPM
PS
QSPDFTT

QSPCMFNT
'PS
i0/w
BOE
i0''w
UJNFT
JO
FYDFTT
PG


TFDPOET
BQQMZ
UP
3PUPSL

9.16 Indicator LEDs

5IF
DPMPVS
PG
UIF
-&%T
PO
UIF
*2
EJTQMBZ

BSF
VTFS
DPOGJHVSBCMF
5IFTF
NFOV

TDFFOT
BMMPX
ZPV
UP
TFU
UIF
$MPTF
-&%

DPMPVS
BOE
UIF
.JE5SBWFM
-&%
CFJOH

PO
PS
PGG

I-R Tool Control

On
Power Loss
Inhibit : Off

Local Setting Tool Control Enabled

Vandal resistant actuators ONLY

SFECMBDL
TFMFDUPST
OPU
TVQQMJFE


'PS
DPOUSPM
UIF
TFMFDUJPO
PG
[Or] Vandal
Resist
JT
BT
GPMMPXT

5IF
QSPUFDUJPO
NBZ
CF
FOBCMFE
CZ
VTJOH

the + or -
LFZ
UP
TFMFDU
[On]

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

[On] Local Only 

[OF] Control Disabled 
[rE] Remote Only 

OH

OU

Close LED Colour

Mid-Travel LED

The default close limit position indicator

colour is [gr] Green 

5IF
EFGBVMU
GPS
NJE
USBWFM
QPTJUJPO

indicator colour is [OF] Off 

*G
SFE
JOEJDBUJPO
JT
SFRVJSFE
BU
UIF
DMPTF

MJNJU
QPTJUJPO
QSFTT
UIF
+ or -
LFZ

*G
NJEUSBWFM
-&%
JOEJDBUJPO
JT
SFRVJSFE

press the + or -
LFZ

5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[rE] Red 

5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
DIBOHF
UP
[On] On 

PRESS THE

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


indicating that it has been set

KEY.

5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
UIBU
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

9.17 Display Language

UL

62

Language

5IF
EFGBVMU
EJTQMBZ
UFYU
MBOHVBHF
JT

&OHMJTI
*G
UIF
MBOHVBHF
XBT
TQFDJGJFE

BU
UJNF
PG
PSEFS
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM
CF

EFTQBUDIFE
XJUI
UIF
TQFDJGJFE
MBOHVBHF

TFU
Press the + or -
LFZT
UP
WJFX
BMUFSOBUJWF

MBOHVBHFT
"WBJMBCMF
TUBOEBSE
MBOHVBHFT
(FSNBO
Deutsch

Close Colour
Green

Mid-Travel LED
Off

French Franais
Spanish Espaol

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[OU] Mid-Travel LED 

Press the k
LFZ
UP
EJTQMBZ

[UL] Language 

%FQFOEJOH
PO
UIF
TQFDJGJFE
MBOHVBHF

POMZ
&OHMJTI
BOE
POF
PUIFS
NBZ
CF

TVQQMJFE
XJUI
UIF
BDUVBUPS

Language
English

79

9.18

63

Default Options
[d1] and [d2]

"MM
*2
GVODUJPOT
BSF
DPOGJHVSFE
UP
B
TFU
PG
3PUPSL
EFGBVMU
TUBOEBSE

TFUUJOHT
CFGPSF

EFTQBUDI
TFF
UIF
UBCMF
PQQPTJUF
8IFO
SFRVFTUFE
BMUFSOBUJWF
TFUUJOHT
TQFDJGJFE

XJUI
UIF
PSEFS
XJMM
CF
VTFE
8IFO
TJUF
DPNNJTTJPOJOH
UBLFT
QMBDF
FOUFSFE
TFUUJOHT

PWFSXSJUF
3PUPSL
EFGBVMUT
BOE
UIFTF
AADVSSFOU
TFUUJOHT
BSF
VTFE
GPS
PQFSBUJPO
BMPOH

XJUI
UIF
SFNBJOJOH
VOBEKVTUFE
EFGBVMUT
4IPVME
EJGGJDVMUZ
CF
FODPVOUFSFE
EVSJOH
DPNNJTTJPOJOH
UIF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOHT
DBO
CF

SFJOTUBUFE
SFUVSOJOH
UIF
BDUVBUPS
DPOGJHVSBUJPO
UP
JUT
PSJHJOBM
NBOVGBDUVSFE
TUBUF

4JUF
DPNNJTTJPOJOH
NVTU
UIFO
CFHJO
BHBJO
5IFSF
BSF
UXP
MFWFMT
PG
EFGBVMU
d1 Rotork standard or customer specified Basic and Configuration Settings.
d2 Limit positions only factory set limits.

NOTE:

4FUUJOHT
BTTPDJBUFE
XJUI
DPOUSPM
PQUJPOT
'PMPNBUJD
1BLTDBO
.PECVT

1SPGJCVT
BOE
'PVOEBUJPO
'JFMECVT
BSF
OPU
BGGFDUFE
CZ
E
PS
E

'VODUJPOT
XJMM
SFNBJO
BT
TFU

Function

[d1] Default Setting

[P?]

1BTTXPSE

6OBGGFDUFE
o
XJMM
SFNBJO
BT
TFU

[Ir]

*S%"
o
*OTJHIU

[On]

*S%"
&OBCMFE

[C]


[Cl]
[Cl]
[40]


[40]

$MPDLXJTF
Close on Limit
Open on Limit

PG
SBUFE

PG
SBUFE

Basic Settings
[C1]


[C2]
[C3]
[tC]

[tO]

$MPTF
%JSFDUJPO


Close Action
Open Action
$MPTF
5PSRVF


0QFO
5PSRVF

Configuration Settings
[r1]
[r2]

If d1 is entered, all Basic and Configuration Settings except limit positions

will return to their default setting. See the table opposite for Rotork
standard settings. Basic settings (except limits) and Configuration Settings
must then be checked and reset as required (refer to Basic Settings page 22
and Configuration Settings page 31)
If d2 is entered the limits will be reset, with the actuator positioned at 50%.
Limits must then be reset to the suit the valve (refer to Basic Settings page 20)

9.18

Rotork standard [d1] Default settings for IQ:

Indication Contact S1
Indication Contact S2

[CI]/[nO]
$MPTF
/PSNBMMZ
0QFO
[OP]/[nO]
0QFO
/PSNBMMZ
0QFO

[r3]

Indication Contact S3

[r4]

Indication Contact S4

[CI]/[nC]

$MPTF
/PSNBMMZ
$MPTFE
[OP]/[nC]
0QFO
/PSNBMMZ
$MPTFE

[A1]

&4%
"DUJPO

[SP]

4UBZ
QVU
PO
&4%

[A2]

&4%
$POUBDU
5ZQF

[nO]

/PSNBMMZ
0QFO
NBLF
GPS
&4%

[A3]

&4%
5IFSNPTUBU
0WFSSJEF

[OF]

5IFSNPTUBUT
"DUJWF
EVSJOH
&4%

[A4]


[A5]

&4%
0WFSSJEF
*OUFSMPDLT


&4%
0WFSSJEF
-PDBM
4UPQ

[OF]


[OF]

*OUFSMPDLT
"DUJWF
EVSJOH
&4%
-PDBM
4UPQ
"DUJWF
EVSJOH
&4%

[A6]

Maintained Local Control

[On]

Maintains in Local Control

64

Default Options
[d1] and [d2] cont.

Rotork standard [d1] Default settings continued:

The Rotork standard default settings are subject to change without notice.

Function

[d1]

Default Setting

If specified with order, [d1] settings will be configured as requested.

[A7]
XJSF
3FNPUF
$POUSPM


[A8] Interlocks
[A9] Conditional Control
[AE]
5PSRVF
4XJUDI
#ZQBTT

[SP]

[OF]

[OF]
[OF]

4UBZ
1VU
PO
XJSF
TJHOBM
*-
GVODUJPO
EJTBCMFE
Function disabled
Function disabled

To reinstate [d1]
TFUUJOHT
XJUI
[d1]
EJTQMBZFE

PRESS THE

KEY.

5IF
TFUUJOH
CBST
XJMM
GMBTI
JOEJDBUJOH
UIF
[d1]
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOHT
IBWF
CFFO
SFJOTUBUFE

[OE]

0QUJPO
&YUSB
*OEJDBUJPO
$POUBDUT

[OF]

6OMFTT
GJUUFE
4FF
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN

5P
SFJOTUBUF
GBDUPSZ
TFU
MJNJUT
BDUVBUPS
QPTJUJPOFE
BU


XJUI
[d2]
EJTQMBZFE

[OI]
[Od]

Option CPT
Remote Source

[HI]
[rE]

4mA at Closed

PRESS THE

Unless option fitted

(refer to 9.7 page 44.)

5IF
TFUUJOH
CBST
XJMM
GMBTI
JOEJDBUJOH
UIF
[d2]
EFGBVMU
MJNJUT
IBWF
CFFO
SFJOTUBUFE

[OJ]

Option Interrupter Timer

[OF]

6OMFTT
GJUUFE
4FF
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN

[Or]

Setting Tool Local Control

[OF]

Setting Tool Control disabled

[OF]

Protection off

[OS]
1PXFS
-PTT
*OIJCJU

KEY.

Limits must now be reset. Refer to page 29.

Option Extra Indication Contacts (when fitted) - refer to wiring diagram

[r5]
[r6]

Indication Contact S5

[CI]/[nO]

$MPTF
OPSNBMMZ
PQFO

Indication Contact S6

[OP]/[nO]

0QFO
OPSNBMMZ
PQFO

[r7]


[r8]

Indication Contact S7

[tI]/[nO]

5PSRVF
5SJQ
.JE
5SBWFM



OPSNBMMZ
PQFO

Indication Contact S8

[rE]/[nO]

3FNPUF
4FMFDUFE



OPSNBMMZ
PQFO

Restore Config

[d1] Displayed

80

Reset Limits to
Range 25 Turns

[d2] Displayed

10

65

Maintenance, Monitoring
and Troubleshooting

Maintenance
&WFSZ
3PUPSL
BDUVBUPS
IBT
CFFO
GVMMZ

UFTUFE
CFGPSF
EJTQBUDI
UP
HJWF
ZFBST
PG

USPVCMFGSFF
PQFSBUJPO
QSPWJEJOH
JU
JT

JOTUBMMFE
TFBMFE
BOE
DPNNJTTJPOFE
JO

BDDPSEBODF
XJUI
UIF
JOTUSVDUJPOT
HJWFO

JO
UIJT
QVCMJDBUJPO
5IF
*2
BDUVBUPST
VOJRVF
EPVCMF
TFBMFE

OPOJOUSVTJWF
FODMPTVSF
QSPWJEFT

complete protection for the actuator
DPNQPOFOUT
$PWFST
TIPVME
OPU
CF
SFNPWFE
GPS

SPVUJOF
JOTQFDUJPO
BT
UIJT
NBZ
CF

EFUSJNFOUBM
UP
UIF
GVUVSF
SFMJBCJMJUZ
PG

UIF
BDUVBUPS
5IF
FMFDUSJDBM
DPOUSPM
NPEVMF
DPWFS
JT

CPOEFE
CZ
UIF
3PUPSL
RVBMJUZ
DPOUSPM

TFBM
*U
TIPVME
OPU
CF
SFNPWFE
BT
UIF

NPEVMF
DPOUBJOT
OP
TJUFTFSWJDFBCMF

DPNQPOFOUT
"MM
FMFDUSJDBM
QPXFS
TVQQMJFT
UP
UIF

BDUVBUPS
NVTU
CF
JTPMBUFE
CFGPSF
BOZ

maintenance or inspection is carried
PVU
FYDFQU
SFQMBDFNFOU
PG
UIF
CBUUFSZ
Electrical supplies must be isolated
CFGPSF
BDUVBUPS
DPWFST
BSF
SFNPWFE

SFGFS
UP
#BUUFSZ
SFQMBDFNFOU

JOTUSVDUJPOT

Routine maintenance should include

UIF
GPMMPXJOH

WARNING:


$IFDL
BDUVBUPS
UP
WBMWF
GJYJOH
CPMUT


GPS
UJHIUOFTT

&OTVSF
WBMWF
TUFNT
BOE
ESJWF
OVUT
BSF


DMFBO
BOE
QSPQFSMZ
MVCSJDBUFE

*G
UIF
NPUPSJTFE
WBMWF
JT
SBSFMZ


PQFSBUFE
B
SPVUJOF
PQFSBUJOH


TDIFEVMF
TIPVME
CF
TFU
VQ

3FQMBDF
BDUVBUPS
CBUUFSZ
FWFSZ


ZFBST

The battery holder in the actuator

gearcase also protects the user from
the hazardous live connections
inside the actuator and therefore it
must not be damaged. The actuator
must be isolated or disconnected
if the battery holder has to
be removed from the actuator
gearcase.
"
VOJRVF
DJSDVJU
IBT
CFFO
JODPSQPSBUFE

JOUP
UIF
CBUUFSZ
GVODUJPO
PG
UIF
*2

FGGFDUJWFMZ
SFEVDJOH
UIF
PWFSBMM
ESBJO

BOE
TJHOJGJDBOUMZ
JODSFBTJOH
UIF
CBUUFSZ

MJGF

* Check the actuator enclosure for

EBNBHF
MPPTF
PS
NJTTJOH
GBTUFOFST

&OTVSF
UIFSF
JT
OPU
BO
FYDFTTJWF
build up of dust or contaminant

PO
UIF
BDUVBUPS

In normal circumstances
battery replacement interval should
not exceed 5 years. Ambient
temperature and plant operating
conditions may affect battery life.


$IFDL
GPS
BOZ
MPTT
PG
MVCSJDBOU
(refer to page 78 for lubricants).

The Actuator Battery

5IF
CBUUFSZ
TVQQPSUT
UIF
BDUVBUPS

position updating circuits and the
QPTJUJPO
-$%

EJTQMBZ
XIFO
UIF
NBJO

QPXFS
TVQQMZ
JT
UVSOFE
PGG
*U
FOTVSFT

the current position is updated and
EJTQMBZFE
XIFO
NBOVBM
PQFSBUJPO
UBLFT

QMBDF
XJUI
UIF
NBJO
QPXFS
UVSOFE
PGG

#BUUFSZ
MFWFM
TUBUVT
JT
JOEJDBUFE
CZ
BO

JDPO
PO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZ
SFGFS
UP

4FDUJPO

"MBSN
*OEJDBUJPO
(refer to
page 5)
*G
UIF
CBUUFSZ
JDPO
JT
EJTQMBZFE
UIF

CBUUFSZ
NVTU
CF
SFQMBDFE

5IF
CBUUFSZ
JT
OPU
SFRVJSFE
UP
SFUBJO
BOZ

BDUVBUPS
TFUUJOHT

10

Battery Replacement
*G
UIF
BDUVBUPS
JT
MPDBUFE
XJUIJO
B

IB[BSEPVT
BSFB
QFSNJTTJPO
NVTU
CF

PCUBJOFE
JO
UIF
GPSN
PG
B
AAIPU
XPSL

permit or other local regulation before
SFNPWBM
BOEPS
SFQMBDFNFOU
PG
UIF

CBUUFSZ
3FNPWBM
PG
UIF
CBUUFSZ
XJUI
UIF
NBJO

FMFDUSJDBM
QPXFS
TXJUDIFE
PGG
XJMM
SFTVMU

JO
TUPSFE
%BUBMPHHFS
SFDPSET
UJNF

reference being lost for the duration
XIFO
UIFSF
JT
OP
NBJOT
BOE
CBUUFSZ

QPXFS
*U
JT
UIFSFGPSF
SFDPNNFOEFE

UIBU
UIF
CBUUFSZ
JT
SFQMBDFE
XJUI
UIF

NBJO
FMFDUSJDBM
TVQQMZ
UP
UIF
BDUVBUPS

TXJUDIFE
PO
*G
NBJO
FMFDUSJDBM
QPXFS
JT
OPU
BWBJMBCMF

PS
JG
NBJO
QPXFS
IBT
CFFO
TXJUDIFE
PGG

XIJMF
UIF
CBUUFSZ
XBT
EJTDIBSHFE
JU
JT

recommended that the actuator limits
CF
DIFDLFE
BGUFS
CBUUFSZ
SFQMBDFNFOU

(refer to Section 8 Commissioning Basic
Settings, page 22)

Battery Removal
The actuator must be selected to Stop
using the red selector (refer to page 3)

"DDFTT
UP
UIF
CBUUFSZ
JT
WJB
B
MBCFMMFE

sealing plug situated on the main
HFBSDBTF
OFBS
UIF
IBOEXIFFM
IVC

66

Maintenance, Monitoring
and Troubleshooting cont.

3FNPWF
UIF
TFBMJOH
QMVH
VTJOH
UIF

BQQSPQSJBUF
"MMFO
LFZ
FOTVSJOH
UIF

AA0
SJOH
TFBM
SFNBJOT
PO
UIF
QMVH

%JTDPOOFDU
UIF
CBUUFSZ
XJSJOH
MPPN

GSPN
UIF
CBUUFSZ
UFSNJOBMT
6TJOH
UIF

CMBDL
QVMM
TUSBQ
MJGU
UIF
CBUUFSZ
PVU
PG

UIF
SVCCFS
TFBMJOH
QPDLFU

*G
JO
EPVCU
SFHBSEJOH
UIF
DPSSFDU
CBUUFSZ

UZQF
DPOUBDU
3PUPSL

Fitting Replacement Battery

Fit the pull strap around the
SFQMBDFNFOU
CBUUFSZ
BOE
JOTFSU
JOUP

UIF
SVCCFS
TFBMJOH
QPDLFU
3FDPOOFDU

UIF
CBUUFSZ
XJSJOH
MPPN
UP
UIF
CBUUFSZ

UFSNJOBMT
3FGJU
UIF
CBUUFSZ
TFBMJOH
QMVH

ensuring O ring is in good condition
BOE
DPSSFDUMZ
GJUUFE
)BOE
UJHIUFO
UIF

sealing plug to 8 Nm (6 lbsft) using the
BQQSPQSJBUF
"MMFO
LFZ

Oil

Fig. 10.1

Battery Types
'PS
&VSPQFBO
IB[BSEPVT
BSFB
DFSUJGJFE

BDUVBUPST
"5&9

VTF
BO
6MUSBMJGF
67-

MJUIJVN
NBOHBOFTF
EJPYJEF
CBUUFSZ
POMZ
For FM and CSA certified enclosures use
BO
6MUSBMJGF
67-
MJUIJVN
NBOHBOFTF

EJPYJEF
CBUUFSZ
&RVJWBMFOU
6-

SFDPHOJTFE
CBUUFSJFT
NBZ
CF
VTFE

6OMFTT
TQFDJBMMZ
PSEFSFE
GPS
FYUSFNF

DMJNBUJD
DPOEJUJPOT
3PUPSL
BDUVBUPST

BSF
EJTQBUDIFE
XJUI
HFBSDBTFT
GJMMFE

XJUI
4"&
&1
PJM
XIJDI
JT
TVJUBCMF
GPS

ambient temperatures ranging from
o'

o$
UP
'

$
*2
BDUVBUPST
EP
OPU
SFRVJSF
SFHVMBS

oil changes (refer to Weights and
Measures Section 11, page 78)

Torque and Position Monitoring

5IF
*2
SBOHF
PG
BDUVBUPST
JODPSQPSBUF

SFBM
UJNF
JOTUBOUBOFPVT
5PSRVF


1PTJUJPO
NPOJUPSJOH
BT
TUBOEBSE
5PSRVF

1PTJUJPO
DBO
CF
VTFE
UP

NPOJUPS
WBMWF
QFSGPSNBODF
EVSJOH

PQFSBUJPO
5IF
FGGFDU
PG
QSPDFTT

DIBOHFT
EJGGFSFOUJBM
QSFTTVSF
FUD

DBO

CF
FWBMVBUFE
5JHIU
TQPUT
JO
WBMWF
USBWFM

DBO
CF
QJOQPJOUFE
BT
XFMM
BT
HBVHJOH

UPSRVF
EFWFMPQFE
UISPVHI
TUSPLF
GPS

UPSRVF
WBMVF
TFUUJOH
(refer to pages
27, 28)
6TJOH
UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
UIF
EJTQMBZ
DBO

CF
TFU
UP
JOEJDBUF
5PSRVF
BOE
1PTJUJPO

BT
GPMMPXT
8JUI
UIF
BDUVBUPS
EJTQMBZJOH
$VSSFOU

1PTJUJPO
VTJOH
UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM

PRESS THE m KEY.

5IF
MPXFS
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
TIPX
UIF
UPSRVF

WBMVF
BT
B
QFSDFOUBHF
BOE
B
HSBQIJDBM

representation in the form of a bar
HSBQI

'PS
XBUFSUJHIU
85

BDUVBUPS
FODMPTVSFT

VTF
BO
6MUSBMJGF
67-
MJUIJVN

NBOHBOFTF
EJPYJEF
CBUUFSZ
PS
BOZ

FRVJWBMFOU
7
CBUUFSZ

81

Torque = 19%
&YBNQMF
TIPXT

PG
SBUFE

UPSRVF

BU

PQFO
QPTJUJPO
%JTQMBZ
UPSRVF

range: [00] to [99]
PG
SBUFE
UPSRVF

JO

JODSFNFOUT
'PS
WBMVFT
PG
UPSRVF

BCPWF

UIF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM
JOEJDBUF
[HI]
%JTQMBZ
QPTJUJPO
SBOHF
[ ] [ ]



[00] to [99]
]

[


WBMWF
DMPTFE
= percentage open

WBMWF
PQFO

'PS
B
TUBUJPOBSZ
BDUVBUPS
UIF
EJTQMBZ

XJMM
JOEJDBUF
UIF
BDUVBM
UPSRVF
WBMVF
BT

BQQMJFE
CZ
UIF
BDUVBUPS
5P
LFFQ
UIF
UPSRVF

QPTJUJPO
EJTQMBZ

BDUJWF
QSFTT
UIF
+ or -
LFZT
5IF
EJTQMBZ

XJMM
SFNBJO
BDUJWF
GPS
BQQSPYJNBUFMZ


NJOVUFT
GSPN
UIF
MBTU
LFZ
PQFSBUJPO

10

67

Maintenance, Monitoring
and Troubleshooting cont.

Torque Reference Profile

*2
UFYU
EJTQMBZ
NPEFMT
POMZ
0OMZ
WJTJCMF
XIFO
JO
4FUUJOH
.PEF
4FF

4FDUJPO

QBHF

5IJT
GFBUVSF
BMMPXT
UIF
VTFS
UP
TUPSF
B

SFGFSFODF
UPSRVF
QSPGJMF
XIJDI
DBO
CF

used to plan and determine periodic
NBJOUFOBODF

After commissioning has taken place
and the process is running under
OPSNBM
DPOEJUJPOT
B
QSPGJMF
PG
UIF
iBT

DPNNJTTJPOFEw
UPSRVF
NFBTVSFNFOU

PWFS
UIF
XIPMF
TUSPLF
DBO
CF
UBLFO

BOE
TUPSFE
JO
UIF
%BUBMPHHFS
5IF

TUPSFE
UPSRVF
SFGFSFODF
QSPGJMF
DBO
CF

DPNQBSFE
XJUI
MBUFS
UPSRVF
QSPGJMFT

using Rotork Insight in order to
determine changes in performance of
UIF
WBMWF
BOEPS
QSPDFTT
PWFS
UJNF
PS

VOEFS
EJGGFSFOU
DPOEJUJPOT

Storing a Reference Profile

5IF
MPDBUJPO
PG
UPSRVF
SFGFSFODF
QSPGJMF

[tP]
TDSFFO
JT
TIPXO
CFMPX

50

&OUFS
UIF
DPSSFDU
QBTTXPSE
BOE
QSFTT

the
LFZ
1BTTXPSE
$PSSFDUw

TIPVME
EJTQMBZ
CSJFGMZ
BOE
UIF
TFUUJOH

CBST
BQQFBS

Pressing the
LFZ
TUPSFT
UIF
MBTU

measured reference close-open and
PQFODMPTF
UPSRVF
QSPGJMFT
XJUIJO
UIF

EBUBMPHHFS

Press the k
BSSPX
LFZ

UJNFT
UP

EJTQMBZ
UIF
[tP] screen:

Press the k and m
LFZT
UPHFUIFS
UP

SFUVSO
UP
UIF
QPTJUJPOBM
EJTQMBZ

m
50
5PSRVF

m
P?

m
cr

5IF
SFGFSFODF
QSPGJMF
BMPOH
XJUI
DVSSFOU

QSPGJMFT
DBO
CF
WJFXFE
BOE
BOBMZTFE
VTJOH

*2
*OTJHIU
TPGUXBSF
BT
TIPXO
JO
'JH


Torque

PC

Configuration Settings

Ir

Torque Profile
Press
To Set

tP

*2
*OTJHIU
JT
BWBJMBCMF
GSFF
WJTJU
XXXSPUPSLDPN

Basic Settings
&BDI
BDUVBUPS
JT
TVQQMJFE
XJUIPVU
B

SFGFSFODF
QSPGJMF
TUPSFE
5P
TUPSF
B

SFGFSFODF
QSPGJMF
FMFDUSJDBMMZ
TUSPLF
UIF

BDUVBUPS
VOEFS
OPSNBM
QSPDFTT
DPOEJUJPOT
Once the reference stroke (close to
PQFO

PQFO
UP
DMPTF

JT
DPNQMFUF
TUPQ

UIF
BDUVBUPS


6TJOH
UIF
TVQQMJFE
4FUUJOH
5PPM
QSFTT

the m
BSSPX
LFZ
UXJDF
UP
EJTQMBZ
UIF

QBTTXPSE
TDSFFO
3FGFS
UP
TFDUJPO


QBHF


10

Fig. 10.2

10.1

Maintenance, Monitoring
and Troubleshooting cont.

Troubleshooting
5IF
*2
SBOHF
PG
BDUVBUPST
JT
UIF
XPSMET

first that can be commissioned and
JOUFSSPHBUFE
XJUIPVU
SFNPWJOH
FMFDUSJDBM

DPWFST
)FMQ
4DSFFO
EJBHOPTUJDT
FOBCMF

fast and complete fault finding to be
DBSSJFE
PVU
Question: With power on, the
actuator display is not backlit.
Position indicator lamp not
illuminated. What is wrong?
Answer:
8JUI
NBJOT
QPXFS
PO
UIF

BDUVBUPST
EJTQMBZ
TIPVME
CF
CBDLMJU

(refer to Section 3.3 page 4 The
Actuator Display)
$IFDL
UIBU

QIBTF
TVQQMZ
JT
BWBJMBCMF

BOE
JT
PG
UIF
DPSSFDU
WPMUBHF
BT
TUBUFE

PO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
OBNFQMBUF
.FBTVSF

WPMUBHF
QIBTF
UP
QIBTF
BDSPTT
UFSNJOBMT



BOE

PG
UIF
BDUVBUPS
UFSNJOBM

CVOH
Question: With power off, the
actuator does not display position.
What is wrong?
Answer:
8JUI
NBJOT
QPXFS
PGG
UIF

BDUVBUPS
CBUUFSZ
TVQQPSUT
QPTJUJPO

JOEJDBUJPO
MJRVJE
DSZTUBM
EJTQMBZ
POMZ

(Refer to Section 3.3 page 4 The

Actuator Display)
*G
UIF
EJTQMBZ
JT
CMBOL
UIF
BDUVBUPS

CBUUFSZ
NVTU
CF
SFQMBDFE
BOE
UIF
MJNJUT

PG
USBWFM
SFTFU
(refer to Section 10,
page 65 The Actuator Battery)

68

Setting Tool Pro

Download & Upload

Setting Tool Pro Download &

Upload
Setting Tool Pro includes a feature
XIJDI
BMMPXT
UIF
VTFS
UP
FYUSBDU

BOE
TUPSF
*2
BDUVBUPS
DPOGJHVSBUJPO

BOE
EBUBMPHHFS
GJMFT
XJUIJO
UIF
5PPM

4UPSFE
GJMFT
DBO
CF
WJFXFE
VTJOH
B
1$

SVOOJOH
*2
*OTJHIU

6TJOH
5IJT
UPPM

stored configuration files can also be
VQMPBEFE
CBDL
UP
*2
BDUVBUPST
JO
PSEFS

to replicate a setup for multiple units
MJNJUT
NVTU
CF
TFU
JOEJWJEVBMMZ


Download/Upload Menu structure

dL 01

dC 01

&YUSBDU
%BUBMPHHFS

&YUSBDU
Configuration

*2
*OTJHIU
JT
BWBJMBCMF
GSFF
GSPN
XXXSPUPSLDPN
Using the new features
%BUBMPHHFS
BOE
DPOGJHVSBUJPO
GJMFT

DBO
CF
FYUSBDUFE
BOE
TUPSFE
JO
UIF

5PPM
XJUIPVU
FOUFSJOH
B
QBTTXPSE
'PS

uploading configuration files from Tool
UP
BDUVBUPS
UIF
BDUVBUPST
QBTTXPSE

NVTU
GJSTU
CF
FOUFSFE
DPSSFDUMZ
o
TFF

TFDUJPO

QBHF

GPS
EFUBJMT
Accessing the menus
5IF
EPXOMPBEVQMPBE
NFOVT
BSF

BDDFTTFE
XIFO
UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
Pro
EPXOMPBE
LFZ
m
JT
QSFTTFE
*S%"

DPNNVOJDBUJPO
JT
JOJUJBMJTFE
UIF
HSFFO

-&%
JO
UIF
UPPM
XJOEPX
XJMM
GMBTI

5IF

user then has 30 seconds to connect
UP
UIF
BDUVBUPS

82

P? Id

"DUVBUPS
QBTTXPSE
entered?

Y
UC 01
Upload
Configuration

10.1

69

Setting Tool Pro

Download & Upload cont.

Downloading and storing IQ

Datalogger Files
Press the m Key
Extract Log
Extracting Data

5IF
HSFFO
-&%
WJTJCMF
JO
UIF
TFUUJOH
5PPM

XJOEPX
XJMM
TUBSU
GMBTIJOH
1PJOU
UIF
5PPM
BU
UIF
BDUVBUPS
%JTQMBZ
Once communication has been
TVDDFTTGVMMZ
FTUBCMJTIFE
UIF
&YUSBDU

%BUBMPHHFS
TDSFFO
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE

Extract Log
Memory Loc: 01

Extract Datalogger screen

Note.

*2
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
OPO
UFYU

EJTQMBZT
TIPX
DPEFTZNCPMT
POMZ
5IF
TDSFFO
XJMM
EFGBVMU
UP
.FNPSZ

-PDBUJPO

5IFSF
BSF
B
UPUBM
PG

GPVS
NFNPSZ
MPDBUJPOT
BWBJMBCMF
GPS

EBUBMPHHFST
XIJDI
BSF
TFMFDUFE
CZ

pressing the + or
LFZT

Downloading and storing IQ

Configuration Files

Note.

*2
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
OPO
UFYU

EJTQMBZT
TIPX
DPEFTZNCPMT
POMZ

Press the m Key

5IF
TDSFFO
XJMM
EFGBVMU
UP
.FNPSZ

-PDBUJPO

5IFSF
BSF
B
UPUBM
PG

UFO
NFNPSZ
MPDBUJPOT
BWBJMBCMF
GPS

$POGJHVSBUJPO
'JMFT
XIJDI
BSF
TFMFDUFE

CZ
QSFTTJOH
UIF
+ or
LFZT

5IF
HSFFO
-&%
WJTJCMF
JO
UIF
TFUUJOH
5PPM

XJOEPX
XJMM
TUBSU
GMBTIJOH
1PJOU
UIF
5PPM
BU
UIF
BDUVBUPS
%JTQMBZ

Extracting Log screen

Once communication has been

TVDDFTTGVMMZ
FTUBCMJTIFE
UIF
&YUSBDU

%BUBMPHHFS
TDSFFO
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE

Note.

*2
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
OPO
UFYU

EJTQMBZT
TIPX
DPEFTZNCPMT
POMZ
5IF
FYUSBDUJPO
UBLFT
BQQSPYJNBUFMZ


seconds for a full datalogger (2 minutes
GPS
OPO
UFYU
EJTQMBZT

"GUFS
B
TVDDFTTGVM

FYUSBDUJPO
UIF
TDSFFO
XJMM
SFWFSU
UP

UIF
&YUSBDU
-PH
TDSFFO
*G
EVSJOH
UIF

EPXOMPBEJOH
BO
FSSPS
JT
FODPVOUFSFE

[dL Er] XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
BMPOH
XJUI
Error
XBJU
GPS
UIF
TDSFFO
UP
SFWFSU
UP

[dL 01]
BOE
USZ
BHBJO

Extract Log
Memory Loc: 01

Extract Datalogger screen

Note.

*2
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
OPO
UFYU

EJTQMBZT
TIPX
DPEFTZNCPMT
POMZ

The action of downloading the

actuator datalogger file will
automatically download the
configuration file to the Tool.

PRESS THE

8IFO
UIF
SFRVJSFE
MPDBUJPO
IBT
CFFO


LFZ
UP
JOJUJBUF

TFMFDUFE
QSFTT
UIF

UIF
FYUSBDUJPO
5IF
GPMMPXJOH
TDSFFO
XJMM

CF
EJTQMBZFE

10.1

k KEY.

5IF
GPMMPXJOH
TDSFFO
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE

Extract Config
Memory Loc: 01

PRESS THE

Note: Actuator must be set to

Local when writing configuration
data.

PRESS THE

For access to the Upload Configuration

TDSFFO
UIF
BDUVBUPST
QBTTXPSE
NVTU

GJSTU
CF
TFU
DPSSFDUMZ
TFF
TFDUJPO



Press the m Key

k KEY.

5IF
EPXOMPBE
DPOGJHVSBUJPO
TDSFFO
XJMM

CF
EJTQMBZFE
[dC 01]

m KEY.

5IF
VQMPBE
DPOGJHVSBUJPO
TDSFFO
XJMM
CF

EJTQMBZFE

Note.
*2
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
OPO
UFYU

EJTQMBZT
TIPX
DPEFTZNCPMT
POMZ
5IF
XSJUJOH
QSPDFTT
UBLF
BQQSPYJNBUFMZ


TFDPOET
UP
DPNQMFUF
BGUFS
XIJDI

UIF
TDSFFO
SFWFSUT
UP
UIF
6QMPBEJOH

$POGJHVSBUJPO
TDSFFO
*G
EVSJOH
UIF

XSJUJOH
QSPDFTT
BO
FSSPS
JT
FODPVOUFSFE

[dL Er]
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
BMPOH
XJUI

Error
XBJU
GPS

TFDPOET
VOUJM
UIF

TDSFFO
SFWFSUT
UP
[UC 01]
BOE
USZ
BHBJO

Write Config
Memory Loc: 01

Upload Configuration screen

Note.

*2
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
OPO
UFYU

EJTQMBZT
TIPX
DPEFTZNCPMT
POMZ
Using the + or
LFZT
TFMFDU
UIF

NFNPSZ
MPDBUJPO
XIFSF
UIF
SFRVJSFE

configuration file is stored and press

LFZ
UIF
GPMMPXJOH
TDSFFO
XJMM

the
CF
EJTQMBZFE

5IF
HSFFO
-&%
WJTJCMF
JO
UIF
TFUUJOH
5PPM

XJOEPX
XJMM
TUBSU
GMBTIJOH
1PJOU
UIF
5PPM
BU
UIF
BDUVBUPS
%JTQMBZ
0ODF
DPNNVOJDBUJPO
IBT
CFFO
TVDDFTTGVMMZ
FTUBCMJTIFE
UIF
EPXOMPBE
EBUBMPHHFS

TDSFFO
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE[dL 01]

Extracting Configuration screen

Note.
*2
BDUVBUPST
XJUI
OPO
UFYU

EJTQMBZT
TIPX
DPEFTZNCPMT
POMZ
5IF
FYUSBDUJPO
UBLFT
BQQSPYJNBUFMZ


TFDPOET
"GUFS
B
TVDDFTTGVM
FYUSBDUJPO

UIF
TDSFFO
XJMM
SFWFSU
UP
UIF
&YUSBDU

DPOGJHVSBUJPO
TDSFFO
*G
EVSJOH
UIF

EPXOMPBEJOH
BO
FSSPS
JT
FODPVOUFSFE

[dL Er]
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
BMPOH
XJUI

Error,
XBJU
GPS

TFDPOET
VOUJM
UIF
TDSFFO

SFWFSUT
UP
[dC 01]
BOE
USZ
BHBJO

70

Uploading a configuration File to an

IQ actuator

Open and close limit positions and

current position are not copied
and must be set on each individual
actuator.

3FGFS
UP
TFDUJPO


Extract Config
Extracting Data

Extract Configuration screen

Setting Tool Pro

Download & Upload cont.

Warning: After uploading a

configuration file from the tool
to the actuator, the actuator basic
and configuration set up will be a
duplicate of the file set up.
3FGFS
UP
TFDUJPOT




8IFO
UIF
SFRVJSFE
MPDBUJPO
IBT
CFFO

TFMFDUFE
QSFTT
UIF


LFZ
UP
JOJUJBUF

UIF
FYUSBDUJPO
5IF
GPMMPXJOH
TDSFFO
XJMM

CF
EJTQMBZFE

Write Config
Writing Data

Uploading Configuration screen

83

10.2 Help Screens

8JUI
UIF
BDUVBUPS
QPXFSFE
VQ
BOE

-PDBM
PS
4UPQ
TFMFDUFE
FJHIU
)FMQ

Screens can be accessed using the
Setting Tool (refer to Fig. 9.1 page 32
for their location)
With Remote selected press the m
LFZ
PO
UIF
4FUUJOH
5PPM
UXJDF
5IF
)FMQ

4DSFFOT
XJMM
CF
EJTQMBZFE
Each screen uses bars to indicate
the status of a particular control or
JOEJDBUJPO
GVODUJPO
&BDI
CBS
SFBDUT
UP

changes in the status of its actuator
GVODUJPO
CZ
UVSOJOH
AAPO
PS
AAPGG

H1

H1

'PS
USPVCMFTIPPUJOH
BDDFTT
UIF

GPMMPXJOH
)FMQ
4DSFFOT
BOE
SFGFS
UP

UFYU

Phase
Loss

H1
o

'BDUPST
JOIJCJUJOH
FMFDUSJDBM



PQFSBUJPO

H4
o

.POJUPS
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
JOQVUT
UP



UIF
BDUVBUPS
H5
o

.POJUPS
SFNPUF
JOUFSMPDLT
MPDBM

control inputs and motor


UIFSNPTUBUT

-PX
#BUUFSZ

&4%

"DUJWF

5IF
CBUUFSZ
TIPVME
CF
SFQMBDFE
BU
UIF

FBSMJFTU
PQQPSUVOJUZ
(refer to page 65)

LOCAL CONTROLS ERROR

Bar ON = Invalid Local Control
Signals Detected.

#BUUFSZ
-PX
on

1PXFSVQ

POSITION ERROR

H7
o

.POJUPS
USBWFM
MJNJUT
DFOUSF



DPMVNO
BOE
QPTJUJPO
MJNJU
TUBUVT

%VSJOH
QPXFS
VQ
UIF
BDUVBUPS
QPTJUJPO

processor compares the current position
UP
UIBU
TUPSFE
JO
UIF
&FQSPN
*G
UIFSF
JT

B
EJTDSFQBODZ
UIJT
JT
TIPXO
BT
B
DVSSFOU

QPTJUJPO
FSSPS

Bar ON = Current Position Error

Present.

H3

PHASE LOSS
Bar ON = Phase Lost (3 Phase
Actuators Only).
-PTT
PG
UIJSE
NPOJUPSFE
QPXFS
TVQQMZ

QIBTF
DPOOFDUFE
UP
BDUVBUPS
UFSNJOBM


H4

Actuator Limit and

Fault Status

Remote Control
Inputs

H3

LOW BATTERY
Bar ON = Battery level low.
Bar OFF = Battery OK.
#BS
0/
XIFO
UIF
CBUUFSZ
JT
MPX
CVU
TUJMM

BCMF
UP
TVQQPSU
UIF
OFDFTTBSZ
BDUVBUPS

GVODUJPOT

$MPDLXJTF
Limit

Anti
$MPDLXJTF
Limit

Remote
Maintain 2

Remote
Open 1

&4%


3FNPUF
Close 1

Remote
$MPTF


&4%


Remote
Open 2

Remote
Maintain 1

Inhibit

ESD SIGNAL ACTIVE

72

H4

5IF
CBUUFSZ
TIPVME
CF
SFQMBDFE
BU
UIF

FBSMJFTU
QPTTJCMF
PQQPSUVOJUZ

#BUUFSZ

%JTDIBSHFE

'PS
FYBNQMF
JG
B
-PDBM
0QFO
BOE
$MPTF

signal is detected at the same time this
XPVME
CF
DMBTTFE
BT
BO
JOWBMJE
PS
GBVMU

DPOEJUJPO

Re-setting of both actuator limits

TIPVME
OPX
CF
DBSSJFE
PVU
(refer to
page 29)

Battery Level and

ESD Control Input

If [OS] is selected [On] (default is [OF])

UIF
BDUVBUPS
PQFSBUJPO
XJMM
CF
JOIJCJUFE

XIFO
QPXFSFE
VQ
XJUI
B
EJTDIBSHFE

CBUUFSZ
(refer to [OS] page 61).

H6
o

.POJUPS
UPSRVF
TXJUDI
TUBUVT
BOE

IR Setting Tool communication for


WBOEBM
QSPPG
BQQMJDBUJPOT

)FMQ
TDSFFO
CBST
TIPXO

BSF
VOEFGJOFE
BOE
NBZ

CF
0/
0''
PS
GMBTIJOH

Position
Error

)FMQ
4DSFFO


H9
o
3PUPSL
VTF
POMZ

H2

Bar ON = Low battery detected On

Power Up.

Local
Controls
Error

H8
o

.POJUPS
UIF
BDUVBUPST
QPTJUJPO


TFOTJOH
EFWJDFT

H2

BATTERY LOW ON POWER UP

H2
o

.POJUPS
CBUUFSZ
MFWFM
BOE
&4%



DPOUSPM
JOQVU
H3
o

.POJUPS
UIF
QPTJUJPO
MJNJU
BOE



BDUVBUPS
QPXFS
TVQQMZ
TUBUVT

71

Factors Inhibiting
Electrical Operation

Bar ON = ESD Signal is present.

)FMQ
4DSFFO


BATTERY DISCHARGED
Bar ON = Battery Discharged.
#BS
0/
XIFO
UIF
CBUUFSZ
JT
OP
MPOHFS

able to support actuator functions
VOEFS
MPTT
PG
QPXFS
DPOEJUJPOT
5IF
CBUUFSZ
NVTU
CF
SFQMBDFE
(refer to
Section 10 page 65) and limit positions
reset (refer to [LC] and [LO] page 29)

8IFO
BQQMJFE
BO
&NFSHFODZ
4IVUEPXO

4JHOBM
XJMM
PWFSSJEF
BOZ
FYJTUJOH
MPDBM

PS
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
TJHOBM
DBVTJOH
UIF

actuator to respond in the direction
TFMFDUFE
GPS
&4%
5IF
&4%
GVODUJPO
XJMM
CF
EFUFSNJOFE

CZ
UIF
TFUUJOHT
PO
$POUSPM
.PEF

Configuration screens [A1] to [A5]
(refer to Section 9.3 page 36)
5IF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM
OPU
SFTQPOE
UP
BOZ

MPDBM
PS
SFNPUF
DPOUSPM
XIJMF
BO
&4%

TJHOBM
JT
NBJOUBJOFE

)FMQ
4DSFFO


CLOCKWISE LIMIT

)FMQ
4DSFFO


Bar ON = Actuator has reached

clockwise limit of travel.

"MM
SFNPUF
TJHOBMT
EFTJHOBUFE
XJUI
A

BSF
TUBOEBSE
IBSE
XJSFE
SFNPUF
JOQVUT

ANTI-CLOCKWISE LIMIT

8IFO
B
1BLTDBO
1SPGJCVT
PS

'PVOEBUJPO
'JFMECVT
DBSE
JT
GJUUFE

remote control inputs are designated
XJUI
B
A

Bar ON = Actuator has reached

Anti-clockwise limit.

INHIBIT
Bar ON = Actuator inhibited.

Possible Causes:

REMOTE OPEN 1
Bar OFF = Remote Open Signal
Present.

1IBTF
-PTT

QIBTF
POMZ


1PXFS
-PTT
*OIJCJU
QBHF


*OUFSOBM
'BJMVSF

continued...

84

H4

Remote Control
Inputs continued

H5

H5

REMOTE CLOSE 1
Bar OFF = Remote Close Signal
Present.
ESD 1
Bar OFF = ESD signal present.

REMOTE MAINTAIN 1
Bar OFF = Remote Maintain
signal present.
Bar ON = Remote Maintain not
present and/or Remote Stop
active.

REMOTE OPEN 2
Bar OFF = Remote Open signal
present from BUS option pcb.

REMOTE CLOSE 2
Bar OFF = Remote Close signal
present from BUS option pcb.

ESD 2
Bar OFF = ESD signal present
from BUS option pcb.

REMOTE MAINTAIN 2
Bar OFF = Remote Maintain
signal present from BUS option
pcb.

Local Stop
not
Selected

Open
Interlock

CLOSE INTERLOCK

THERMOSTAT TRIPPED

Bar ON = Close Interlock Active.

(Actuator disabled)

Bar ON = Thermostat tripped.

5IF
BDUVBUPS
NPUPS
JT
QSPUFDUFE
CZ

UIFSNPTUBUT

Thermostat
Tripped

Close
Interlock

Unauthorised Close electrical operation

DBO
CF
QSFWFOUFE
CZ
JOUFSMPDLJOH

UIF
BDUVBUPS
$MPTF

DPOUSPM
XJUI
BO

FYUFSOBM
JOUFSMPDL
DPOUBDU

Local Open
not Present

Local not
Selected

*G
FYUFSOBM
JOUFSMPDLT
BSF
OPU
SFRVJSFE

the interlock function must be selected
0''

4IPVME
UIF
NPUPS
CFDPNF
PWFSIFBUFE

UIF
UIFSNPTUBUT
XJMM
USJQ
BOE
UIF

BDUVBUPS
XJMM
TUPQ
0O
DPPMJOH
UIF

UIFSNPTUBU
XJMM
BVUPNBUJDBMMZ
SFTFU

FOBCMJOH
PQFSBUJPO
4FF
UIF
BDUVBUPS

OBNFQMBUF
GPS
UIF
NPUPS
SBUJOH

REMOTE NOT SELECTED

LOCAL STOP NOT SELECTED

Bar ON = Remote control not selected.

Bar OFF = Remote control selected.

Bar ON = Local Stop not selected.

Bar OFF = Local stop selected.

LOCAL CLOSE NOT PRESENT

LOCAL NOT SELECTED

Bar ON = Local Close signal not present.

Bar OFF = Local Close signal present.

Bar ON = Local control not selected.

Bar OFF = Local control selected.

Local Close
not
Present

Remote
not
Selected

)FMQ
4DSFFO


OPEN INTERLOCK
Bar ON = Open Interlock Active.
(Actutator disabled)
Unauthorised Open electrical operation
DBO
CF
QSFWFOUFE
CZ
JOUFSMPDLJOH

UIF
BDUVBUPS
0QFO

DPOUSPM
XJUI
BO

FYUFSOBM
JOUFSMPDL
DPOUBDU

LOCAL OPEN NOT PRESENT

Bar ON = Local Open signal not present.
Bar OFF = Local Open signal present.

*G
FYUFSOBM
JOUFSMPDLT
BSF
OPU
SFRVJSFE

the interlock function must be selected
0''

Torque Switch Status & IR

Setting Tool Comms for
Vandal Proof Applications

H6

H6

IR Remote
Control not
Selected
IR Local
Control

%JTBCMFE

Local
Controls
OPU
'JUUFE

*3
0QFO

4JHOBM
OPU

Present

5PSRVF
4XJUDI
Tripped

)FMQ
4DSFFO

When actuators are supplied for
7BOEBM
1SPPG
BQQMJDBUJPOT
UIF
MPDBM

DPOUSPM
LOPCT
BSF
SFNPWFE
UP
QSFWFOU

VOBVUIPSJTFE
PQFSBUJPO
The local control functions are then
DBSSJFE
PVU
CZ
VTJOH
UIF
*OGSBSFE

4FUUJOH
5PPM

Travel Limits, Centre

Column & Remote
Indication Outputs

H7
TORQUE SWITCH TRIPPED

IR OPEN SIGNAL NOT PRESENT

Bar ON = Torque switch tripped.

Bar OFF = IR Open signal present.

8IFO
UIF
BDUVBUPS
HFOFSBUFT
B
WBMVF

PG
UPSRVF
FRVBM
UP
UIBU
TFU
GPS
0QFO

XIFO
PQFOJOH

PS
$MPTF
XIFO
DMPTJOH


JU
XJMM
TUPQ
QSPUFDUJOH
JUTFMG
BOE
UIF

WBMWF
GSPN
EBNBHF
5IJT
GFBUVSF
JT

LOPXO
BT
0WFS
5PSRVF
1SPUFDUJPO

IR CLOSE SIGNAL NOT PRESENT

0ODF
B
UPSRVF
USJQ
IBT
PDDVSSFE
GVSUIFS

PQFSBUJPO
*/
5)&
4".&
%*3&$5*0/
JT

QSFWFOUFE

IR Closed
Signal not
Present

73

Remote Interlocks,
Local Control
Inputs, & T/stat

5IJT
AAMBUDIJOH
PG
UIF
FWFOU
QSPUFDUT

UIF
BDUVBUPS
BOE
WBMWF
GSPN
SFQFBUFE

hammering against the obstruction
as a response to a maintained control
TJHOBM
To de-latch the actuator it must be
SFWFSTFE
(For actuator torque adjustment, refer
to [tC ] and [tO] pages 27 and 28)

H7
3FMBZ


Open
-JNJU

3FMBZ


3FMBZ


Bar OFF = IR Close signal present.

IR LOCAL CONTROL DISABLED

Bar OFF = IR Local control enabled.

5P
PQFSBUF
UIF
BDUVBUPS
MPDBMMZ
XJUI

the IR Setting Tool refer to the option
selection screen [Or]
4FDUJPO


QBHF

[Or] must be selected to [On]

Ir REMOTE CONTROL NOT

SELECTED

74

$MPTF
Limit
Actuator
.PWJOH

3FMBZ


)FMQ
4DSFFO


OPEN LIMIT

Bar OFF = Ir Remote control selected

WBOEBMQSPPG
VOJUT
POMZ


Bar ON = Actuator has reached

open limit.

8IFO
BDUVBUPS
JT
TVQQMJFE
XJUIPVU
MPDBM

DPOUSPMT
GPS
WBOEBM
QSPPG
BQQMJDBUJPOT

the option selection screen [Or] must
be set to [rE] for Remote operation
(refer to Section 9.14 page 61)

CLOSE LIMIT
Bar ON = Actuator has reached
Close limit.

ACTUATOR MOVING
Bar ON = Actuator moving.

LOCAL CONTROLS NOT FITTED

Bar OFF = Local controls fitted
(standard).
Bar ON = Local controls not fitted
(vandal proof).

SWITCH CONTACTS S1, S2, S3, S4

Bar ON = S contact is close circuit.
#BS
JOEJDBUJPO
JT
SFBM
UJNF
BOE
SFBDUJWF

(refer to Section 9.2 [r1] page 34 for
configuration of Scontacts)

85

H8

75

Actuator Position
Sensing Devices

H8

8IFO
UIF
NPUPS
JT
SVOOJOH
0/
BOE

0''
CJU
EVSBUJPO
TIPVME
CF
FRVBM
'PS
UIF
UXP
TFOTPST
"
BOE
#
DPSSFDU

PQFSBUJPO
JT
JOEJDBUFE
CZ
UIF
GPMMPXJOH

USVUI
UBCMF

Position
Sensor A
Position
Sensor B

5P
PCTFSWF
UIJT
GVODUJPO
TFMFDU
NBOVBM

operation and turn the actuator
IBOEXIFFM
DMPDLXJTF
TUBSUJOH
XJUI
BMM

sensors OFF:

)FMQ
4DSFFO


POSITION SENSOR A
4FOTFT
PVUQVU
SPUBUJPO
6TFE
GPS

UIF
QPTJUJPO
TFOTJOH
DJSDVJU
$PSSFDU

PQFSBUJPO
PG
UIF
TFOTPS
JT
JOEJDBUFE
CZ

the bar being ON (and OFF) 12 times
QFS
PVUQVU
SFWPMVUJPO
8IFO
UIF
NPUPS

JT
SVOOJOH
0/
BOE
0''
CJU
EVSBUJPO

TIPVME
CF
FRVBM

$-0$,8*4&

%FH

Sensor B

Sensor A

POSITION SENSOR B
4FOTFT
PVUQVU
SPUBUJPO
6TFE
GPS

UIF
QPTJUJPO
TFOTJOH
DJSDVJU
$PSSFDU

PQFSBUJPO
PG
UIF
TFOTPS
JT
JOEJDBUFE
CZ

the bar being ON (and OFF) 12 times
QFS
PVUQVU
SFWPMVUJPO

10.3

76

IQ Infrared
Diagnostic and Configuration

*2
BDUVBUPST
JODMVEF
BO
*S%"

*OGSBSFE

%BUB
"TTPDJBUJPO

JOUFSGBDF
BT
TUBOEBSE

BMMPXJOH
OPOJOUSVTJWF
EJBHOPTUJDT

BOBMZTJT
BOE
DPOGJHVSBUJPO
*2
*OTJHIU
TPGUXBSF
UPPM
GPS
1$
BOE
*2

1PDLFU
*OTJHIU
GPS
1%"
1FSTPOBM
%JHJUBM

"TTJTUBOU

IBWF
CFFO
EFWFMPQFE
UP

enable the actuator configuration and
onboard datalogger to be reconfigured
BOE
BOBMZTFE
"
1$
SVOOJOH
*2
*OTJHIU

TPGUXBSF
PS
1%"
SVOOJOH
*2
1PDLFU

Insight can be used to interrogate the
BDUVBUPS
WJB
OPOJOUSVTJWF
JOGSB
SFE
*S%"

DPNNVOJDBUJPO

7JTJU
XXXSPUPSLDPN

GPS
JOGPSNBUJPO


"MUFSOBUJWFMZ
UIF
JOUSJOTJDBMMZ
TBGF

Rotork Setting Tool Pro
BMMPXT
UIF

VTFS
UP
FYUSBDU
BOE
TUPSF
*2
BDUVBUPS

configuration and datalogger files
XJUIJO
UIF
5PPM
4UPSFE
GJMFT
DBO
CF

VQMPBEFE
PWFS
BO
*S%"
o64#
JOUFSGBDF

UP
B
1$
SVOOJOH
3PUPSL
*2
*OTJHIU

XIFSF
UIFZ
DBO
CF
WJFXFE
BOBMZTFE

BOE
TUPSFE
JO
B
TBGF
DMFBO
FOWJSPONFOU

Using the Setting Tool Pro
BDUVBUPS
TFU

VQ
DBO
CF
DPOGJHVSFE
PO
UIF
1$
TUPSFE

JO
UIF
UPPM
USBOTQPSUFE
UP
UIF
BDUVBUPS

BOE
VQMPBEFE

5IF
UPPM
DBO
USBOTGFS

the same configuration to multiple
BDUVBUPST
XIFSF
BDUVBUPS
TFUVQ
JT
UIF

TBNF

3FGFS
UP
QBHF


To enable communication with IQ

Insight the actuator IrDA interface
must be enabled.
5IF
EFGBVMU
TFUUJOH
GPS
*2
*S%"
JT
[On]

FOBCMJOH
*S%"

5P
EJTBCMF
*S%"
BOE
QSFWFOU
*S%"
BDDFTT

use the + or
LFZ
5IF
EJTQMBZ
XJMM

change to [OF]

PRESS THE

KEY.

The use of a notebook PC

or PDA with actuators located in
hazardous areas will be subject
to local regulations. It is the
responsibility of the user to seek
guidance and permission.
The Rotork Setting Tool and Setting
Tool Pro are certified Intrinsically
Safe (IS) and therefore can be used
in defined hazardous areas (refer to
QBHF



5IF
EJTQMBZFE
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
TUPSFE


JOEJDBUJOH
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

IrDA Comms
Enabled

*2
*OTJHIU
BOE
*2
1PDLFU
*OTJHIU

TPGUXBSF
BSF
BWBJMBCMF
GSFF
PG
DIBSHF

GSPN
UIF
3PUPSL
XFC
TJUF
XXXSPUPSLDPN

"
LJU
JT
BWBJMBCMF
GSPN
3PUPSL
XIJDI

JODMVEFT
BO
*S%"64#
BEBQUFS
BOE

ESJWFST
GPS
DPOOFDUJPO
UP
B
1$

5IF
,JU

BMTP
JODMVEFT
*2
*OTJHIU
TPGUXBSF

1%"
DPNNVOJDBUJPO
JT
WJB
UIF
JOUFSOBM
*S%"
QPSU

86

77

10.4 Environmental
End user advice on disposal at end of life of the product
Subject

Definition

Remarks / examples

Hazardous

Recyclable

EU Waste Code

#BUUFSJFT

-JUIJVN

"MLBMJOF

-FBE
"DJE

*2*25
TUBOECZ
CBUUFSZ

4FUUJOH
UPPM

#BUUFSZ
'BJMTBGF
6OJUT

:FT

:FT

:FT

:FT

:FT

:FT













8JMM
SFRVJSF
TQFDJBM
USFBUNFOU
CFGPSF
EJTQPTBM
VTFE
TQFDJBMJTU
SFDZDMFST
PS
XBTUF
EJTQPTBM
DPNQBOJFT

&MFDUSJDBM


&MFDUSPOJD

&RVJQNFOU

1SJOUFE
DJSDVJU
CPBSET

8JSF

"MM
1SPEVDUT

"MM
1SPEVDUT

:FT

:FT

:FT

:FT









6TF
TQFDJBMJTU
SFDZDMFST

(MBTT

-FOT8JOEPX

$FOFMFD
2VBMJGJFE
*2*25

"
3BOHF
1SJTN

/P

:FT





6TF
TQFDJBMJTU
SFDZDMFST

.FUBMT

"MVNJOJVN

$PQQFS#SBTT

;JOD

*SPO4UFFM

.JYFE
.FUBMT

(FBSDBTFT
BOE
DPWFST
NPTU
QSPEVDUT

8JSF
*2
DPMVNOT
OPU
BMM
TJ[FT

NPUPS
XJOEJOHT

*2
DMVUDI
3JOH
BOE
BTTPDJBUFE
DPNQPOFOUT

(FBST
BOE
(FBSDBTFT
"
3BOHF
BOE
MBSHFS
*2


*2
NPUPS
SPUPST

/P

/P

/P

/P

/P

:FT

:FT

:FT

:FT

:FT


















6TF
MJDFOTFE
SFDZDMFST

1MBTUJDT

(MBTT
GJMMFE
OZMPO

6OGJMMFE

$PWFST
*25
DMVUDI
DPNQPOFOUT
FMFDUSPOJDT
DIBTTJT

(FBST

/P

/P

/P

:FT









%JTQPTBM
BT
HFOFSBM
DPNFSDJBM
XBTUF
6TF
TQFDJBMJTU
SFDZDMFST

Oil (SFBTF

.JOFSBM

,FSPTFOF
.JYFE

.JOFSBM

'PPE
(SBEF

(SFBTF

(FBSCPY
MVCSJDBUJPO

:FT

:FT





(FBSCPY
MVCSJDBUJPO

:FT

:FT





(FBSCPY
MVCSJDBUJPO

:FT

:FT





4JEF
)BOEXIFFM  MJOFBS
ESJWF








































:FT















/P


















8JMM
SFRVJSF
TQFDJBM
USFBUNFOU
CFGPSF
EJTQPTBM
VTF
TQFDJBMJTU
SFDZDMFST
PS
XBTUF
EJTQPTBM
DPNQBOJFT

3VCCFS

4FBMT

0SJOHT

$PWFS
BOE
TIBGU
TFBMJOH

.BZ
SFRVJSF
TQFDJBM
USFBUNFOU
CFGPSF
EJTQPTBM
VTF
TQFDJBMJTU
XBTUF
EJTQPTBM
companies

:FT

/P





Disposal

In all cases check local authority regulation before disposal

11

78

Weights and Measures

Oil

Actuator Size

Nett Weight *
kg/lbs

Oil Capacity
litres/pt.-US

*2





*2





*2





Grease

*2





Side handwheels.
&YUSFNF
QSFTTVSF
NVMUJQVSQPTF
HSFBTF

.6-5*4
.4
PS
FRVJWBMFOU
'PS
MPX

temperatures use a grease suitable for
use at -60D
TVDI
BT
0QUJUFNQ
55
*&1
Linear drive unit.
&YUSFNF
QSFTTVSF
NVMUJQVSQPTF
HSFBTF

.6-5*4
.4
PS
FRVJWBMFOU

*2





*2





*2





*2





*2





*2





'PPE
HSBEF
MVCSJDBUJOH
PJM
JT
BWBJMBCMF
BT

BO
BMUFSOBUJWF
DPOUBDU
3PUPSL

*2





6OMFTT
TQFDJBMMZ
PSEFSFE
GPS
FYUSFNF

DMJNBUJD
DPOEJUJPOT
3PUPSL
BDUVBUPST

BSF
EJTQBUDIFE
XJUI
HFBSDBTFT
GJMMFE

XJUI
4"&
&1
PJM
TVJUBCMF
GPS
BNCJFOU

UFNQFSBUVSFT
SBOHJOH
GSPN
o'

o$
UP
'$

* NOTE:
&YDMVEFT
TFDPOE
TUBHF

HFBSCPY
JG
GJUUFE

87

79

BHD Binary, Hexadecimal and

Decimal Conversion Table
BINARY

HEX DEC

BINARY

HEX DEC

BINARY

HEX DEC

BINARY

HEX DEC

BINARY

HEX DEC

BINARY

HEX DEC

BINARY

HEX DEC

BINARY

HEX DEC

0000 0000

00

0010 0000

20

32

0100 0000

40

64









1000 0000

128

1010 0000

A0

160





$



1110 0000

E0

224

0000 0001

01

0010 0001

21

33

0100 0001

41

65

















1010 0001

A1

161





$



1110 0001

E1

225

0000 0010

02

0010 0010

22

34

0100 0010

42

66









1000 0010

82

130

1010 0010

A2

162





$



1110 0010

E2

226

1110 0011

E3

227

E4

228

0000 0011

03

0010 0011

23

80

35

0100 0011

43

67









1000 0011

83

131

1010 0011

A3

163





$



44

68

0110 0100

64 100

1000 0100

84

132

1010 0100

A4

164





$



1110 0100

0000 0100

04

0010 0100

24

36

0100 0100

0000 0101

05

0010 0101

25

37









0110 0101

65 101

1000 0101

85

133

1010 0101

A5

165





$







&



0000 0110

06

0010 0110

26

38

0100 0110

46

70

0110 0110

66 102

1000 0110

86

134

1010 0110

A6

166





$



1110 0110

E6

230

0000 0111

07









0100 0111

47

71

0110 0111

67 103

1000 0111

87

135

1010 0111

A7

167





$



1110 0111

E7

231

0000 1000

08

0010 1000

40

0100 1000

48

72

0110 1000

68 104

1000 1000

88

136

1010 1000

A8

168

1100 1000

1110 1000

E8

232





































"







$







&









28

C8

200

0000 1010

0A

10

0010 1010

2A

42

0100 1010

4A

74

0110 1010

6A 106

1000 1010

138

1010 1010

AA 170

1100 1010

CA 202

1110 1010

EA

234

0000 1011

0B

11

0010 1011

2B

43

0100 1011

4B

75

0110 1011

6B 107





#



1010 1011

AB

171

1100 1011

CB

203

1110 1011

EB

235

0000 1100

0C

12

0010 1100

2C

44

0100 1100

4C

76

0110 1100

6C 108

1000 1100

1010 1100

AC 172

1100 1100

CC 204

1110 1100

EC

236

8C

140





%







"%







$%







&%



6E 110

1000 1110

8E

142

1010 1110

AE

174

1100 1110

CE

206

1110 1110

EE

6F 111

1000 1111

8F

143

1010 1111

AF

175

1100 1111

CF

207





&'



0111 0000

70 112









1011 0000

B0

176





%



1111 0000

F0

240

0111 0001

71 113









1011 0001

B1

177





%



1111 0001

F1

241

82

0111 0010

72 114









1011 0010

B2

178





%



1111 0010

F2

242





%



1111 0011

F3

243





%







%







%







%



0000 1110

0E

14

0010 1110

2E

46

0100 1110

4E

78

0110 1110

0000 1111

0F

15

0010 1111

2F

47





'



0110 1111

0001 0000

10

16

0011 0000

30

48

0101 0000

50

80

0001 0001

11

17









0101 0001

51

81

0001 0010

12

18

0011 0010

50

0101 0010

52

32

8A

238









0011 0011

33

51

0101 0011

53

83

0111 0011

73 115













#



0001 0100

14

20

0011 0100

34

52

0101 0100

54

84

0111 0100

74 116









1011 0100

B4

180





%



1111 0100

F4

244

0001 0101

15

21

0011 0101

35

53

0101 0101

55

85

0111 0101

75 117









1011 0101

B5

181





%



1111 0101

F5

245

0001 0110

16

22

0011 0110

36

54

0101 0110

56

86

0111 0110

76

118









1011 0110

B6

182





%



1111 0110

F6

246

0001 0111

17

23

0011 0111

37

55

0101 0111

57

87

















1011 0111

B7

183





%



1111 0111

F7

247

0001 1000

18

24

0011 1000

38

56

0101 1000

58

88

0111 1000

120









1011 1000

B8

184





%



1111 1000

F8

248













































#







%







'



0001 1010

1A

26

0011 1010

58





"



0111 1010

7A

122





"



1011 1010

BA

186





%"



1111 1010

FA

250

0001 1011

1B

27





#







#



0111 1011

7B

123





#



1011 1011

BB

187





%#



1111 1011

FB

251

0001 1100

1C

28

0011 1100

60





$



0111 1100

7C

124





$



1011 1100

BC

188





%$



1111 1100

FC

252





%







%







%







%







%







#%







%%







'%



0001 1110

1E

30

0011 1110

3E

62





&



0111 1110

7E

126





&







#&






%&


1111 1110

FE

254

0001 1111

1F

31

0011 1111

3F

63







0111 1111

7F

127












%'



1111 1111

FF

255

12

3A
3C

'

78

'



#'



80

IQ Approvals

Refer to actuator nameplate for unit specific approval details

European Hazardous area
EExd IIB T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD
5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$

'
UP
'


EExd IIC T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD

International Hazardous area

IECEx. Exd IIB T4
*&$
BOE
*&$
GPS
&YE
**#
5
Temperature -20C to +60C (-4F to +140F)
0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$

'
UP
'


5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'


0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$

'
UP
'


IECEx. Exd IIC T4

EExde IIB T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD

USA hazardous Area

FM. Class I, Division 1, Groups C & D, Class II,
Division 1, Groups E, F & G.

5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'


0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'


EExde IIC T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD

5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$

'
UP
'


*&$
BOE
*&$
GPS
&YE
**$
5
5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'


'BDUPSZ
.VUVBM

&YQMPTJPOQSPPG
UP
/&$
"SUJDMF

5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

"MUFSOBUJWF
GPS
(SPVQ
#
IB[BSEPVT
BSFB
5FNQFSBUVSFT
BT
GPS
(SPVQT
$
BOE
%

Canada hazardous Area

$4"
&1
$MBTT
*
%JWJTJPO

(SPVQT
$
BOE
%
IB[BSEPVT
BSFBT
$BOBEJBO
4UBOEBSE
"TTPDJBUJPO

&YQMPTJPOQSPPG
5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

"MUFSOBUJWF
GPS
(SPVQ
#
IB[BSEPVT
BSFB
Temperature $
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$

'
UP
'


88

International Non hazardous

WT: Standard watertight, BS EN 60529 :1992,
IP68, 7 metres/72 hours.
5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'


US Non hazardous
NEMA 4, 4X and 6.
5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'


Canada Non hazardous

CSA WT: Canadian Standard Association
Watertight.
Wiring and components complying with CSA
Enclosure 4 and 4X.
5FNQFSBUVSF
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'

0QUJPO
$
UP
$
'
UP
'


Rotork can supply actuators to national

standards not listed above. For details please
contact Rotork.

AA

81

Heading Fuses
Approved

'4

#VTTNBO
5%$
SBUJOH
BT
QFS
USBOTGPSNFS
UZQF
4FF
BDUVBUPS
XJSJOH
EJBHSBN
GPS
USBOTGPSNFS
UZQF

5ZQF


N"
BOUJ
TVSHF
5ZQF


N"
BOUJ
TVSHF
5ZQF


N"
BOUJ
TVSHF
'4
"5&9
VOJUT
POMZ

#VTTNBO
5%4


N"
2VJDLCMPX
PS
-JUUFM
'VTF


N"
2VJDLCMPX

82

Appendix A

EL

Partial Stroke Limit

EP

5IF
FOE
PG
USBWFM
MJNJU
GSPN
XIJDI
UIF

QBSUJBM
TUSPLF
UFTU
XJMM
TUBSU
BOE
FOE

NVTU
CF
TFU

"
QPTJUJPO
DBO
CF
TFU
CFUXFFO


BOE

UP
HJWF
B
TFU
QPJOU
XJUIJO
UIF

USBWFM
UP
XIJDI
UIF
QBSUJBM
TUSPLF
SVOT

The default limit for partial stroke is

0QFO
MJNJU
VOEFS
UFTU
UIF
BDUVBUPS
XJMM

BVUPNBUJDBMMZ
NPWF
DMPTFE
GSPN
UIF

open limit to the set position and then
SFUVSO
UP
UIF
PQFO
MJNJU
QPTJUJPO

5P
TFU
UIF
QBSUJBM
TUSPLF
QPTJUJPO
1SFTT

the + or -
LFZ
UP
TDSPMM
CFUXFFO


BOE

"
NJOJNVN

4USPLF
JT

SFRVJSFE
GSPN
PQFO
MJNJU
UP
BMMPX
UIF

actuator to perform the partial stroke
BEFRVBUFMZ

To set the closed limit for partial stroke

[EL]
1SFTT
UIF
+ or -
LFZ
UP
DIBOHF

from Open [EL OP] to Closed [EL CL]

PRESS THE

Et

Partial Stroke Position

PRESS THE

KEY.

KEY.

Partial Stroke Timeout

5IF
UJNFPVU
GVODUJPO
BMMPXT
B

reasonable amount of time to be set
for the partial stroke to complete one
DZDMF
"O
BMBSN
DBO
CF
TFU
UP
BDUJWBUF
JG

the stroke hasnt been completed in the
TFU
UJNF
3FGFS
UP
4FDUJPO

JOEJDBUJPO

DPOUBDUT

5IF
1BSUJBM
4USPLF
UJNFPVU

NVTU
CF
TFU
UP
B
WBMVF
HSFBUFS
UIBO
UIBU

SFRVJSFE
UP
DPNQMFUF
UIF
1BSUJBM
4USPLF

VOEFS
OPSNBM
PQFSBUJOH
DPOEJUJPOT
5P
TFU
UIF
QBSUJBM
TUSPLF
UJNFPVU
QSFTT

the + or -
LFZ
UP
TDSPMM
VQ
PS
EPXO
JO


TFDPOE
JOUFSWBMT
4FU
UIF
SFRVJSFE
UJNF
BOE
PRESS THE

KEY.

Partial Stroke
Pos: 75%
Partial Stroke
Limit: Open

5IF
EJTQMBZ
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
[Stored]
JOEJDBUJOH
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

5IF
EJTQMBZ
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
[Stored]
JOEJDBUJOH
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU
P.Stroke Timeout
300 seconds

5IF
EJTQMBZ
PQUJPO
XJMM
GMBTI
[Stored]
JOEJDBUJOH
JU
IBT
CFFO
TFU

89

83

Rotork Sales and Service

*G
ZPVS
3PUPSL
BDUVBUPS
IBT
CFFO

DPSSFDUMZ
JOTUBMMFE
BOE
TFBMFE
JU
XJMM
HJWF

ZFBST
PG
USPVCMFGSFF
TFSWJDF
4IPVME
ZPV
SFRVJSF
UFDIOJDBM
BTTJTUBODF

PS
TQBSFT
3PUPSL
HVBSBOUFFT
UIF
CFTU

TFSWJDF
JO
UIF
XPSME
$POUBDU
ZPVS
MPDBM

3PUPSL
SFQSFTFOUBUJWF
PS
UIF
GBDUPSZ

EJSFDU
BU
UIF
BEESFTT
PO
UIF
OBNFQMBUF

RVPUJOH
UIF
BDUVBUPS
UZQF
BOE
TFSJBM

OVNCFS
"
GVMM
MJTUJOH
PG
PVS
XPSMEXJEF
TBMFT

BOE
TFSWJDF
OFUXPSL
JT
BWBJMBCMF
PO
PVS

XFCTJUF
BU
www.rotork.com

Head Office
Rotork Controls Limited
Brassmill Lane
Bath
BA1 3JQ

Local representative:

tel
+44 (0)1225 733200
fax
+44 (0)1225 333467
email mail@rotork.com

ATTENTION: RED PLASTIC PLUGS IN CONDUIT ENTRIES ARE FOR TRANSIT ONLY.
FOR LONG TERM PROTECTION FIT SUITABLE METAL PLUGS.
ATTENZIONE: I TAPPI IN PLASTICA ROSSA PER L'ENTRATA CAVI SONO SOLO
TEMPORANEI. PER UNA PROTEZIONE PERMANENTE PREGO SOSTITUIRLI CON
APPOSITI TAPPI METALLICI.
ATENCION: LOS TAPONES ROJOS DE PLASTICO EN LAS ENTRADAS DE CABLE
SON UNICAMENTE PARA TRANSPORTE. PARA PROTECCION PERMANENTE
COLOCAR TAPONES METALICOS APROPIADOS.
ACHTUNG: DIE ROTEN PLASTIKSTOPFEN SIND NUR FR DEN TRANSPORT
GEEIGNET. FR DAVERHAFTEN SCHUTZ SIND DIESE GEGEN GEEIGNETE
BLINDSTOPFEN AUSZTAUSCHEN.
ATTENTION: LES BOUCHONS PLASTIQUES ASSURENT UNE PROTECTION
TEMPORAIRE. POUR UNE PROTECTION DEFINITIVE UTILISER DES BOUCHONS
METALLIQUES.

As we are continually developing our products,

the design of Rotork actuators is subject to
change without notice. The latest product and
technical information is available at our
website: www.rotork.com.
The name Rotork is a registered trade mark.
Rotork recognises all registered trade marks.
POWTG0409

90

Published and produced in the U.K. by Rotork Controls Ltd.

Heading

Established leaders in Actuation Technology

IQ

&

IQT Range

electric valve actuators

with intelligent technology

Publication E110E issue 05/04

91

Rotork Actuation

World leaders in valve control

Contents

In the 45 years since the company was founded, Rotork

Actuation has become a byword for excellence in the field
of valve, sluice gate and damper actuation products for
the oil, gas, power, water and waste treatment industries
- worldwide.

Features of the IQ range

Reliability

Intelligent actuation

Protection

Applications

Intelligent communication

We owe our success to an uncompromising focus on

quality at every stage - and at every level - of Rotorks
operations.
From initial site survey, specification and design, through
to materials, manufacturing and testing, installation,
commissioning and after-sales service we accept nothing
but the best.
At the heart of the company is an exceptional workforce the highly trained, forward-thinking engineers, technicians
and support staff who each have a crucial role to play in
maintaining Rotorks unrivalled reputation for innovation,
reliability and first class customer support.

Rotork Pakscan system control

10

Fieldbus system control

11

Construction

12

Second stage gearboxes

14

Actuator specification

15

Performance summary

16

Rotork. Established leaders in actuation technology.

Rotork Controls Ltd, Bath, UK

Rotork Controls Inc, Rochester, USA

92

Rotorks IQ intelligent valve actuator range the best just got better
Rotorks tried and tested range
of IQ intelligent electric valve
actuators is now further enhanced
- retaining legendary features such
as Rotorks unique double sealing
system and non-intrusive infrared
commissioning capability by the
addition of the IQT dedicated
quarter-turn actuator.

sealing with a watertight enclosure

coupled with infra-red set-up and
comprehensive protection systems
have come together to make IQ the
world leader in reliable valve
operation. Gain peace of mind and
minimise maintenance costs with fit
and forget IQ technology.
Simple commissioning

The IQT (IQ quarter-turn) is the result

of ongoing commitment to product
development at the leading edge of
new technology. The Rotork IQ now
delivers a complete range of actuators
suitable for most quarter and
multi-turn applications that require
control and indication flexibility,
offering end users ever higher
standards of performance build quality
and overall value.

Simple, safe and rapid non-intrusive

commissioning with infra-red control.
Actuator settings such as torque
levels, position limits, control and
indication functions can be accessed
and adjusted using the point and
shoot IQ Setting Tool. The supplied,
intrinsically safe (IS) tool is unique
to Rotork and allows non-intrusive
actuator set-up whatever the
environment, power on or power off.

The IQ continues to offer all the key

benefits which have made it a world
leader including:

Simple troubleshooting

Fit for Life

Whatever the environment, whatever
the duty IQ has become a byword for
reliability. Design simplicity, double

Active valve, control and actuator

alarm icons are provided on the easy
to read illuminated display.
Access comprehensive, real-time,
diagnostic help screens with the IQ
Setting Tool for a full picture of local

and remote control status, actuator

configuration and torque against
position profiles. The on-board data
logger records operational, alarm and
valve torque profile data providing
valuable information of plant operating
performance and conditions.
IQ offers a range of powerful
features unparalleled in valve
actuation including:

Multi and quarter-turn capability

Three phase, direct current and

single phase actuators

On-board data logger included as

standard

IrDA compatible for local and

remote actuator analysis via PC

Clear, user friendly controls and

indication

Simplified torque and position

control for increased reliability

Rationalised electronics - system on

a chip technology

Comprehensive control and

indication flexibility

93

IQ - simply unmatched for reliability

Position measurement
Reliable process control depends on
accurate positioning of the valve at
end of travel and for fluid control, mid
travel. The patented IQ non-contacting
position measuring system is the most
simple yet devised for actuator control.
With only one moving part, the
resolver converts output centre column
rotation into an electronic signal which
is then compared to position limits
stored within a safe, non volatile
memory.
IQT speed control
By use of motor control technology
proven in the AQ range over 20 years
and now integrated with the IQ
actuator on a chip the output speed
of the IQT can be adjusted without
affecting the torque output.

Protection - the key

Non-intrusive - sealed for life

Vast experience in the application of

electric actuators has enabled Rotork
to lead the world in actuator ingress
protection. Situated in environments
ranging from desert to tundra,
offshore to underground, where
flooding, humidity, extremes of heat
and cold, ultra violet and corrosive
atmospheres are normal, actuators
have to perform unfailingly. Rotork
understand that the most important
factor in the reliability of an actuator is
protection from the environment - in
simple terms, the enclosure.

IQ covers need not be removed for site

commissioning. All settings and
adjustments are made using the
supplied infra-red Setting Tool,
including speed setting for the IQT.
After assembly in the controlled
environment of our manufacturing
facilities, air exchanges are eliminated all internal components are completely
protected for life. Non-intrusive
control selectors mean there are no
moving shafts penetrating the control
enclosure.
Reliability through simplicity

Double sealed for double

protection
The IQ enclosure is rated IP68 7 metres for 72 hours, NEMA 4/4X/6. It
is completely watertight and dusttight
and does not breathe. The Rotork
Double Seal system ensures protection
of internal components since they are
separated from the cable gland and
terminal compartment by a watertight
terminal block. Protection is maintained
during site hook-up when terminal
covers are removed and is independent
of cable gland sealing.

The IQ combines simplicity of design

while extending specification and
performance.
Torque measurement
An actuators ability to reliably and
accurately determine the force applied
in operating a valve is fundamental
in providing valve and actuator
protection. The IQ range uses tried
and tested technology, proven in
industry. Accurate, repeatable torque
measurement is achieved independent
of variations in frequency, voltage
and temperature.

94

IQ - big on intelligence

Actuator display
The IQ incorporates a unique liquid
crystal display developed specifically
for actuator indication. Large
segments allow easy, distance viewing
of valve position, torque and
diagnostic screens. A unique, diffused
LED backlighting system provides high
visibility in all light conditions. The LCD
display is supplemented with position
indication lights, green, yellow and red.

Looking at an example of a close valve

command, by applying a signal to the
remote close input and close interlock
input simultaneously the actuator will
operate and close the valve. If only
one signal is applied, or a signal is lost,
the actuator will failsafe by staying
put or stopping. When conditional
remote control is configured, the
interlock inputs are not required for
local operation.

Indication back up

Data logging

Rotork recognise the need for local

and remote position indication at all
times, even when the actuator is
powered down. The IQ incorporates
a battery to maintain and update
position indication when the main
power is switched off. The battery
also supports power off data logging
and commissioning.

Every IQ includes an on board data

logger. The data logger captures and
stores valve, actuator and control
signal operation and status data:

Valve torque profile, open/closed

instantaneous and average torque
against valve position

Number of operations

Valve and actuator position

status log

Operation signal log

Actuator control status log

Statistics

Set-up
Infra-red set up, adjustment and
review using the supplied, intrinsically
safe IQ Setting Tool allows users access
to the configuration of the actuator
using the convenient actuator liquid
crystal display.
On screen diagnostic icons
Four dedicated alarm icons are
incorporated into the LCD display
giving clear indication of valve, control
system and actuator alarms.

The data logger is accessed via the

IrDA interface to compatible devices,
see below. Data logger data can be
analysed with IQ-Insight PC based
software, described in detail on page 8.

Help screens

IrDA communication (IQ-Insight)

Nine help screens can be accessed

with the IQ setting tool allowing real
time, grouped analysis of control
signal status, valve and actuator status
and indication status.

IQ supports IrDA compatible

communication. IQ configuration and
data logger files are accessed via the
infra-red port non-intrusively. Data
exchanges are via IrDA with
compatible Personal Digital Assistants
(PDAs), note books or PCs. IQ-Insight
PC software provides the interface
with the actuator and its on-board
data logger.

Valve torque indication

Valve closed

Torque and
position display

Log data is time and date stamped

and can be analysed by playing back
in real time or on an event by
event basis.

Real time viewing of valve torque

against valve position can be accessed
with the Setting Tool via the IQ LCD.
Analysis of valve operating conditions
is therefore available as standard.
Conditional control

Close torque
set to 40%

Diagnostics
display

For applications where a high level of

safety integrity is required the IQ can
be configured for conditional control.
In this mode, operation is conditional
on two discrete signals being applied.

95

Full security, full protection

Syncrophase prevents valve

damage through incorrect wiring
Rotorks unique Syncrophase
automatic phase rotation correction
prevents valve damage through
incorrect wiring by ensuring that the
IQ three-phase motor is always
presented with the correct phase
rotation of the power supply.
Single phasing protection**
Also developed to control motor
overheating, IQ electronics constantly
monitor all three phases of the power
supply. Should one or more phases be
lost the control circuit is prevented
from energising the contactors. Local
and remote alarm signals of
incomplete supply are offered as
standard features.
Motor protection when valve jams
Should a valve jam, the IQ motor is
prevented from overheating by a logic
circuit which trips the contactor when
there is no movement within seven
seconds of a start signal.
IQT uses a 24 volt DC motor. For
single and 3 phase* supplied actuators
the motor supply is internally provided
via a transformer - rectifier (24 volt DC
supplies - rectifier only). IQT will
always run in the correct direction
irrespective of supply type and
connection. On loss of one or more of
the utilised phases (or DC supply pole)
the IQT actuator will stop.

IQ thermostatic protection
Two thermostats embedded in the
motor windings directly sense
temperature, tripping the actuator
control circuit in the event of
overheating.
IQT thermostatic protection
Two thermostats are embedded in the
toroid transformer windings providing
comprehensive motor power module
protection.
Auto self test and diagnosis
(ASTD)
Each time the actuator is powered
up, its vital operational circuits
automatically self test to ensure
correct operation. In the unlikely
event that a fault is diagnosed the
information is automatically presented
using the display icons. At the same
time, actuator operation can be
inhibited to enable site investigation.
Instant reversal protection
An automatic time-delay circuit avoids
the shock loads which may cause
unnecessary wear to valve stems and
gearboxes when an actuator is ordered
to reverse direction instantaneously.
The circuit also limits current surges
through the contactor.

* Actuator utilises 2 phases only - refer to circuit diagram.

** IQ 3 phase only.

96

Customised features

Even though Rotorks standard

IQ actuator offers wide ranging
control and indication flexibility, a
variety of customised features can
be specified to reflect individual
customer requirements. Gearboxes
for multi-turn and part-turn valves
Large or slow moving gate and
globe valves can be motorised
through thrust taking bevel or
spur gear operators on which the
electric actuator is mounted. IQT
provides direct operation of small
to medium sized quarter-turn
valves up to 2000Nm. IQ actuators
can also be fitted with part-turn
worm and wheel gearboxes to
provide increased torque at
reduced speeds for the operation
of part-turn valves. A sizing
program for both part-turn and
multi-turn applications is
available on CD ROM.
IQTF (full turn) actuators
For non-thrust, multi-turn, slow speed
applications, the IQTF provides a
reliable solution with the same general
specification as the IQT range.
For further details please contact
Rotork.
Fireproofing and extreme cold

Floor mounting for easy remote

coupling
Floor stands with upward or
downward stubshafts are available for
coupling, via customer shafts and
universal joints, to remote valves.
Linear output drive assemblies
For applications requiring an actuator
with a linear output, a leadscrew
arrangement can be fitted to the base
of the standard IQ actuator.
Damper actuators
Single blade and multi vane dampers
can be motorised either by direct
connection to the damper spindle or
by lever arm.
Valve stem expansion
The stems of positive seating valves,
such as solid or flexible wedge gates
may be subject to significant
expansion when used in high service
temperature applications resulting in
damaged or leaking valves. The effects
of this expansion or contraction may
be overcome by fitting the Rotork
temperature compensator to the
output of the IQ actuator.
For further details see publication
E152E.

Fully operational at temperatures of

up to +70C, the standard IQ range
actuator can be made operable for
up to thirty minutes in a fire (when
temperatures may quickly climb to
over 1000C) through the use of
boxes, blankets or intumescent
coating, as specified by the customer.
Modifications can also be implemented
to allow cold temperature operation
as low as -50C.
For further details see publication
S310E.

97

Intelligent communication - lifetime support

Lifetime support

PC tools - IQ-Insight - Pocket-Insight

Rotork understands its customers

need for back up. The costs and
penalties of plant downtime, delayed
commissioning schedules and
inappropriate maintenance are too
high to allow for inefficient support.
With IQ - IrDA (Infra-red Data
Association) communication and the
onboard datalogger, the IQ now offers
unrivalled support to provide complete
product back up with analysis and
configuration. With Rotorks unrivalled
worldwide service network expert
advice is always close to hand.

IQ-Insight PC software is a graphical

user interface allowing all IQ set-up
configuration and data logger
information to be reviewed analysed
and reconfigured. The visually
interactive application is browser
based, running under Microsoft or
other internet browser systems.
Familiar tools such as linking,
bookmarking, back and forward
controls, make analysing the data
from an IQ simple and fast. Laptop
PCs with IrDA interface (or serial
port with IrDA interface) running
IQ-Insight can be directly connected
to an actuator located in the field to
allow set-up, adjustment and analysis.

Remote diagnosis - IrDA

The IQ utilises IrDA communication

for fast, safe, non-intrusive and
standardised data exchange. Actuator
set-up configuration can be analysed
and if required changed. As every IQ
includes an on board data logger,
operational data such as valve torque
profiles, actuator events and statistics
can be downloaded for detailed
investigation. Data logger information
can also be relayed to a user site base
via an IrDA compatible PDA. After
analysis, any changes to the actuator
set-up configuration can be relayed
back to the actuator.

Alternatively, using a PDA running IQ

Pocket-Insight, data can be uploaded
from the actuator and later
downloaded to a PC.

Above:
Actuator torque display
using IQ-Insight software

98

Rotork help - online around

the world
Rotork has a comprehensive service
network worldwide to provide you
with in-country support. Rotork
trained technicians working from our
network of offices and centres of
excellence are available to offer
immediate assistance.
To contact Rotork, visit the
website at www. rotork.com

99

Rotork Pakscan system control

Rotork Pakscan IIE Master Station

Available in single or hot standby
configurations the Pakscan IIE master
station can control 240 field devices
over a loop distance of up to 20km without the need for signal repeaters.
The Pakscan IIE is mounted in a
133mm high 19 rack and each
master station comes complete with
dual host communication ports (RS232
and RS485), a user interface LCD
screen and operator keypad. The rack
can house a single unit, two single
units operating independently or a Hot
Standby system. The Hot Standby
version of the IIE features two identical
modules and transfer between the
main and standby is transparent
and automatic in the event of a
component failure.
For further details see publication
S110E.
Rotork Pakscan the total control solution
Whether you need remote control of
just a small number of motorised
valves or full automation of a plant
with thousands of instruments and
control elements, Pakscan can help
you to achieve significant savings in
terms of both time and money.
Thats because Pakscan is capable of
controlling and monitoring up to 240
field devices using a simple shielded,
twisted pair cable loop instead of a
multi conductor cable for each field
device. The system can also gather
important digital and analogue plant
data when its master station(s) are
linked to the double sealed field unit
which is fully integral to each Rotork
actuator.
Together with Pakscans ability to
communicate directly with a PLC or
DCS system via an RS485 or RS232
link, its overall simplicity keeps
customers design work to a
minimum.
For further details see publication
S000E.

In-Vision - powerful, user-friendly

In-Vision is a SCADA (Supervisory
Control And Data Acquisition)
software application for full, user
friendly control of complex
installations such as oil storage depots
and water treatment plants where
there can be a high number of
actuators and process signals to
control and display.

Rotork Pakscan IIS Sequencer

Master Station

Working with Pakscan and running on

a standard PC, In-Vision offers a highly
flexible series of graphic displays and
controls that allow the plant managers
to view and control all aspects of their
process at a fraction of the cost of
other comparable systems.

The Pakscan IIS master station

encompasses the proven features of
the Pakscan 2 wire control system
with the logic and programmability
more commonly found in a PLC to
provide a fully featured sequence and
interlock control package. Easily
programmed by fill in the box menus
the Pakscan IIS can quickly be made
ready to run your plant. Located in the
field close to the process, Pakscan IIS
permits control and monitoring of up
to 32 field units.

For further details see publication

S210E.

For further details see publication

S112E.

Rotork Pakscan - system advantages

Up to 240 field units per master station

Loop distance up to 20km (240 units) without repeaters

Separate operator controls without burdening the DCS

Continues operation even with a field cable failure

Simple, easy to install, proven reliability

10

100

Fieldbus system control

R O T O R K PA K S C A N
Central control of up to
240 units on a single loop

DCS
Master Station

Rotork actuator control solutions also

interface to a wide range of
communication and control systems,
including those covered by the major
international standards.
Multiple fieldbus connectivity
In addition to offering full
compatibility with Pakscan, IQ
actuators can be specified to interface
seamlessly to many other fieldbus
digital control systems. Open fieldbus
protocols such as Profibus, Foundation
Fieldbus, DeviceNet and Modbus are
all available within the IQ actuator
control option range.

2 wire (single pair) fault tolerant and redundant system

FIELDBUS
DCS
Interface

Choose from: Profibus,

Modbus, Foundation
Fieldbus, DeviceNet

This is achieved simply and cost

effectively through fitting an
appropriate Rotork manufactured
circuit board module inside the
actuators electrical housing - normally
at the time of production. Module
commissioning and setup is carried
out using a combination of the IQ
Setting Tool and the network
commissioning tools used for the
chosen protocol.

2 wire (single pair) highway requires repeaters after 32 devices

Rotork IQ and IQT actuators are fully compatible with

the following fieldbus communication systems:

Modbus
11

101

Advanced engineering

1 Hand operation
Direct drive handwheel (or geared
handwheel on larger sizes and IQT)
to provide reliable emergency manual
operation in the event of a power
supply failure. With padlockable*
hand/auto clutch for safe operation
even when the motor is running.

IQ

Note: power operation always has

preference unless hand/auto lever is
purposely locked into hand drive.
Lost motion hammerblow effect is
provided with both direct and
independently geared handwheels.

IQT
5
2 Non intrusive setting
All actuator settings and diagnostics
are made through the sealed
indication window. It is not necessary
to remove electrical covers exposing
the integral controls on site.

2
3 Local controls
Local controls and padlockable*
Local/Stop/Remote selector switch
operate internal reed switches,
avoiding penetrating shafts which
would have to be sealed to prevent
moisture ingress.

3
4 Position control
Hall effect magnetic pulse system
accurately measures and controls the
stroke of the actuator without using
gears and switches.

IQ

IQT
12

102

5 Terminal compartment
Separately sealed terminal
compartment ensures the integrity of
the electrical equipment even when
the terminal cover is removed during
site wiring.

1
5
IQ

4
6
2

IQT
3

6 IQ motor and drive

Motor shaft and worm shaft separate
to facilitate simple actuator speed
change. Low inertia high torque
motor. The motor produces peak
torque rapidly after starting but with
very little overrun when de-energized.
The winding thermostat provides
accurate temperature sensing
independent of ambient temperature
conditions to optimize the motors
thermal capacity. The motor drive
includes a lost motion hammerblow
to assist in unseating tightly shut
valves. Single worm and wheel drive
running in an oil bath for maximum
life with ambient temperature
tolerance.
IQT motor
High efficiency compact unit with a
proven reliability record in valve
actuation applications over 20 years.
Integrated speed control allows
output speed adjustment over a 4:1
speed range.

4
7 Thrust base
Cast iron, water sealed bearings.
Easily removable drive bushing for
machining to suit valve stem for
convenient valve adaptation.

6
*Suitable for 6mm / 1/4 inch padlock

7
13

103

Gearboxes

Multi-turn output - IB and IS Range

For multi turn applications the Bevel
(IB) and spur (IS) gear combinations
are available, where screwed or keyed
stems are used to operate the valve.
IQ - IB combinations are available up
to 8,135Nm torque and 1,557kN
thrust output. IQ - IS combinations are
available up to 43,386 Nm torque and
3,342kN thrust output.
Key features:

Totally enclosed, fully sealed and

grease filled for life

Removable output drive coupling

for machining

Comprehensive gear ratios combined

with a selection of auxiliary input
spur/bevel gear reducers

Optional input flanges

Optional twin pinion units for

secondary drive (IB)

Upward or downward drive

option (IS)

Quarter-turn output
For torque output up to 2000Nm IQT
provides direct quarter-turn output.
For part-turn applications that require
torques in excess of 2000Nm or where
increased thrust/torque at reduced
operating speed is required, Rotork
produce a range of gearboxes. With
the IW range of gearboxes torque
outputs up to 137,000Nm are
available.

Modulating and submersible gearbox

forms are available. As standard,
gearboxes are despatched painted the
same colour as the actuator.

Key features:

Totally enclosed, fully sealed and

greased filled for life
Removable output drive coupling for
machining, repositionable baseplate
facility

Adjustable mechanical stops

(at 0 and 90 +/- 5)

Comprehensive gear ratios

combined with a selection of
auxiliary input spur gear reducers

Optional input flanges

Gearbox summary: Quarter-turn 90

Torque: Nm lbs ft

2,000 1,476

137,000 107,000

Actuator type:

IQT

IQ + IW

Worm Gearbox

Gearbox summary: Multi-turn

Torque: Nm lbs ft
Thrust: kN Lbs

3,000 2,200
44 10,000

8,135 6,000
350 1,557

43,386 32,000
3,342 750,000

Actuator type:

IQ

IQ + IB

IQ + IS

14

104

Bevel Gearbox

Spur Gearbox

The following pages contain details

on performance and specification for
the Rotork IQ range of actuators.
Please use the contents table below
to help access the information you
require.

Actuator specification - contents

Performance summaries

p16

Actuator Drive Couplings

p20

Introduction

p23

Mechanical

p23

4.1 Enclosure

p23

4.2 Valve/actuator interface

p24

4.3 Handwheel

p24

4.4 Lubricant

p25

4.5 Finish

p25

Electrical

p25

5.1 Power supplies

p25

5.2 Control

p25

5.3 Indication, monitoring and

data logging

p27

5.4 Fieldbus system control

p28

5.5 Protection

p28

5.6 Actuator set-up

p28

p29

Actuator Components

6.1 Motor

p29

6.2 Power module

p29

6.3 Control module

p29

6.4 Torque and position control

p29

6.5 Conduit entries, terminals

and wiring

p29

Design Specification

p30

7.1 Design life

p30

7.2 Frequency of operation

p30

7.3 Operating temperature

p30

7.4 Vibration

p30

7.5 Safety integrity

p30

7.6 Noise

p30

15

105

IQ 3 phase performance summary

Performance data
Actuator output speeds
rpm at 50 Hz

18

24

36

48

72

96

144

192

rpm at 60 Hz

21

29

43

57

86

115

173

230

Actuator size
IQ10

IQ12

IQ18

IQ20

IQ25

IQ35

IQ40

IQ70

IQ90

Torque** Nm

Ft lbf

34

34

34

34

34

34

25

25

25

25

25

25

81

81

81

68

48

41

60

60

60

50

35

30

108

108

80

80

203

203

203

203

176

142

102*

150

150

150

150

130

105

75*

400

400

298

244

244

230

149*

295

295

220

180

180

170

110*

610

610

542

474

474

366

257*

450

450

400

350

350

270

190*

1020

1020

845

680

680

542

406*

750

750

625

500

500

400

300*

1490

1490

1290

1020

1020

745

645*

542*

1100

1100

950

750

750

550

475*

400*

2030

2030

1700

1355

1355

1020

865*

730*

1500

1500

1250

1000

1000

750

640*

540*

1355*

1355*

1000*

1000*

IQ91

IQ95

3000
2200

* Due to the effects of inertia and drive nut wear, speeds not recommended for direct mounted gate valve applications.

16

** Torque rating is maximum torque setting in both directions. Stall torque will be 1.4 to 2.0 times this value depending on speed and voltage.
If maximum torque is required for more than 20% of valve travel, refer to Rotork.

106

IQ single phase and IQ DC

IQ single phase - performance data

Actuator output speeds
rpm at 50 Hz

18

24

36

48

72

96

144

rpm at 60 Hz

21

29

43

57

86

115

173

Actuator size

Torque** Nm

IQS12

IQS20

IQS35*

Ft lbf

65

60

45

40

30

25

48

44

33

30

22

18

165

130

130

125

100

80

60

122

96

96

92

74

59

44

450

400

350

320

230

190

135

332

295

258

236

170

140

100

IQ DC - performance data
Actuator output speeds
rpm

Actuator size

18

Torque** Nm

IQD10

IQD12

24

36

48

Ft lbf

34

34

31

27

25

25

23

20

68

68

61

54

50

50

45

40

IQD18

108
80

IQD20

IQD25

163

163

136

108

120

120

100

80

305

305

257

203

225

225

190

150

DC supply voltage
IQD10
IQD12
IQD18
IQD20
IQD25

24V

48V

110V

* IQS35 not available at 115v. Actuator output speed 144/173 rpm is not recommended for direct mounted gate valve applications.
** Torque rating is maximum torque setting in both directions. Stall torque will be 1.4 to 2.0 times this value depending on speed and voltage.
If maximum torque is required for more than 20% of valve travel, refer to Rotork.

107

17

IQ performance summary

Mechanical data
Actuator size IQ IQS IQD W

10

20

12

25

35

40

70

90

91

95

18
Flange size

Approximate weight**

ISO 5210

F10

F14

F16

F25

F25

F30*

F25

F30

MSS SP - 102

FA10

FA14

FA16

FA25

FA25

FA30*

FA25

FA30

kg

27

46

69

190

190

200

200

200

lbs

60

101

152

418

418

440

440

440

kN

44

100

150

220

220

334

N/A

445

lbf

10,000

22,480

33,750

50,000

50,000

75,000

N/A

100,000

mm

32

38

54

64

70

70

N/A

N/A

ins

11/4

11/2

21/8

21/2

23/4

23/4

N/A

N/A

mm

26

32

45

51

57

57

N/A

N/A

ins

1 /4

1 /4

2 /4

2 /4

N/A

N/A

mm

N/A

51

67

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

ins

N/A

25/8

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

Group A couplings (thrust)

Thrust rating

Stem acceptance diameter

Type A (maximum)
Rising

Non-rising

Type Z - Z3
Z Rising

Z3 Rising

Non-rising

mm

32

51

67

73

83

83

N/A

83

ins

11/4

25/8

27/8

31/4

31/4

N/A

31/4

mm

N/A

38

51

57

73

73

N/A

73

ins

N/A

1/

2/

2/

2/

N/A

27/8

Group B couplings (non-thrust)

Bore diameter
Type B1 (fixed bore)

mm

42

60

80

100

100

120

100

N/A

Type B3 (fixed bore)

mm

20

30

40

50

50

50

50

N/A

Type B4 (maximum)

mm

20

30

44

50

60

60

60

N/A

ins

/4

11/4

13/4

21/4

21/4

21/4

N/A

Standard

Direct

Direct

Direct

Direct

15:1

15:1

15:1

15:1

Optional

12:1

13.5:1

22.5:1

15:1 or
30:1

30:1

45:1

30:1

45:1

Handwheel ratio

18

* IQ90 with B3 and B4 couplings have flange size F25. ** Weight will be dependent on optional equipment fitted.
For actuator sizes IQ10 to IQ35 when required to drive shafts or stems having any axial movement, a type A coupling must be used.
Utilises Z3 form drive coupling.

108

IQT quarter-turn performance summary

Performance and mechanical data

Actuator

IQT125

IQT250

IQT500

IQT1000

IQT2000

Max Nm
Min Nm

125
50

250
100

500
200

1000
400

2000
800

Max Ft lbs
Min Ft lbs

92
37

185
74

369
148

738
295

1476
590

5
20

8
30

15
60

30
120

60
120

Torque

Operating time
90 Min
90 Max
Flange
ISO 5211
MSS SP-101

F05* F07* F10

FA05* FA07* FA10

F07*
FA07*

F10
FA10

F10
FA10

F12
FA12

F14*
FA14*

F14
FA14

Weight
Kg
lbs

22
49

22
49

22
49

37
82

37
82

Couplings**
Spindle acceptance

Bore & key max mm

Bore & key max ins
Square AF max mm
Square AF max ins

22
0.87

28
1.1

42
1.65

28
1.1

42
1.65

42
1.65

60
2.36

60
2.36

14
0.56

19
32
0.75 1.25

19
0.75

32
1.25

32
1.25

41
1.62

41
1.62

Handwheel
Turns for 90

80

80

80

80

80

80 - 100

80 - 100

80 - 100

80 - 100

80 - 100

Angular
adjustment
(nominal) degrees

IQT 24V DC (17-37 Volts) Performance

Torque outputs for 24V DC are the same as above, however speed varies with load.

* Optional flanges F05, FA05, F07 and FA07 use a base adapter plate. Required base type must be specified.
19

** Couplings are supplied blank for machining by valve maker.

109

IQ actuator drive couplings

2 Actuator drive
couplings

Actuators IQ10 IQ12 IQ18 IQ20 IQ25 IQ35

T h r u s t

The IQ range features two

actuator base designs - a
removable base for the IQ10, 12,
18, 20, 25 and 35 sizes and an
integral base for IQ40, 70, 90, 91
and 95. Both arrangements are
available with flanges and
couplings which comply with
either ISO 5210 or MSS SP-102.

Type A

Type Z

Type Z3

for sizes IQ10 to 35

for sizes IQ20 to 35

increased stem
acceptance

for sizes IQ10 to 35

increased stem
acceptance
and reach

Removable thrust base

N o n - T h r u s t

20

Type B1

Type B3

Type B4

for sizes IQ10 to 35

large fixed bore
with ISO standard
bore and keyway

for sizes IQ10 to 35

fixed bore with
ISO standard bore
and keyway

for sizes IQ10 to 35

blank drive bush
for machining
by customer

Removable non-thrust base

110

Thrust bearings

Actuators IQ40 IQ70 IQ90 IQ91 IQ95

Both type A and Z couplings feature

an associated thrust bearing. In the
case of the removable thrust base this
is fully sealed and lubricated for life; in
the integral base design this is
lubricated by the actuator gearcase oil
bath. Both integral and removable
thrust bases are designed to retain all
developed thrust reaction forces
without any load appearing on the
actuator gearcase.

T h r u s t
Position 1

Position 2

Type A

Type Z3

for sizes IQ40, 70

and 90

for sizes IQ40, 70, 90

and 95 increased
stem acceptance
and reach

Standard centre column

with thrust bearing

N o n - T h r u s t

Type B1

Type B3

Type B4

for sizes IQ40, 70

and 90 large fixed
bore with ISO
standard bore
and keyway

for sizes IQ40, 70,

90 and 91 fixed
bore with ISO
standard bore
and keyway

for sizes IQ40, 70,

90 and 91
blank drive bush
for machining
by customer
21

Non-thrust centre column

111

IQT actuator drive couplings

Drive couplings*

Actuators IQT125 IQT250 IQT500

The easily removable drive bush

is supplied blank for machining
to suit valve stem for convenient
valve adaption. The IQT base
design and drive couplings
comply with either ISO 5211 or
MSS SP-101.

F05/FA05

F07/FA07

F10/FA10

for size IQT125

for sizes IQT125/250

for sizes
IQT125/250/500

Actuators IQT1000 IQT2000

22

F12/FA12

F14/FA14

for size IQT1000

for size IQT2000

*bore and key is for illustrative purposes

only. Drive bushes are supplied blank as
standard.

112

Standard specification

4 Mechanical

3 Introduction
IQ actuators are self contained units for local and remote
electrical operation of valves. Comprising an electric motor,
reduction gearing, reversing starter with local controls, turns
and torque limitation with electronic logic controls and
monitoring facilities, all housed in a double-sealed
watertight enclosure to IP68 7 metres-72 hours, NEMA 4,
4X and 6.
All torque and turns settings and configuration of the
indication contacts are effected using the non-intrusive,
hand held infra-red, IQ Setting Tool, which is included with
each order.
The following specification covers standard features and
available optional features. Options selected must be
specified with enquiry.

4.1 Enclosure and ambient

temperatures
All IQ actuator hazardous and nonhazardous area enclosures are built to
a watertight standard. Through the
use of non-intrusive commissioning
and site adjustment using the
supplied infra-red IQ Setting Tool, the
hermetic, factory-sealed enclosure
protects internal components for life
as covers never need removing. The
terminal compartment is sealed from
other areas by the Rotork double
seal, maintaining watertight integrity
even during site connection.
Actuators are available with the
following enclosure types for which
the ambient working temperature
ranges are stated. Where option
temperatures are indicated, changes
to some actuator components are
required and therefore the
temperature requirement must be
specified. Hazardous area approvals
for other country standards are
available, please apply to Rotork.
The IQ range is built in accordance
with the following standards:

Below:
Pocket IQ-Insight software tool used to download data logger file.

WT: Standard watertight,

IEC 60529 (1989-11),
IP68 7 metres/72 hours,
NEMA 4, 4X and 6.
Temperature -30C to +70C
(-22F to +158F).
*Option -40C to +70C
(-40F to +158F).
*Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
European - Hazardous Area
EExd IIB T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD:
CENELEC Norm EN50014 and
EN50018.
Temperature -20C to +70C
(-4F to +158F).
*Option -30C to +70C
(-22F to +158F).
*Option -40C to +70C
(-40F to +158F).
*Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
EExd IIC T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD:
CENELEC Norm EN50014 and
EN50018.
Temperature -20C to +70C
(-4F to +158F).

113

23

Standard specification

EExde IIB T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD:

CENELEC Norm EN50014, EN50018
and EN50019.
Temperature -20C to +70C
(-4F to +158F).
Option -30C to +70C
(-22F to +158F).
Option -40C to +70C
(-40F to +158F).
Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
EExde IIC T4. ATEX (94/9/EC) II 2GD:
CENELEC Norm EN50014, EN50018
and EN50019.
Temperature -20C to +70C
(-4F to +158F).
International - Hazardous Area
IECE. Exd IIB T4:
IEC60079-0 and IEC60079-1 for Exd
IIB T4.
Temperature -20C to +60C
(-4F to +140F).
IECE. Exd IIC T4:
IEC60079-0 and IEC60079-1 for Exd
IIC T4.
Temperature -20C to 60C
(-4F to +140F).
USA - Hazardous Area
FM. Class 1, Division 1, Groups C,
D, E, F, G hazardous areas:
Factory Mutual - Explosionproof to
NEC Article 500.
Temperature -30C to +60C
(-22F to +140F).
Option -40C to + 60C
(-40F to +40F).
Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
Alternative for Group B hazardous
area. Temperatures as for Groups
C and D.
Canada - Hazardous Area

24

CSA EP. Class 1, Division 1, Groups

C and D hazardous areas:
Canadian Standard Association Explosionproof.
Temperature -30C to +70C
(-22F to +158F).
Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
Alternative for Group B hazardous
area. Temperatures as for Groups
C and D.

International - Non Hazardous

WT: Standard watertight, BS EN
60529 :1992, IP68, 7 metres/72 hrs.
Temperature -30C to +70C
(-22F to +158F).
Option -40C to +70C
(-40F to +158F).
Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
US - Non Hazardous
NEMA 4, 4X and 6:
Temperature -30C to +70C
(-22F to +158F).
Option -40C to +70C
(-40F to +158F).
Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
Canada - Non Hazardous
CSA WT: Canadian Standard
Association -Watertight. Wiring
and components complying with
CSA Enclosure 4 and 4X:
Temperature -30C to +70C
(-22F to +158F).
Option -40C to +70C
(-40F to +158F).
Option -50C to +40C
(-58F to +104F).
Rotork can supply actuators to
national standards not listed
above. For details please contact
Rotork.
4.2 Valve/actuator interface
The range of IQ actuators is available
with mounting base and output drive
couplings conforming to international
standard ISO 5210 or USA standard
MSS SP-102. IQT actuators are
available with mounting base and
output drive couplings conforming to
ISO 5211 or US standard MSS
SP-101. Applications for which the
various types of couplings have been
designed are outlined on pages 20-22
4.3 Handwheel
Handwheels are provided to allow
manual operation of the valve during
electrical power interruption.
IQ10 - IQ40 Direct acting top
mounted handwheel. Option: side
mounted geared handwheels.

114

IQ70 - IQ95 Side mounted geared

handwheel. Option: alternative gear
ratios.
IQT all sizes. Side mounted geared
handwheel.
During electric operation of the
actuator the handwheel is
mechanically disengaged from the
drive. To engage handwheel
operation, the hand/auto selection
lever is depressed and released after
which handwheel operation remains
selected. When electrical operation
takes place, the actuator will
automatically return to motor drive
without lever or handwheel kickback.
The hand/auto selection lever
incorporates a facility for locking in
the hand or auto positions using a
6mm diameter hasp padlock (not
supplied by Rotork), preventing
engagement of motor drive (locked in
hand) or engagement of handwheel
drive (locked in auto). Emergency
disengagement of motor drive can be
selected by depressing and holding
the lever during electric operation.

4.4 Lubrication
IQ and IQT actuators are factory filled
for life with premium quality gear oil
specified as SAE 80/90 EP for IQ and
Dextron 2 for IQT. Oil lubrication
out-performs grease over the IQ
temperature range -30C to +70C,
with none of the problems associated
with grease such as separation and
tunneling. Rotork have used this same
grade of lubricating oil for 40 years.
Lubrication options
Food grade lubricant
IQ and IQT actuators may be supplied
with the gearcase filled with Hydra
Lube GB Heavy food grade lubricant.
This lubricant is a synthetic nonaromatic hydrocarbon mixture with
PTFE and other additives. It does not
contain chlorinated solvents. Grease
used in assembly and thrust bearings
is Hydra Lube WIG Medium-NLGI-123.
Extreme temperature service
Where actuator service requires
operation outside of -30C to +70C
alternative lubricants are available,
please apply to Rotork.

4.5 Finish
All IQT and IQ actuators up to size
IQ35 are finished in polyester powder
coating, colour silver grey. Actuators
size IQ40 and above are finished in
air-dried urethane reinforced synthetic
alkyd resin colour, silver grey. For full
specification of paint finish see
publication E151E.
Finish options
Colour: Other colours may be specified, please apply to Rotork.
Offshore: 2 pack epoxy coatings are
available for extreme environmental
conditions, please apply to Rotork.

50Hz
200, 220, 240, 380, 400, 415, 440,
480, 500, 550, 660 and 690 volts
60Hz
200, 208, 220, 230, 240, 380, 400,
440, 460, 480, 575, 590, 600, 660
and 690 volts
The required nominal operating
voltage must be specified at time of
order.
Actuator performance is guaranteed
with a voltage tolerance +/-10% and
frequency tolerance +/-5Hz. Actuators
are capable of starting and running
up to speed with a maximum 15%
volt drop.

Available for the following DC

supplies:
IQD: 24, 48 and 110 volts
IQT: 24 volts
Non-standard voltages
Actuators can be supplied to operate
on power supply voltages other than
those quoted above. Please apply to
Rotork.
Non standard tolerances
Where voltage and/or frequency
variations may be experienced outside
those quoted above, or where
operation under large volt drop
conditions may be required please
apply to Rotork.

Uninterruptable power supplies

Standard actuators can be operated
on UPS systems providing the above
specified tolerances are not exceeded
and waveforms, harmonics, spikes
etc. adhere to recognised supply
standards such as EN50160. For more
information refer to publication
E130E.
Power supply options

5 Electrical

IQS and IQT single phase

5.1 Power supplies

Available for standard single-phase

voltages:
50Hz: 110, 115, 120, 220, 230 and
240 volts
60Hz: 100, 110, 115, 120, 208, 220,
230 and 240 volts

IQ and IQT actuators are suitable for

operation with the following three
phase, three wire power supplies:

IQD and IQT DC

5.2 Control
Local control
Non-intrusive selectors are provided
on the actuator electrical control
cover, one for Local/Stop/Remote
selection, pad-lockable in each
position, and the other for Open/
Close control. Controls may be rotated
to suit actuator orientation.
Local control may be selected to
operate using the supplied IQ Setting
Tool. The Setting Tool incorporates
dedicated open, stop and close
buttons and will operate over a
nominal distance of 0.75 metres from
the display window.
25

115

Standard specification

Local control option

Vandal resistant
Selectors removed, indication window
with removable cover, control of
local, stop and remote selection and
local open and closed control is via
the supplied IQ Setting Tool.
Remote control
There are six control inputs for
remote control:
Open, closed, stop/maintain.
Emergency shut down (ESD).
Open interlock and closed interlock.
Control can be connected for
maintained or push to run, (inching)
control.ESD signals must be derived
from a stayput contact. For more
information refer to publication
E120E.
Control inputs are opto-isolated
interfaces with a surge immunity of
2kV. Control is positive switching
negative earth, internally fed from the
actuator 24V DC customer supply or
from external supplies within the
ranges 20-60V AC or DC or 60-120V
AC.
ESD can be configured off, active
high or active low, to close or open
the valve, with or without automatic
motor thermostat bypass*. ESD will
override any local or remote signals
that may be active. If required ESD
can be configured to override local
stop, interlocks or the optional
interrupter timer. The ESD input
operates from a separate common
allowing isolation between the ESD
control system and operational
control systems.
*Bypassing the motor thermostat will invalidate
hazardous area certification.

Remote control can be configured

so that the open signal and open
interlock (or closed signal and closed
interlock) can be combined to form a
remote open (or closed) signal that
can detect single faults. When
configured, interlocks will not be
active during local control. For more
information refer to publication
E120E.
26

Remote control options

Negative switching
For remote control systems where the
negative pole of the remote control
circuit supply is switched.
External control circuit supplies
For control with supplies in the range
60 - 125V DC and 230V AC an
alternative control circuit option is
available.
Analogue Proportional Control
The Rotork Folomatic proportional
controller enables the actuator to
automatically position a valve in
proportion to an analogue current,
voltage or potentiometric signal.
Signal ranges: 0-5, 0-10, 0-20 or
4-20mA. 0-5, 0-10 or 0-20V.
Positioning can take place over the
whole valve stroke or if required, a
set portion of stroke. By incorporating
a remote manual/remote auto control
selector in the control scheme,
proportional control can be overridden allowing standard remote
control operation to take place when
manual intervention is required (see
above). The Folomatic can be
configured to failsafe stayput, open
or closed on loss of analogue signal.

116

Hydraulic shock/surge protection

IQ
Where the operating time of the
valve must be increased to prevent
hydraulic shock or water hammer,
or to prevent surges, the Rotork
Interrupter Timer option can be
included. Pulsed operation with
independently adjustable on and off
time periods in the range 1-99
seconds can be selected to operate
over any portion of the closing or
opening valve stroke, effectively
reducing valve speed. On/Off time
period range may be extended when
configuration is carried out with the
IQ-Insight PC tool. The interrupter
timer is active for both local and
remote control.
Hydraulic shock/surge protection
IQT
The IQT actuator allows the output
speed to be adjusted with the Setting
Tool. Refer to performance summary,
page 19. Speed control over 4:1 ratio
is available and settable non
intrusively. The IQT also includes the
Interrupter Timer option (as above)
for extended operating times.

5.3 Indication, monitoring and

data logging
Local
A back-lit liquid crystal display gives
digital indication from fully open to
fully closed in 1% increments. Three
LEDs coloured red, green and yellow
for indication of open, close and
intermediate positions respectively are
also provided. The display includes
four icons for rapid diagnosis of valve
alarm, actuator alarm, control system
alarm and actuator battery status.
With the supplied IQ Setting Tool,
actuator torque plus position can be
displayed allowing the valve torque
against position to be monitored in
real time. Help screen diagnosis is
available for monitoring valve,
actuator and control system status.
The local display can be rotated to
suit actuator orientation. LED colours
can be reversed. Please specify with
order.
Remote
Four latching volt free contacts, S1,
S2, S3 and S4 are provided each
independently configurable using the
supplied IQ Setting Tool to signal one
of the following:
Valve Position
fully open, fully closed or intermediate
positions (0-99% open).
Status
Valve opening, closing, moving
(continuous or pulsing signal),
Local stop selected, local selected,
remote selected, open or close
interlock active, ESD active.

Monitor relay

Indication options

An independent relay with a volt-free

changeover contact for monitoring
actuator electrical availability.

Remote analogue position indication:

The Current Position Transmitter (CPT)
provides a contact-less internally fed
4-20mA analogue signal proportional
to valve position, selectable for
minimum signal corresponding to
fully closed or fully open position
with automatic zero and span setting.
An externally powered version of the
CPT is also available.

Contact rating 5mA to 5A, 120V AC,

30V DC. The relay will de-energise
under any of the following
conditions:
Loss of one or more of the power
supply phases.
Loss of control circuit supply.
Local control selected.
Local stop selected.
Motor thermostat tripped.

Remote analogue torque indication

The Current Torque Transmitter (CTT)
provides an internally fed 4-20mA
analogue signal proportional to
actuator output torque 0-100%rated.

Data logger
The on board data logger allows
infra-red, IrDA( (Infra-Red Data
Association) standard, download of
historical actuator/valve performance
data to PC or via an IrDA compatible
PDA.
For hazardous areas the intrinsically
safe Rotork Communicator tool is
available. Rotork IQ-Insight PC
software allows data logger
information of operational events and
statistics all time and date stamped
plus valve torque/position profiles,
both last operation and historical
trends, all to be analyzed. For more
information please refer to
publication E111E.

Extra indication contacts*

The extra indication contacts module
provides an additional four changeover contacts, S5, S6, S7 and S8.
Each contact is latching, volt free and
rated at 5mA to 5A, 120V AC, 30V
DC. The extra indication contact
functions are independently
configurable in the same way as the
standard contacts using the supplied
IQ Setting Tool. The extra indication
contact functions available are shown
below:

Valve position:
Fully open, fully closed or
intermediate positions
(0-99% open)

Valve Alarms
Motor tripped on torque in mid
travel, motor tripped on torque going
open, going closed, pre-set torque
exceeded, valve jammed, actuator
being operated by handwheel.
Actuator alarms
Lost phase (3 phase IQ only),
customer 24V DC (120V AC) supply
lost, battery low, internal failure
detected, thermostat tripped.
Each contact can be configured to
either normally open or normally
closed and rated at 5mA to 5A,
120V AC, 30V DC.

27

117

Standard specification

Status:
Valve opening, closing, moving
(continuous or pulsing signal),
local stop selected, local selected,
remote selected, open or close
interlock active, ESD active
Valve alarms:
Motor tripped on torque in mid
travel, motor tripped on torque
going open, going closed, pre-set
torque exceeded, valve jammed,
actuator being operated by
handwheel
Actuator alarms:
Lost phase**, customer 24V DC
(120V AC) supply lost, battery low,
internal failure detected,
thermostat tripped

*not available with IQD. ** 3 phase IQ only.

5.4 Fieldbus system control

Pakscan
An internally mounted Pakscan field
unit for remote control and status
indication over a fault tolerant twowire serial link. Loop distances of up
to 20 km without repeaters and host
communications using Modbus
protocol. System variables
programmable over the infra-red
data link. For more information
please refer to publication SOOOE.
Modbus
Modbus modules suitable for single
or dual communication highways may
be included in the IQ and IQT
actuator to provide fieldbus
communication of all the actuator
control functions and feedback data.
The fieldbus information is carried on
an RS485 data highway and the
communications protocol used is
Modbus RTU. System variables such
as unit address and data baud rate
are programmed over the infra-red
data link. For more information
please refer to Rotork.

Foundation Fieldbus

Jammed valve protection.

An IEC 61158-2 compliant Foundation

interface module allows the actuator
to be connected to a Foundation
network. The device has link
scheduler capability as well as
digital and analogue function block
capability. Foundation Fieldbus
actuators can communicate directly
between themselves without the
need of a host supervisory system.
For more information please refer
to Rotork.

Motor thermostat protection.

DeviceNet
The ODVA certified DeviceNet
interface module, with full status data
feedback and actuator digital and
analogue control, connects directly to
the popular DeviceNet data highway.
Data feedback includes both torque
and high accuracy position information
while the inbuilt positioner allows for
full modulating control. Up to 63 IQ
actuators can be connected on a
single DeviceNet highway. For further
information refer to publication S116E.

5.5 Protection
The IQ control system incorporates
the following valve, actuator and
control protection:
Obstructed valve (torque trip)
protection.
Lost phase protection plus automatic
phase rotation correction by
Syncrophase.

Profibus

28

A Profibus DP interface module is

available to allow the actuator to be
integrated into a Profibus network.
Full compatibility with EN 50170 is
provided and the Profibus network
allows full actuator control and
feedback of data to the host. For
more information please refer to
publication S113E.

118

Internal fault protection - ASTD (automatic self test & diagnosis).

Actuator control circuit supply
protection.
Instantaneous reversal protection.
Control signal fault protection
(configurable).
5.6 Actuator set-up
All actuator settings may be
configured using the supplied IQ
Setting Tool over the infra-red
interface without the removal of any
covers. Setup can take place with
main power on or power off, during
which power is provided by the
actuator battery. Each IQ actuator
includes a comprehensive installation
and maintenance manual providing
information on site commissioning
and adjustment. An actuator wiring
diagram is also included. As an
option Rotork IQ-Insight software for
PC allows configuration of actuator
settings. For Bus control system
options, tools are available allowing
configuration testing over the serial
interface as well as by Setting Tool or
IQ-Insight software for PC.

Standard specification

6 Actuator components
6.1 Motor
IQ 3 phase
Three phase, Class F, insulated squirrel
cage motor of special high torque
low inertia design. 15 minute rated
with cyclic duration factor of 25% at
33% of actuator output rated torque
giving a temperature rise not
exceeding that permitted for Class B
insulation at standard nominal
voltage. Actuator rated up to 60 starts
per hour at a rate not exceeding 600
starts per hour. Burnout protection by
embedded thermostat, with facility
for bypassing under emergency
shutdown control. For details of
motor performance and use of
uninterruptable power supplies please
refer to publication E130E.
Motor options
Modulating
When a higher number of starts per
hour are required (up to 1200 starts
per hour) IQM/IQTM and IQTFM have
been specifically designed for these
duties. For further details please refer
to IQM/IQTM publication E410E.

Option - Control circuit supply

Nominal 110V AC supply, rated at
20VA (not available with IQD).
*Single Phase and IQM modulating units utilise a
solid state motor starter.

IQT
The IQT power module consists of a
torroid power transformer with a fast
acting micro controller based,
intelligent switch mode motor drive.
Customer remote control supply is an
isolated 24V DC rated at 5W or an
optional nominal 110V AC supply
rated at 20VA.
6.3 Control module
IQ and IQT
Incorporating a single integrated
circuit, hard-wired logic control for
the actuator together with infra-red
(IrDA) interface for external nonintrusive settings and interrogation by
IQ-Insight configuration and data
logger viewer PC tool. On board data
logger records operational data, valve
torque/position profiles and statistical
information, all time and date
stamped.

IQS Single Phase

6.4 Torque and position control

Capacitor start/run squirrel cage

induction motor.

IQ
Position and torque are adjustable as
follows:

IQD Direct Current

Permanent magnet, DC motor
incorporating thermostatic protection.
IQT
24V DC permanent magnet, low
inertia motor. The IQT motor has a
proven 20 year record in valve
actuators.
6.2 Power module
IQ
The power module incorporates
a mechanically and electronically
interlocked reversing contactor
starter*. The control supply
transformer, fed from two phases of
the incoming power supply, provides
internal control circuit supplies and an
isolated, nominal 24V DC customer
supply rated at 5W for actuator fed
remote control circuits. The Rotork
Syncrophase circuit incorporates
phase rotation correction and lost
phase protection.

Position setting range:

2.5 to 100,000 turns, with a
maximum angular resolution to 7.5
of actuator output center column.
IQT
Torque setting:
40% to 100% rated torque. Torque
sensing is derived from drive current
sensing and digital filtering.
Position setting range:
Limits are factory set to 90 stop bolt
positions (nominal). Limit setting
range: 10 to 1800. Maximum
angular resolution to 0.1.
The IQT actuator speed range can be
configured with the IQ Setting Tool.
Output torque for the IQ, is
obtained via the direct measurement
of wormshaft thrust reaction under
load and is independent of voltage,
frequency and temperature
fluctuations.

119

For the IQT the output torque is

measured using the motor current.
Torque off during unseating or during
starting/reversing in mid travel against
high inertia loads can be inhibited.
The jammed valve protection circuit
de-energizes the motor if no
movement occurs after a few seconds
from receipt of a signal to open or
close.
When power to the actuator is
isolated, all settings are retained in an
EEPROM. In the event of manual
operation of the valve during isolation
or loss of the power supply a battery
provides power to the internal
position-monitoring transmitter to
update the valve position data in the
EEPROM. The battery also drives the
LCD display, without backlighting,
and the four latching contacts S1-S4
while the power to the actuator is
not available. Based on a typical
application the minimum battery life
is 5 years. Infra-red setting is also
available with main power off.
6.5 Conduit entries, terminals
and wiring
IQ actuators
Three threaded conduit entries are
provided tapped: 1 x 11/2 and 2 x 1
ASA NPT.
Unless otherwise specified, actuator
will be dispatched with adapters: 1 x
M40 and 2 x M25 metric to BS3643,
Ex certified or as an alternative,
1 x PG29 and 2 x PG16.
It is the responsibility of the installer
to ensure the appropriate cable/
conduit adapters and blanking plugs
are fitted, in order to maintain
hazardous area certification and
ingress protection levels. Certified
adapters and blanking plugs are
available as optional extras.
If specified with order, a fourth
conduit entry can be provided tapped
1 ASA NPT with adapter to M25 or
as an alternative PG16.
IQT actuators
Standard cable entries 2 off M25.
Additional 2 off M25 entries available
as option. Adaptors for M20, NPT 1,
11/4, 11/2 option.

29

Standard specification

Separately sealed compartment

containing segregated metric thread
M5 power and M4 control terminals.
Terminal screws and washers are
supplied with the actuator. The
terminal box cover carries a terminal
identification code card. An
Installation and Maintenance manual
(E170E2) and wiring diagram are
enclosed with each actuator.
Jig built harnesses of individually
numbered stranded conductors,
tropical grade PVC insulated, connect
internal components to the sealed
terminal block. All internal control
connections to the printed circuit
boards are via plugs and sockets.

7 Design specification
7.1 Design life
For isolating duty, torque ratings of IQ
actuators are based on a minimum
maintenance free life of 10,000
open/close/open cycles with rated
seating torque at stroke end and an
average of 1/3 rated seating torque
during stroke. For modulating duty
during stroke please refer to IQM
Range, publication E410E.
Life tests
Standard IQ life test is based on
10,000 open/close/open cycles
(500,000 output turns) with
maximum seating torque at stroke
end and an average of 1/3 max.
seating torque during stroke.
Actuators are stalled against a solid
object 25 times to prove durability.
Standard IQT life test is based on
25,000 open/close/open cycles at
75% rated torque rising to 100% at
each end of travel.

7.2 Frequency of operation

IQ actuators are suitable for valve
duty up to 60 starts per hour.
IQM/IQTM Modulating service: up to
1200 starts per hour.
IQ Single Phase: up to 60 starts per
hour.
IQDC: up to 60 starts per hour.
30

7.3 Operating temperature

Machinery directive

Actuators are suitable for operation

for ambient temperatures in the
range -30C to +70C. Please note Hazardous Area certification defines
the temperature operating range to
maintain certification. Refer to 4.1.

Actuators follow the provision of the

Machinery Directive (89/392/EEC) as
amended by 91/368/EEC and
93/44/EEC.

For temperatures outside this range

please apply to Rotork.

7.4 Vibration
Standard IQ and IQT Range actuators
are suitable for applications where
vibration severity does not exceed the
following applied at the actuator
interface:
Plant induced: Where the cumulative
level of all vibration within the
frequency range of 10 to 1000Hz is
less than 1g rms.
Shock: 5g peak acceleration.
Seismic: Frequency range 1 to 50Hz,
2g acceleration if it is to operate
during and after the event. 5g if it is
only required to maintain structural
integrity.
Where excessive plant induced
vibration is anticipated, mounting the
actuator remote from the valve and
driving via extension shafting
incorporating vibration absorbing
couplings may provide a satisfactory
solution. Contact Rotork for further
details.

7.5 Safety integrity

Electromagnetic compatibility
directive (EMC)
Actuators conform to the requirements of the European Economic
Community EMC Directive
89/336/EEC as amended by
92/31/EEC. Contact Rotork for a copy
of our Declaration of Conformity.
Low voltage directive (LV)
Actuators conform to the
requirements of the European
Economic Community Low Voltage
Directive 73/23/EEC amended by
93/68/EEC by the application of EN
60204-1 1993. Contact Rotork for a
copy of our Declaration of Conformity.

120

The IQ must not be put into service

until the equipment into which it is
being incorporated has been declared
to be in conformity with the provisions of the European Community
Machinery Directive (89/392/EEC)
91/368/EEC and 93/44/EEC. Contact
Rotork for a copy of our Declaration
of Incorporation.

7.6 Noise
Independent tests have shown that at
1m generated noise did not exceed
61db(A).

IQ

IQT

121

UK head office
Rotork Controls Limited
tel: +44 (0)1225 733200
fax: +44 (0) 1225 333467
mail@rotork.co.uk

USA head office

Rotork Controls Inc
tel: +1 585 328 1550
fax: +1 585 328 5848
info@rotork.com

Australia
tel: +61 353 381566
fax: +61 353 381570
mail@rotork.com.au

Germany
tel: +49 2103 95876
fax: +49 2103 54090
info@rotork.de

Italy (Fluid System)

tel: +39 0583 93061
fax: +39 0583 934612
fluid@fluidsystem.it

Russia
tel: +7 (095) 976 3806
fax: +7 (095) 234 9125
rotork.russia@mtu-net.ru

Thailand
tel: +66 2 2727165
fax: +66 2 2727167
mail@rotork.co.th

Canada
tel: +1 403 5699455
fax: +1 403 5699414
info@rotork.ca

Hong Kong
tel: +852 25202390
fax: +852 2 5289746
rotorkhk@netvigator.com

Japan
tel: +81 3 5632 2941
fax: +81 3 5632 2942
mail@rotork.co.jp

Saudi Arabia
tel: +966 3 833 1661
fax: +966 3 833 9369
rotork@concept.net.sa

U.K. (Electrics)
tel: +44 1225 733 200
fax: +44 1225 333 467
mail@rotork.co.uk

China (Shanghai)
tel: +86 21 64785015
fax: +86 21 64785035
crouse.shen@rotork.com.cn

India
tel: +91 44 6254219
fax: +91 44 6257108
rotork@rotork.co.in

Korea (South)
tel: +82 31 2650962
fax: +82 31 2651369
rotork@rotork.co.kr

Singapore
tel: +65 645 71233
fax: +65 645 76011
philip.seah@rotork.com.sg

U.K. (Fluid System)

tel: +44 113 2057 200
fax: +44 113 2363 310

China (Beijing)
tel: +86 10 8284 5700
fax: +86 10 8284 5697
rotorkbj@public3.bta.net.cn

Indonesia
tel: +62 21 580 6764
fax: +62 21 581 2757
rotork@indosat.net.id

Malaysia
tel: +60 3 5192 8816
fax: +60 3 5192 8821
rotork@rotork.com.my

South Africa
tel: +27 11 4539741
fax: +27 11 4539894
howard.mutters@rotork.co.za

USA
tel: +1 585 3281550
fax: +1 585 328 5848
info@rotork.com

France
tel: +33 1 43 111550
fax: +33 1 48 354254
mail@rotork.fr

Italy (Electrics)
tel: +39 0245 703300
fax: +39 0245 703301
rotork.italia@rotork.it

Netherlands
tel: +31 10 4146911
fax: +31 10 4144750
sales@rotork.nl

Spain
tel: +34 94 6766011
fax: +34 94 6766018
rotork@rotork.es

Venezuela
tel: +58 212 953 9473
fax: +58 212 953 6886
rotorkvz@cantv.net

A full listing of our worldwide

sales and service network is
available on our website at
www.rotork.com

Rotork Controls Inc, Rochester, USA

Rotork Controls Ltd, Bath, UK

sales@fluidsystem.co.uk

As part of a process of on-going product development, Rotork reserves the right to amend and change
specifications without prior notice. Published data may be subject to change. For the very latest version
release, visit our website at www.rotork.com
The name Rotork is a registered trademark. Rotork recognizes all registered trademarks.
Published and produced in the UK by Rotork Controls Limited.

122

IW Series AWWA
C504 Quarter-turn Worm Gear Operator

IW Quarter-turn Worm
Gear Operator

Features

Options

100% grease filled for life

and fully sealed

Stem extensions

The IW AWWA C504 worm gear operators are suitable

for both motorized and manual actuation of AWWA
C504 butterfly valves. They are designed to meet or
exceed all aspects of AWWA C504 specification and are
manufactured from high quality and reliable materials.
Overload and life tests reports are available upon
request. All Rotork Gears actuators are made to ISO
9001 standards.

Comprehensive gear ratios

combined with a

selection of input gear
reducers

Angular contact bearings

supporting the worm shaft
Removable and
repositionable drive sleeve
-40 to 250 F standard
temperature range
Adjustable travel stops
+/- 5 degrees
Maximum rated
output torque -
1.47 million in-lbs
Maximum stem acceptance
diameter - 12 bored with
ANSI B17.1 square key
Maximum base - FA40
Above or Buried Service

Established Leaders in Actuation Technology

123

Padlock kit
NAMUR & Westlock Position
indicator mounting kit
High temperature:
0 to 300 F
Low temperature
down to -60 F
Open Right Service
450 ft-lbs Service

IW Series AWWA
C504 Quarter-turn Worm Gear Operator

Material Specification

Component

Material

Specification / Notes

Ductile Iron
Cast Iron
Steel
Manganese Bronze
Steel
Steel
Angular Contact
Nitrile
316 SS
Renolit CL-X2
431 SS

ASTM A536 65-45-12

ASTM A48 35B/40B
AISI 4340
ASTM B584 C86300
AISI 1023
AISI 1023 or 1040 or 1055

Gearcase
Base plate
Worm Shaft
Quadrant
Position Indicator
Drive sleeve
Bearings
O-Ring seals
Fasteners
Grease
Input Shaft

Handwheel Selection Chart

H

F Type handwheel

RIM Effort in lb

40

40

60

80

120

36
32

N SPOKES

28

Type

8
12
16
20
24
28
32
36
40
44
48

F200
F300
F400
F500
F600
F700
F800
F900
F1000
F1100
F1200

K
2.97
3.96
3.96
3.96
3.96
3.96
3.96
3.96
3.96
3.96
3.96

3
3
4
4
4
6
6
6
6
6
8

Handwheel Diameter in inches

Dimensions

24
20

Example how to use this Chart:

1 Get the input torque required

16
12
12
8
8

Output Required
M.A.
2 Define Maximum allowable RIM effort
Input Torque =
(standard is 80lb)

3 Select Handwheel diameter

10 20 30 40 50
Input Torque in Ft-lb

60

70

80

90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200

Rotork Gears BV
Nijverheidstraat 25
7581 PV Losser
P.O. Box 98
7580 AB Losser
The Netherlands

Rotork Gears UK
Regina House
Ring Road
Bramley, Leeds
West Yorkshire LS13 4ET
England

Rotork Gears Americas

1811 Brittmoore
Houston
Texas 77043
USA

Rotork Gears S.R.L.

via Olona, 65/67
20015 Parabiago (MI)
Italy

Rotork Gears Shanghai

No. 260 Lian Cao Road
Xin Mei Urban Industrial Park
Min Hang District
Shang Hai 201108
China

tel: +31 (0)53-5388677

fax: +31 (0)53-5383939
email: info@rotorkgears.nl

tel: +44 (0)113 2057276

fax: +44 (0)113 2563556
email: sales@rotorkgears.com

tel: +1 713 983 7381

fax: +1 713 856 8022
email: gears@rotorkgears.com

tel: +39 0331 552128

fax: +39 0331 553147
email: info@rotorkgears.it

tel: 0086-21-64348388
fax: 0086-21-64348366
email: info@rotorkgears.com.cn

A full listing of our worldwide

sales and service network is
available on our website at

Rotork Valvekits
Brookside Way,
Nunn Park,
Huthwaite,
Nottinghamshire, NG17 2NL
England

Rotork Gears India

165/166, Bommasandra,
Jigani Link Road,
Kiadb Industrial Area,
Anekal Thaluk, Jigani Hobli,
Bangalore 562106

Formerly RGi112E. As part of a process of ongoing product development, Rotork reserves

the right to amend and change specifications
without prior notice. Published data may be
subject to change.

www.rotork.com

tel: +44 (0)1623 440211

fax: +44 (0)1623 440214
email: sales@rotorkvalvekits.com

tel:
+91 80 3098 1600
fax:
+91 80 3098 1610
email: sales@rotork.co.in

The name Rotork is a registered trademark.

Rotork recognizes all registered trademarks.
Published and produced in the UK by Rotork
Controls Limited. POWSH0810

For the very latest version release, visit our

website at www.rotork.com.

PUB028-003-00 Issue 08/10

124

Food & beverage

processing

Disconnect Switches are

typically used in Food
and Beverage Processing
applications as a main
disconnecting means;
OSHA Lock Out/Tag Out
devices to isolate a load
for maintenance, service
or repair; or as the NEC
required motor disconnect
upstream from the motor.

ABBs UL 508 listed disconnect switches are designed

to meet National Electric Code, Article 430-102, requiring
a disconnect means, located within sight from the motor
location and the machinery location.

Enclosed Switches

Motor Disconnects

OSHA Lock Out/Tag Out

OSHA requires the use of Lock Out/Tag Out devices whenever service or
maintenance is being performed in proximity to a machine in order to
prevent injury potentially caused by unexpected start up of machinery.
ABBs enclosed disconnects are equipped with selector or pistol grip
handles which are padlockable and defeatable with clear position indication.

The Nema 4X rated switches from ABB

Ideal for Food and Beverage Processing machinery, ABBs Nema 4X
rated enclosed disconnect switches provide exceptional durability.
These switches offer protection against corrosion, windblown dust and
rain, splashing water, hose-directed water and damage from external ice
formation for indoor or outdoor applications.
ABBs Nema 4X Enclosed Switch Portfolio includes
both stainless steel and plastic options.

125

126

--

TM

--
-
-

-
TM TM -

-
-

-
---

-

- -
- - -


-

- -
--
-
- -
-
-
--
- -
-
--
- -
- -- -
--
--

- -

--

--

--

127

--

TM

-- -

-- -

--

M
M

- -
-

--

--

--

- -
- --

-- -
-- -
--

- -- -
-
- -- -- - -
-- -- - -

128

- -- -- - - -- - ---

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USE

WORM GEAR OPERATORS

Worm Range Specification:
Installation, Operating and Maintenance Instructions:
Assembly and Dismantling Instructions:
Spare Parts List and Recommended 5 Years Holding List:

Rotork Gears,
Regina House,
Bramley,
Leeds,
LS13 4ET,
England.
RG-IW-002
Issue 07/10

129

ROTORK GEARS WORM RANGE SPECIFICATION

Component

Material Specification

Gearcase

Cast Iron or SG Iron, optional Carbon Steel, Stainless Steel.

Baseplate

Cast iron as standard, optional SG Iron, Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel.

Input Housing

Cast Iron as standard, optional SG Iron, Carbon Steel or Stainless Steel.

End cap

Cast Iron or Carbon Steel, optional SG Iron, Stainless Steel.

Worm Gear

SG Iron or Aluminium Bronze. Manganese Bronze

Worm Shaft

Carbon Steel as standard, optional Stainless Steel.

Indicator plate

Carbon steel, optional Stainless Steel.

Screws (External)

High Tensile Steel Metric Standard to BS3692 & 4168 as standard, optional Stainless Steel.

Bearings

Angular contact bearings.

Output Sleeve

Steel or Cast Iron, optional Stainless Steel or Aluminium Bronze.

Lubricant

CL-X2 (Standard) max temp 120C:

LX-EP2 (High temp) max temp 160C:
NO-TOX EP2 (Food) max temp 204C:
MO2 (Graphite) max temp 120C:
G110 (Nuclear) max temp 150C:
G130 (Nuclear) max temp 150C:
LST 0 (Oil for MTW,MOW) max temp 135C:
EPLITH 00 (MTW) max temp 120C:

Ignition temperature > 250C

Ignition temperature > 250C
Ignition temperature > 250C
Flash point > 200C
Flash point > 200C
Flash point > 200C
Ignition temperature > 250C
Ignition temperature > 250C

Seals

Nitrile (Standard) max temp 150C:

Viton (High temp/ Nuclear) max temp 200C:
Fluorosilicone (Low temp) max temp 225C:
Silicone sealant max temp 200C:

Ignition temperature > 300C

Ignition temperature > 315C
Ignition temperature > 300C
Ignition temperature > 450C

Gearbox Detail

Gearbox Specification

Gearbox design Life

IW:
MTW:
MOW:

Gears

Designed basically to BS721

Gearbox type

Indicated on the nameplate

Gearbox ratio

Indicated on the nameplate

Maximum output torque

Indicated in the Rotork Gears catalogue

Gearbox duty specification

Indicated on the nameplate

Nameplate Explosion Marking and Category N/A

According to 94/9/EC and indicated on the nameplate

Maximum speed for the input shaft

350 rpm. (IW and MOW must have input reducers fitted and combined ratios
greater than 720:1 to operate at this speed)

N/A

10000 cycles at one third maximum torque

10000 output revolutions at one third maximum torque
2 years or 17,520 hours continuous operation

Maximum bending moment on the input flange

F10:
F14:
F16:
F25:
F30:

200Nm (IW8, used on 54" Valves)

340Nm (IW5, used on 14", 16", 18", 20" Valves)
520Nm
1450Nm
1580Nm

Maximum operating temperature

Indicated on the nameplate

Gearbox weight

Indicated on the nameplate

C.F. 07.07.06 issue 3

F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\UPDATE-08-06\Worm Specificationr3.doc

130

INSTALLATION, OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

FOR EXEECO WORM GEAR OPERATORS
The Rotork Gears Worm Range Specification sheets indicate the materials of construction and information for putting the equipment into
service. The gearbox is marked according to 94/9/EC with the temperature class and explosion group on the equipment and this shall be observed
when installing and operating the equipment. The user alone is responsible for the appropriate use of the gearbox in consideration of the basic
conditions existing at the plant.
This range of gearboxes is supplied to suit the order requirements but, unless specifically requested at the ordering stage, the output sleeve will
be supplied blank and must be machined to suit the equipment to be operated. IW12 & IW13 gearboxes do not have removable output sleeves
and are supplied machined to the customers specification.
The sleeve can be easily removed from the top of the gearbox by first removing the indicator plate retaining bolts. These bolts are either serrated
under head or are fitted with serrated washers. When refitting the bolts, they must be tightened to the correct torque figures as shown under the
indicator plate. The recommended tightening torque of screws is also shown in the table below.

NOTES FOR MOUNTING TO THE VALVE

The following are basic instructions for mounting the gearbox. For detailed information see the Gearbox Installation Manual RG-INSTALL
and RG-IW-OS1
1.
2.
3.

The valve spindle must be greased before assembly of the gearbox to the valve.
Flanges to be sealed on assembly with silicone sealant.
It is essential that the gearbox baseplate is flush with the valve bonnet flange before the mounting screws are tightened.

If the gearbox has been supplied with a handwheel, it is recommended that this be fitted to the gearbox before mounting on the valve. This will
make it easier to rotate the gearing to pick up the start of a thread or key location.
On a keyed valve shaft, once the key and keyway are lined up, the gearbox can be lowered onto the mounting flange and bolted down.
On a screwed valve shaft, rotating the handwheel will cause the gearbox to screw itself down the spindle. Once in the correct position it can be
bolted down.
When bolting the valve to the gearbox we recommend using at least grade 8.8 fasteners, and these MUST be torque tightened dependent upon
the grade and size used.
If an electric actuator is fitted to the gearbox, a suitable input adaptor will have been supplied. After mounting the actuator to the gearbox, the
limit and torque switch settings must be made in accordance with the manufacturers instructions. The maximum permitted bending moment on
the input adaptor of the gearbox is indicated on the gearbox specification sheet.

HANDLING
Combined valve, actuator and gearbox must NOT be slung from the gearbox.

MAINTENANCE
All gear cavities are lubricated and sealed for life and the type of grease and seals used within the gearbox is indicated on the nameplate and
shown in the material specification. The required maintenance intervals depend on the respective application and will therefore have to be
determined by the user dependent on the conditions of use. Annual inspection of the gearbox is recommended, but under normal operating
conditions no maintenance is required for the gearbox, but should the valve be taken out of service for overhaul, the gearbox baseplate may be
removed and the grease renewed. The baseplate must be sealed using silicone sealant on re-assembly, unless fitted with an O ring. Below is a
table for the recommended tightening of screws.
HEXAGON HEAD GRADE 8.8
SCREW
SIZE

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(lbsft)

2
5
9
21
41
71
177
346
598

2
4
6
15
30
53
131
255
441

M4
M5
M6
M8
M10
M12
M16
M20
M24
M30
M36

HEXAGON HEAD GRADE 8.8

WITH NORDLOCK WASHER
TORQUE
TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)
(lbsft)

3
6
10
25
49
86
213
415
718

2
4
8
18
36
63
157
306
529

SOCKET HEAD GRADE 12.9

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)

TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
(lbsft)

4
8
14
35
69
121
299
584
1009
2006
3508

3
6
11
26
51
89
221
431
744
1480
2587

SOCKET HEAD GRADE 12.9

WITH NORDLOCK WASHER
TORQUE
TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)
(lbsft)

5
10
17
42
83
145
359
701
1211

4
7
13
31
61
107
265
517
893

DURLOK GRADE 12.9

SCREW GRADE 12 NUT
TORQUE
TORQUE
TIGHTNESS
TIGHTNESS
(Nm)
(lbsft)

11
19
45
86
152
372
717

8
14
33
64
112
274
529

Note: Once fully torque tightened

Durlok fasteners must not be re used on
Nuclear gearboxes

Copy of QC 40-2

NB. All internal cavities within the gearbox must be packed with grease.
SPARES
Spare parts must be selected from the spare parts lists and a recommended spares holding for 5 years is shown on the spare parts list.
C.F. 27.07.10 issue 2
F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\Installation Instructions For WormR2.doc

131

PROCEDURE FOR
DISMANTLING / RE-ASSEMBLY OF WORM GEAR OPERATORS
1. PURPOSE: To provide dismantling / re-assembly instructions.
2. SCOPE: Rotork Gears range of worm gearboxes
3. DEFINITION: Sequence of instructions to dismantle and re-assemble Rotork Gears worm gearboxes.
4. PROCEDURE: Refer to spare parts list for item numbers. For additional information see Documentation.
4.1 Dismantling
4.1.1
4.1.2
4.1.3
4.1.4
4.1.5
4.1.6
4.1.7
4.1.8
4.1.9
4.1.10
4.1.11
4.1.12
4.1.13
4.1.14
4.1.15
4.1.16

If the worm gearbox is fitted with an input reducer see the dismantling instructions for the input
reducer to first remove the input reducer.
For output sleeve with o rings, to prevent damage to the o rings (28), slightly loosen ALL the socket
head cap screws/Durlok (11) before fully removing the screws.
Fully remove the output sleeve screws (11) from indicator plate (8).
Remove the indicator plate (8) and o rings (28).
Remove the output sleeve (5) where applicable.
Remove the key (20) from the worm shaft (4).
Remove the screwed fasteners (17), which secure the input housing (7) to the gearcase (1).
Remove the input housing from the gearcase.
The worm shaft can sometimes be removed at this stage by unscrewing the worm from the wormwheel
(3).
Remove the screwed fasteners (27) that secure the baseplate (2) to the gearcase.
Remove the baseplate from the gearcase.
Remove the wormwheel (3) from the gearcase.
Remove the screwed fasteners (18) that secure the end cap (6) to the gearcase and remove the end cap.
If the worm shaft was not removed in 4.1.6 then remove the worm shaft complete with the angular
contact bearings (9) and shim (10) where applicable.
Remove bearings from the input housing, end cap or gearcase.
Loosen the lock nuts (16) and remove the stop bolts (15) from the gearcase where applicable.

4.2 Re-assembly
4.2.1
4.2.2
4.2.3
4.2.4
4.2.5
4.2.6
4.2.7
4.2.8
4.2.9
4.2.10
4.2.11
4.2.12
4.2.13
4.2.14
4.2.15
4.2.16
4.2.17
4.2.18

Ensure all parts are free from dirt and bruising

On re assembly, all moving parts should be lightly lubricated with grease before refitting.
Ft the o ring (14) to the gearcase.
Fit the bearing(s) in the end cap or within the gearcase, making sure that the bearing is orientated
correctly and packed with grease.
Fit the o ring or apply sealant (25) to the end cap and secure to the gearcase with the screwed
fasteners.
Re-fit the worm shaft into the gearcase and locate with the bearing contained by the end cap.
Fit the bearing(s) in the input housing or within the gearcase, making sure that the bearing is orientated
correctly and packed with grease.
Fit the o ring (12) to the input housing.
Fit the o ring or apply sealant (25) to the input housing and secure to the gearcase with the screwed
fasteners.
Grease the worm shaft and gearcase before refitting the worm wheel.
Re-fit the wormwheel, locating the worm wheel spigot into the bore of the gearcase and ensuring the
gear teeth mesh with the worm shaft.
Fit the lock nuts to the stop bolts and apply sealant to the stop bolts and refit into the gearcase where
applicable. Do not tighten.
Re-pack the gearcase with grease.
Fit the o ring or apply sealant (26) to the baseplate and re-fit the baseplate into the gearcase.
Re-secure the gearcase to the baseplate using the existing screws (27) using a diagonal tightening
movement.
Fit the o ring (13) into the baseplate.
Fit the output sleeve into the gearcase where applicable.
If o rings (28) are used with the output sleeve, position the o rings in the countersink holes of the
output sleeve.

C.F. 30.07.10 Issue 3

F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\Dismantle & Reassemble WormR3.doc

132

4.2.19 Fit the indicator plate.

4.2.20 Loosely fit all of the existing cap screws or Durlok bolts to prevent trapping the o rings (28). Once all
screws have been loosely fit, then torque tighten all screws sequentially.
4.2.21 Re-fit the key to the worm shaft and test the gearbox for free rotation.
4.2.22 For gearboxes with stop bolts rotate the output sleeve to the required position. Adjust the stop bolt and
lock with the lock nut. Repeat for the remaining stop bolt.
5. DOCUMENTATION
Spare parts list for range of worm gear actuators:
Torque tightening figures.
Procedure for replacing old style output sleeves
Gearbox Installation Manual

IWSPARES.
Document No QC 40-2
IW-OS1
RG-INSTALL

C.F. 30.07.10 Issue 3

F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\Dismantle & Reassemble WormR3.doc

133

SPARE PARTS LIST FOR IW RANGE OF WORM GEAR ACTUATORS

25

21

17

10

18

22

12
6

20

11
23

13

FITTED TO
UNDERSIDE OF
INDICATOR PLATE

16
27
14
26

19

28

15

PART SECTION

SECTION
11
19
ITEM

DESCRIPTION

QTY

SPARES

GEARCASE

BASEPLATE

WORM QUADRANT

WORMSHAFT

OUTPUT SLEEVE

1 (IW3 -11 ONLY)

ENDCAP

INPUT FLANGE

INDICATOR PLATE

ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARING

2 (IW3-8), 6 (IW9 -11), 4 (IW12-13)

YES

10

SHIM

1 (WHERE APPLICABLE)

YES

11

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW/ DURLOCK

4 (IW3, IW12-13), 8 (IW4 -11)

12

O-RING

YES

13

O-RING

YES

14

O-RING

YES

15

STOP BOLT

2 (IW & MOW ONLY)

16

HEX NUT

2 (IW & MOW ONLY)

17

SCREWED FASTENER *

4 (IW3 - 8), 8 (IW9 - IW13)

18

SCREWED FASTENER *

4 (IW3 -8), 8 (IW9 - IW13)

19

NORDLOCK WASHER

4(IW3), 8( IW4 TO 11)

20

KEY

1 (IW3 - IW11), 2 (IW12-13)

21

NAMEPLATE

22

RIVET 4 X 3/16"

2 FOR METAL NAMEPLATE ONLY

23

LABEL - SHCS/NORDLOCK WASHER

28
18

23

5
22
14
21

25

1
10

16

15

24*

GREASE

TO FILL GEARBOX

25

O-RING OR SEALANT

YES

26

O-RING OR SEALANT

YES

27

SCREWED FASTENER *

4 (IW3), 8 (IW4-10), 16 (IW11-13)

28

O RING

4 (IW3), 8 (IW4 - IW11)

YES

13

9
25

26

7
2

* : NOTE THAT NORDLOCK FASTENERS ARE OCCASIONALLY USED WITH THESE FASTENERS
SPARES ARE RECOMMENDED FOR 5 YEARS OPERATION
SPECIAL SOLID WORM WHEELS DO NOT HAVE OUTPUT SLEEVES & SCREWS, BUT DO HAVE
THE SAME GEARBOX RATING

Rotork Gears
Regina House
Ring Road
Bramley
Leeds
England
LS13 4ET

17

20

27

TYPICAL WORM EXPLODED VIEW

C.F. 27.07.10 ISSUE 3

Ref: F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\IWSPARES.dft

134

12

PROCEDURE FOR ATTACHING NAMUR MOUNTING KITS TO IW GEARBOXES

(THIS PROCEDURE APPLIES TO IW3, IW4, IW5, IW6, IW7, IW8, IW9, IW10, IW11, IW12 AND IW13)

1. See Fig. 1
2. Locate the gearbox either in the fully open or fully closed
position. To prevent misalignment, the gearbox input shaft
should not be moved again until the mounting kit has been
fully fitted.
3. Remove the output sleeve screws (item 1) and the washers
(item 2) from the cover plate (item 3). Do not discard these
screws and washers as they will be used for the mounting kit.

1
2
3

1
2

Fig.1

4. See Fig. 2
5. Fit the drill jig (item 4) to the output sleeve (item 5). Note that the dowels in
the drill jig will locate with the holes in the output sleeve.
6. Use two washers and two output sleeve screws to fix the jig to the output
sleeve.
7. Line up a 4.2 drill with the holes in the drill jig and drill 10mm deep into
the gearcase. Note that some holes may break through.
8. Remove the two screws, two washers and drill jig from the output sleeve.
9. Use a M5 Tap and thread the four drill holes 8mm deep.
10. Carefully remove all swarf.
11. See Fig 3.
12. Fit the new switchplate cover (item 6) to the output sleeve.
13. Fully torque tighten the output sleeve screws, with
1
washers, to the torque indicated on the switchplate cover.
14. See Fig 4.
2

Fig.2

12
6

11

10

8
9
7

Fig. 4

Fig. 3

Rotork Gears
Regina House
Ring Road
Bramley
Leeds
England
LS13 4ET

15. Screw the shoulder screws (item 7) into the gearcase.

16. Screw the Namur stud (item 8) into the nut on the switchplate cover. This is adjustable and can be locked with the
locking nut (item 9).
17. Use the fixing screws (item 12) and washers (item 11) to fasten the mounting plate (item 10).
18. The mounting kit is fully fitted and a switchbox can now be mounted to the gearbox.

Ref: CA15 (Namur Mounting Kit Instructions)

135

136

137

138

139

140

141

142

143

144

145

146

IQ Recommended Spare Parts

The IQ series of actuator is designed to be maintenance free for its

lifetime. Rotork recommends no spare parts are necessary.

147

SPARE PARTS LIST FOR IW RANGE OF WORM GEAR ACTUATORS

25

21

17

10

18

22

12
6

20

11
23

13

FITTED TO
UNDERSIDE OF
INDICATOR PLATE

16
27
14
26

19

28

15

PART SECTION

SECTION
11
19
ITEM

DESCRIPTION

QTY

SPARES

GEARCASE

BASEPLATE

WORM QUADRANT

WORMSHAFT

OUTPUT SLEEVE

1 (IW3 -11 ONLY)

ENDCAP

INPUT FLANGE

INDICATOR PLATE

ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BEARING

2 (IW3-8), 6 (IW9 -11), 4 (IW12-13)

YES

10

SHIM

1 (WHERE APPLICABLE)

YES

11

SOCKET HEAD CAP SCREW/ DURLOCK

4 (IW3, IW12-13), 8 (IW4 -11)

12

O-RING

YES

13

O-RING

YES

14

O-RING

YES

15

STOP BOLT

2 (IW & MOW ONLY)

16

HEX NUT

2 (IW & MOW ONLY)

17

SCREWED FASTENER *

4 (IW3 - 8), 8 (IW9 - IW13)

18

SCREWED FASTENER *

4 (IW3 -8), 8 (IW9 - IW13)

19

NORDLOCK WASHER

4(IW3), 8( IW4 TO 11)

20

KEY

1 (IW3 - IW11), 2 (IW12-13)

21

NAMEPLATE

22

RIVET 4 X 3/16"

2 FOR METAL NAMEPLATE ONLY

23

LABEL - SHCS/NORDLOCK WASHER

28
18

23

5
22
14
21

25

1
10

16

15

24*

GREASE

TO FILL GEARBOX

25

O-RING OR SEALANT

YES

26

O-RING OR SEALANT

YES

27

SCREWED FASTENER *

4 (IW3), 8 (IW4-10), 16 (IW11-13)

28

O RING

4 (IW3), 8 (IW4 - IW11)

YES

13

9
25

26

7
2

* : NOTE THAT NORDLOCK FASTENERS ARE OCCASIONALLY USED WITH THESE FASTENERS
SPARES ARE RECOMMENDED FOR 5 YEARS OPERATION
SPECIAL SOLID WORM WHEELS DO NOT HAVE OUTPUT SLEEVES & SCREWS, BUT DO HAVE
THE SAME GEARBOX RATING

Rotork Gears
Regina House
Ring Road
Bramley
Leeds
England
LS13 4ET

17

20

27

TYPICAL WORM EXPLODED VIEW

C.F. 27.07.10 ISSUE 3

Ref: F:\Exeeco\GBOX\ENGINEER\ATEX\Instructions\Worm\IWSPARES.dft

148

12

SAFETY PRECAUTIONS

Gearbox may present an unbalanced load.

With respect to handwheel operation of Rotork gearboxes, under no circumstances should any additional
lever device such as a wheel-key or wrench be applied to the handwheel in order to develop more force
when closing or opening the valve as this may cause damage to the valve and/or gearbox or may cause
the valve to become stuck in the seated/backseated position.

Keep clear of the handwheel when engaging hand operation. Actuators driving valves via extension
shafts may be subject to retained shaft torsion which can cause the handwheel to rotate when hand
operation is engaged.

The actuator should be fully supported until full valve shaft engagement is achieved and the actuator is
secured to the valve flange.

Do not lift the actuator and valve combination via the actuator. Always lift the valve/actuator assembly via
the valve.

149